REPLAYTV INC
S-1/A, 2000-03-03
CABLE & OTHER PAY TELEVISION SERVICES
Previous: TECHIES COM INC, S-1/A, 2000-03-03
Next: SAVE THE WORLD AIR INC, 10SB12G/A, 2000-03-03



<PAGE>


  As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 3, 2000
                                                     Registration No. 333-95425

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                ---------------

                             AMENDMENT NO. 3
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                ---------------

                                REPLAYTV, INC.
            (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

                                ---------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Delaware                           4841                         77-0465127
   <S>                              <C>                             <C>
   (State or Other Jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
   Incorporation or Organization)     Classification Code Number)        Identification Number)
</TABLE>

                             1945 Charleston Road
                         Mountain View, CA 94043-1201
                                (650) 210-1000
  (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
                   Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

                                ---------------

                         Earle H. "Kim" LeMasters, III
                     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                                ReplayTV, Inc.
                             1945 Charleston Road
                         Mountain View, CA 94043-1201
                                (650) 210-1000
 (Name, Address Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number Including Area Code,
                             of Agent for Service)

                                ---------------

                                  Copies to:
<TABLE>
   <S>                                             <C>
                  Mark A. Medearis                               Richard J. Sandler
                   Laura A. Donald                              DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL
                    Scott S. Ring                               450 Lexington Avenue
                  VENTURE LAW GROUP                              New York, NY 10017
             A Professional Corporation                            (212) 450-4000
                 2800 Sand Hill Road
                Menlo Park, CA 94025
                   (650) 854-4488
</TABLE>

                                ---------------

   Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
                                ---------------

   If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]
   If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
   If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
   If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]

                                ---------------

                     CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                        Proposed        Proposed
                                          Amount        maximum          maximum       Amount of
        Title of each class of             to be     offering price     aggregate     Registration
     securities to be registered       registered(1)  per Share(2)  offering price(2)    Fee(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>
Common Stock, $.001 par value........    9,775,000       $15.00       $146,625,000      $38,709
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)Includes 1,275,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
  Underwriters' over-allotment option.

(2)Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the
  registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act.

(3)$39,600 has been previously paid by the Registrant in connection with the
  filing of the Registration Statement on January 26, 2000.

   The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this
registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration
statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may +
+not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the     +
+Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an    +
+offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these  +
+securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.             +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued March 3, 2000

                             8,500,000 Shares

                                [ReplayTV logo]


                                  COMMON STOCK

                                  -----------

We are offering 8,500,000 shares of our common stock. This is our initial
public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that
the initial public offering price will be between $13 and $15 per share.

                                  -----------

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under
the trading symbol "RPTV."

                                  -----------

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on
page 5.

                                  -----------

                             PRICE $        A SHARE

                                  -----------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Price to    Underwriting Discounts  Proceeds to
                             Public        and Commissions        ReplayTV
                            --------    ----------------------  -----------
<S>                      <C>            <C>                    <C>
Per Share...............       $                  $                  $
Total................... $                 $                   $
</TABLE>

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional
1,275,000 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not
approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is
truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers
on         , 2000.

                                  -----------

MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
   BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
      CHASE H&Q
         DEUTSCHE BANC ALEX. BROWN
             WASSERSTEIN PERELLA SECURITIES, INC.

      , 2000
<PAGE>

INSIDE FRONT COVER:
- -------------------

Middle of page: Large ReplayTV Logo

GATEFOLD - First Page:
- ----------------------

Top three-quarters of the page:

An image of a television screen with the following text on the screen in large
letters: "TV now has a brain."

Bottom left corner of page:

A picture of the ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder, together with a
picture of the ReplayTV remote control.

Below these pictures in the lower left corner of this page is a footnote stating
"* These features are not currently available".

Starting on the bottom left of the gatefold and running across the gatefold is
text stating the following: "ReplayTV serves content providers, advertisers and
cable and satellite system operators by allowing viewers to find, record and
watch programs on demand."

This text is followed immediately by a small ReplayTV logo.

GATEFOLD - Second Page:
- -----------------------

Right side of page:

Four pictures of screen shots from the ReplayTV Service.  These pictures are
listed below in the order presented on the page, from top to bottom.

1)  Screen shot showing an example of the "ReplayGuide".

2)  Screen shot showing an example of the "Find Shows" feature.

3)  Screen shot showing an example of a TV-commerce page. This particular
example shows a Panasonic camcorder and gives the viewer the option to buy,
learn more or exit.  Immediately to the upper left of the picture is a "*",
which is keyed to the footnote on the first page of the gatefold.

4)  Screen shot showing an example of the "ReplayZones" screen. This particular
example shows a page listing various ReplayZones and highlights the "Movie
Zone".  Immediately to the upper left of the picture is a "*", which is keyed to
the footnote on the first page of the gatefold.

INSIDE BACK COVER:
- ------------------

Middle of page:

Four pictures showing buttons from the ReplayTV remote control.  Each picture
has a short caption on its left. These pictures are listed below in the order
presented on the page, from top to bottom.

1) Picture of the "pause" button with caption stating "Pause live TV" to the
left of the picture.
2) Picture of the "instant replay" button with caption stating ""Instant Replay"
to the left of the picture.
3) Picture of the "replay zones" button with caption stating "ReplayZones" to
the left of the picture.
4) Picture of the "record" button with caption stating ""Record" to the left of
the picture.

OUTSIDE BACK COVER
- ------------------

Middle of page:  small ReplayTV Logo
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Prospectus Summary ......................................................   1
Risk Factors ............................................................   5
Use of Proceeds .........................................................  17
Dividend Policy .........................................................  17
Capitalization ..........................................................  18
Dilution ................................................................  19
Selected Financial Data .................................................  20
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations ..........................................................  21
Business ................................................................  27
Management ..............................................................  42
Related Party Transactions ..............................................  52
Principal Stockholders ..................................................  55
Description of Capital Stock ............................................  57
Shares Eligible for Future Sale .........................................  60
Underwriters ............................................................  62
Legal Matters ...........................................................  64
Experts .................................................................  64
Additional Information Available to You .................................  64
Index to Financial Statements............................................ F-1
</TABLE>

   You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from the
information contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking
offers to buy, the common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales
are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only
as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of when this prospectus is
delivered or when any sale of our common stock occurs.

   Until              , 2000, all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of
common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required
to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to
deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                                       i
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   This summary highlights selected information in this prospectus, but it may
not contain all of the information that is important to you. To better
understand this offering, and for a more complete description of this offering,
you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the "Risk Factors"
section and the financial statements and the notes to those statements, which
are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Information contained in our web
site, located at www.replaytv.com, does not constitute part of this prospectus.

                                    REPLAYTV

   ReplayTV empowers television viewers to watch what they want when they want.
Our ReplayTV Service is delivered through a personal video recorder, or PVR,
that connects to a viewer's television set and provides a living room portal
through which viewers can easily access, navigate, control and store television
programming. We believe the ReplayTV Service will transform the way consumers
access television programming, advertising and, ultimately, commerce services.
We also believe our portal creates a new, more effective medium for
advertisers, content providers and cable and satellite system operators to
target consumers. Based on ReplayTV-sponsored survey data, viewers using the
ReplayTV Service watch and record more hours of television per week and find
television viewing more appealing than before using the ReplayTV Service. We
believe this is because the ReplayTV Service gives viewers greater choice and
more control over their television viewing.

   ReplayTV is a media company that benefits viewers, content providers,
advertisers and cable and satellite system operators.

  . Benefits to Viewers. Through our combination of proprietary software,
    hardware and media relationships, the ReplayTV Service provides viewers
    with greater freedom and control with respect to their television
    viewing. The ReplayTV Service personalizes television viewing by enabling
    viewers to: watch what they want when they want; never miss their
    favorite shows; locate, capture and record the best in television from
    thousands of weekly programming choices; control live TV; and enjoy
    personal television services with no monthly fees.

  . Benefits to Content Providers. The ReplayTV Service allows content
    providers to reach an audience that may not have watched particular shows
    due to constraints including conflicts between broadcast times and their
    own personal schedules. In addition, the ReplayTV Service enables
    television programmers and broadcasters to pro-actively compile and
    promote their content, thereby creating an opportunity for greater
    audience growth, loyalty, recognition and measurement. The ReplayTV
    Service is also being developed to facilitate an entirely new paradigm
    for delivering programming, products and services to viewers. ReplayTV
    anticipates that viewers will be able to simply "point and click" when
    ordering merchandise, movies, sports events, programming packages, games
    and other products and services.

  . Benefits to Advertisers. We believe that our ReplayTV Service provides
    advertisers a more effective way to deliver information to consumers, a
    more efficient way to spend advertising budgets and a better way to
    target audiences and identify, monitor and respond to consumers'
    programming and purchasing preferences. For example, advertisers are able
    to target advertising to viewers who have created theme-based ReplayTV
    channels based on a specific topic, such as "tennis." In addition,
    ReplayTV's basic PVR architecture can support a wide range of additional
    innovative advertising services, such as graphic and full-motion
    advertising on the Replay Guide and other viewer interfaces, transitional
    advertisements when the pause or other features are activated, and lead-
    in or lead-out advertisements inserted at the beginning or end of
    recorded programs.


                                       1
<PAGE>


  . Benefits to Cable and Satellite System Operators. The ReplayTV Service
    enables cable and satellite system operators to enhance the
    attractiveness of their existing and anticipated services to consumers,
    increase acceptance of new service offerings and improve growth prospects
    of existing lines of business. Key benefits offered to cable and
    satellite system operators include opportunities to reduce churn and grow
    subscriber bases, enhanced appeal of premium offerings, enhanced appeal
    of pay-per-view offerings, and a platform for new services to better
    utilize broadcast capacity.

   We announced our ReplayTV Service in January 1999, began shipment of our
PVRs in April 1999 and intend to commence full-scale retail distribution
through leading consumer electronics companies this year. Our strategy is to
establish our proprietary ReplayTV Service as the leading living room portal to
enrich personal television viewing, advertising and TV-commerce.

   We anticipate generating revenues from the sale of advertisements, media
sponsorships, premium subscription services, near video-on-demand services and
TV-commerce. We continue to pursue strategic relationships with television
programmers, advertising agencies and other potential media partners to expand
our advertising and sponsorship opportunities, offer unique programming
content, differentiate the ReplayTV Service and enhance the ReplayTV brand. For
example, we are creating theme-based or branded content areas called
ReplayZones with NBC, Showtime and Turner.

   We are also pursuing strategic manufacturing and distribution relationships
to aggresively drive rapid market penetration of ReplayTV-enabled products and
grow our installed base of viewers. For example, we have entered into an
agreement with Matsushita-Kotobuki Electronics Industries, Ltd., or MKE, a
subsidiary of Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., the largest
manufacturer of VCRs sold in North America. MKE will initially market and sell
PVRs under the Panasonic brand featuring the ReplayTV logo. The retail launch
with MKE is expected to occur in mid-2000, and MKE is working to develop new
consumer electronics devices that incorporate ReplayTV technology. We are also
in discussions with a number of other consumer electronics companies, cable and
satellite system operators and manufacturers of cable and satellite set-top
boxes, including EchoStar Communications and Sharp Electronics, with whom we
have non-binding letters of intent. We believe that relying on MKE and others
in the future to manufacture, market and sell ReplayTV-enabled products will
allow us to focus our creative resources on promoting and enhancing the
ReplayTV Service.

                                ----------------

   We are a development stage company, and as of December 31, 1999, we had
shipped only about 6,000 ReplayTV-enabled PVRs and had recognized no revenues.
We have incurred significant losses to date and expect to incur significant
losses and negative cash flow for the foreseeable future.

   We were incorporated in California in August 1997 and changed our name to
Replay Networks, Inc. in June 1998. We changed our name to ReplayTV, Inc. in
January 2000 and intend to reincorporate in Delaware prior to the completion of
this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 1945 Charleston
Road, Mountain View, California 94043. Our telephone number at that location is
(650) 210-1000.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                  THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
 <C>                                                  <S>
 Common stock offered................................ 8,500,000 shares
 Common stock to be outstanding after this offering.. 49,452,916 shares
 Use of proceeds..................................... We intend to use the net
                                                      proceeds of this offering
                                                      for working capital and
                                                      general corporate
                                                      purposes, including:
                                                      advertising to promote
                                                      the ReplayTV Service and
                                                      the ReplayTV brand;
                                                      subsidies related to the
                                                      distribution of ReplayTV-
                                                      enabled products; product
                                                      development; and
                                                      expansion of our sales,
                                                      marketing and service
                                                      capabilities. See "Use of
                                                      Proceeds."
 Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.............. RPTV
</TABLE>

   The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering
is estimated based on the number of shares outstanding on December 31, 1999 on
a pro forma basis to reflect the issuance of 5,627,267 shares of Series F
preferred stock in January 2000 and the automatic conversion of all shares of
preferred stock, including the shares of Series F preferred stock issued in
January 2000, outstanding as of the date of this prospectus into shares of
common stock. It excludes 18,218,561 shares subject to outstanding options or
reserved for future grants or purchases pursuant to our stock option and
purchase plans and 6,666 shares of common stock subject to an outstanding
warrant. See "Management--Stock Plans" and "Description of Capital Stock."

   Except as otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus is based on
the following assumptions:

  .  The conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock, including
     the shares of Series F preferred stock issued in January 2000, into
     shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis upon the closing of this
     offering;

  .  No exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option;

  .  Our reincorporation into Delaware at or before the closing of this
     offering; and

  .  The filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon
     the closing of this offering.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of operations data
for the periods presented. The statement of operations data does not give
effect to the issuance of 5,627,267 shares of Series F preferred stock in
January 2000 or the issuance of shares in this offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Period from                        Period from
                          August 27, 1997    Year Ended      August 27, 1997
                            (Inception)     December 31,       (Inception)
                          to December 31, -----------------  to  December 31,
                               1997        1998      1999          1999
                          --------------- -------  --------  ----------------
                                  (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                       <C>             <C>      <C>       <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Total costs and
 expenses...............      $  155      $ 3,256  $ 36,710      $ 40,121
Interest income
 (expense), net.........          --          (28)      960           932
Net loss................        (155)      (3,284)  (35,750)      (39,189)
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........      $(0.08)     $ (0.48) $  (4.73)     $  (5.48)
Basic and diluted
 weighted average shares
 used in computation of
 net loss per share.....       2,026        6,889     7,565         7,157
Pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share..................                           $  (1.35)
Pro forma basic and
 diluted weighted
 average shares.........                             26,476
</TABLE>

Please see note 1 to our financial statements for the determination of the
number of shares used in computing actual and pro forma basic and diluted net
loss per share.

   The following table summarizes our balance sheet data as of December 31,
1999:

  . on an actual basis;

  . on a pro forma basis to reflect the issuance of 5,627,267 shares of
    Series F preferred stock in January 2000 at $11.00 per share resulting in
    net cash proceeds of about $61.4 million and the automatic conversion of
    31,368,852 shares of preferred stock, including the shares of Series F
    preferred stock issued in January 2000, outstanding as of the date of
    this prospectus into 31,368,852 shares of common stock; and

  . on a pro forma basis as further adjusted to reflect the sale of 8,500,000
    shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public
    offering price of $14.00 per share after deducting estimated underwriting
    discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    As of December 31, 1999
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                                    Pro Forma
                                                 Actual  Pro Forma As Adjusted
                                                 ------- --------- -----------
                                                        (in thousands)
<S>                                              <C>     <C>       <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term
 investments.................................... $36,150  $97,550   $207,120
Working capital.................................  33,606   95,006    204,576
Total assets....................................  43,449  104,849    214,419
Total stockholders' equity......................  36,698   98,098    207,668
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

   This offering involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider
the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this
prospectus before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

  We have recognized no operating revenues, and we will need to build an
  installed base and enhance the features of our ReplayTV Service before we
  can generate significant advertising revenues or achieve profitability.

   As a media company, we will need to generate our revenues primarily from
sales of advertising and other media services. To date, we have recognized no
operating revenues, have incurred significant losses and have had substantial
negative cash flow, and we may never achieve profitability. As of December 31,
1999, we had an accumulated deficit of $39.2 million. We expect to incur
significant operating expenses over the next several years in connection with
the continued development and expansion of our business, including substantial
expenses related to advertising and subsidies to encourage purchases of
ReplayTV-enabled products. Although we have received limited proceeds from
shipments of our personal video recorders, these proceeds are considered
incidental to our business and therefore are not recognized as revenues. We do
not expect to generate significant revenues from advertising or other services
in 2000, and we may not be able to generate significant revenues thereafter.
As a result, we expect to continue to incur significant losses and negative
cash flow for the foreseeable future. With increased expenses, we will need to
generate significant revenues to achieve profitability. Consequently, we may
never achieve profitability, and even if we do, we may not sustain or increase
profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future.

  We cannot be sure that the ReplayTV Service will generate a broad enough
  viewer base to sustain our business.

   Personal television services are a new and untested media format. The
ReplayTV Service is in an early stage of development, and many viewers,
retailers and potential media, advertising, consumer electronics and
distribution partners are not aware of its benefits. As a result, it is
uncertain whether the market will accept and demand the ReplayTV Service and
ReplayTV-enabled products. We believe that establishing the ReplayTV brand is
critical to attracting and retaining viewers and to enabling us to develop key
strategic relationships and advertising revenue opportunities. Our ability to
promote broad acceptance of the ReplayTV Service depends upon:

  . successful marketing and distribution of ReplayTV-enabled products;

  . continued development of new ReplayTV services and ReplayTV-enabled
    products; and

  . high quality customer support.

In addition, the introduction of new consumer electronics products is often
characterized by high rates of return following a product roll-out, as the
result of either product defects or lack of customer satisfaction with the
product category. ReplayTV-enabled products have been and in the future may be
subject to high return rates, which would impair our ability to establish
broad consumer acceptance of the ReplayTV Service.

  If our retail launch is not successful, viewers and consumer electronics
  manufacturers, distributors and other potential partners may not accept the
  ReplayTV Service and ReplayTV-enabled products.

   To date, we have generated shipments of ReplayTV-enabled personal video
recorders only through our web site, our 1-877-ReplayTV toll-free telephone
number and a limited number of online retailers. As of December 31, 1999, we
had shipped about 6,000 ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorders. Our success
depends on, among other things, our ability to expand our distribution through
relationships with consumer

                                       5
<PAGE>

electronics companies and distributors. We plan to begin our full-scale retail
launch in mid-2000 with Matsushita-Kotobuki Electronics Industries, Ltd., or
MKE, a subsidiary of Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., which will
market, sell and distribute ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorders under
the Panasonic brand featuring the ReplayTV logo.

   The launch requires, among other things, that:

  . we educate consumers on the benefits of the ReplayTV Service and
    ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder, which will require an extensive
    marketing campaign;

  . MKE enter into distribution and promotional arrangements with major
    national and regional retail chains;

  . we commit a substantial amount of human and financial resources to
    achieve successful retail distribution; and

  . we coordinate our own sales, marketing and support activities with those
    of MKE and other distributors and retailers.

We or our strategic partners may not achieve any or all of these objectives.
In addition, the launch may be delayed, consumers may perceive the ReplayTV-
enabled personal video recorder as too expensive or complex or the ReplayTV
Service as not sufficiently appealing, and our marketing campaign may not
effectively attract new viewers. Additionally, since we will rely on MKE and
other distributors and retailers to assist us with sales, marketing and
support activities, the success of the marketing process is not entirely
within our control. We do not control the time and resources that these third
parties devote to our business, and we cannot be sure that these parties will
perform as expected. Any of these events may reduce consumer demand and market
acceptance, diminish our brand and impair our ability to attract and retain
viewers to the ReplayTV Service.

  We have established only a limited number of strategic relationships with
  media partners, and we must rely on strategic relationships to enhance the
  ReplayTV Service and execute our business plan.

   To be successful, we must establish and maintain strategic relationships
with leaders in the television media industry, including advertisers,
television programmers and broadcast companies. To date, we have established
only a limited number of strategic relationships with media partners, and
these relationships are in the early stages of development. We cannot be
certain that relationships with other media partners will be available to us
in the future or on terms favorable to us. These relationships are critical to
our success, and our failure to establish and maintain these relationships
would:

  . limit the acceptance and use of the ReplayTV Service;

  . impair our ability to obtain rights to content;

  . impair our ability to deploy certain forms of advertising;

  . impair our ability to generate revenues from multiple sources; and

  . impair our ability to further enhance the ReplayTV brand.

   Entering into strategic relationships is complicated because some of our
current and future media partners may decide to compete with us or to enter
into relationships with our competitors. For example, some of our current and
potential partners currently have relationships with our primary competitors
in the market for personal television services. In addition, we may not be
able to establish relationships with key participants in the media industry if
we have established relationships with competitors of these key participants.
Moreover, many potential partners may resist working with us unless and until
the ReplayTV Service and ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder have been
introduced on a larger scale and have achieved market acceptance. In order to
induce media companies to partner with us, we may have to share substantial
portions of our revenues with them or provide other incentives to them, which
could limit our ability to achieve profitability or result in dilution to
existing investors. If we fail to establish additional relationships with
media partners, or if our media partners fail to actively pursue additional
business relationships with us, we would not be able to execute our business
plan and our business would suffer significantly.


                                       6
<PAGE>


  If we are unable to create multiple revenue streams we will not be able to
  execute our business plan and achieve profitability.

   Our future growth and long-term success are dependent upon our ability to
generate multiple revenue streams. Our business model is particularly
dependent upon generating revenues from advertisers, who may not readily adopt
the personal television medium. We compete with traditional advertising media
such as print, radio and television for a share of advertisers' total
advertising budgets. If advertisers do not perceive personal television as an
effective advertising medium or are otherwise opposed to personal television,
they may be reluctant to devote a significant portion of their advertising and
marketing budgets to promotions on the ReplayTV Service. Version 2.0 of the
ReplayTV Service software provides advertising and sponsorship capabilities
solely on theme-based or branded content areas called ReplayZones. In order to
generate significant advertising revenues, we need to expand the capabilities
of the ReplayTV Service to permit full-motion video advertisements on multiple
viewer interfaces.

   Our long-term success will also depend in part upon securing multiple
revenue streams in addition to advertising, including premium subscription and
personalized pay-per-view services such as near video-on-demand, sponsorships
from content providers and other media partners and television-commerce. We
will need to work closely with media partners, cable and satellite system
operators, electronic commerce companies and consumer electronics
manufacturers to develop services in these areas. We may not be able to
effectively work with these parties to develop services that are sufficient to
justify their costs. In addition, we must expand the capabilities of the
ReplayTV Service to permit these services, none of which are currently
available in version 2.0 of the ReplayTV Service software. These features will
not be available until the release of future versions of the ReplayTV Service
software. If we are unable to add these features to the ReplayTV Service, or
if we delay the introduction of these capabilities, our ability to attract and
retain viewers and generate revenues will suffer.

   Furthermore, early versions of ReplayTV-enabled products may not be capable
of accommodating new services and capabilities we introduce in the future. For
example, early versions of ReplayTV-enabled products may not have sufficient
memory to handle software upgrades required to provide full-motion video
advertisements and near video-on-demand capabilities. If early versions of
ReplayTV-enabled products cannot be upgraded to support new services we
introduce, our ability to generate revenues from these new services will
suffer.

  We rely on third parties to manufacture, distribute and market our
  products, and these parties may not perform as expected.

   We currently rely on a single third party contract manufacturer,
Flextronics International, to manufacture ReplayTV-enabled personal video
recorders. We have entered into an agreement with MKE to manufacture and
distribute ReplayTV-enabled products, and we intend to enter into similar
relationships with other consumer electronics companies in the future. In
addition, we will rely significantly on our relationship with MKE to establish
our retail distribution channel. We will rely on MKE's sales force, marketing
budget and brand image to promote and support ReplayTV-enabled products and
the ReplayTV Service, both before and after our full-scale retail launch. We
currently anticipate that MKE will begin distributing ReplayTV-enabled
personal video recorders, manufactured by Flextronics, under the Panasonic
brand featuring the ReplayTV logo, in mid-2000.

   We do not control the time and resources that third party manufacturers and
distributors devote to our business, and we cannot ensure that these parties
will perform as expected. The use of equipment manufacturers, particularly the
transition to new equipment manufacturers, subjects us to the risk of delays
and unforeseen problems such as defects, shortages of critical components and
cost overruns. In addition, we expect that these manufacturers will require
substantial lead times to manufacture sufficient quantities of ReplayTV-
enabled personal video recorders to satisfy demand. Any delays or unforeseen
problems could impair our full-scale retail launch and brand image and make it
difficult for us to attract and retain viewers. Furthermore, since our
relationships with some of these manufacturers are not based on exclusive
agreements, they may also support services that compete with us or offer
similar or greater support to our competitors. In addition, MKE may

                                       7
<PAGE>

terminate our agreements with them upon written notice to us. The loss of
Flextronics, MKE or any of our other manufacturers or distributors would
require us to identify and contract with alternative sources of manufacturing
and distribution, which may not be available to us when needed or on
acceptable terms. This outcome could harm our ability to compete effectively
and achieve market acceptance and brand recognition.

  We are dependent on single suppliers for several key components and
  services. If these suppliers fail to provide us with the products necessary
  to manufacture our products and provide our services, we may be unable to
  find alternative suppliers or deliver our services or ReplayTV-enabled
  products to our customers on time.

   We currently rely on sole suppliers for a number of the key components and
services used in ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorders. For example:

  . Philips is the sole supplier of a number of semiconductors used in the
    ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder;

  . Sony is the sole supplier of our MPEG2 encoder semiconductor device;

  . Tribune is the sole supplier of our program guide data; and

  . Universal Electronics, Inc. is the sole supplier of our universal remote
    controls and cable set-top box compatibility information.

   Philips, Sony and Tribune each have relationships with TiVo Inc., one of
our primary competitors in the market for personal television services. We
cannot be sure that these and other key components and services used in
ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorders will be available from these
suppliers when needed or, if available, that these components and services
will be available on favorable terms. In addition, we rely on the quality of
the products supplied to us and the program guide data and cable set-top box
compatibility information supplied to us. The number of alternative suppliers
available for these products and services may be very limited. If we or other
manufacturers of ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorders were unable to
obtain sufficient quantities of these components or accurate program guide
data, the search for and/or transition to alternate suppliers could result in
extensive delays, added expense or disruption in services or product
availability. In addition, we could have to re-engineer the ReplayTV-enabled
personal video recorder in order to incorporate alternative products or
services, which could render our products and services unavailable for
extended periods.

  We have agreed to subsidize the cost of our personal video recorders, and
  we may be unable to generate enough revenues to cover these subsidies and
  other obligations.

   We have agreed to subsidize the cost of our personal video recorders to
maintain attractive retail prices for ReplayTV-enabled products and to
encourage the manufacture of ReplayTV-enabled personal television products.
For example, we have agreed to subsidize MKE and expect to subsidize other
equipment manufacturers in the future. We expect these subsidies to be one of
our largest expense items for the foreseeable future. If our competitors lower
the retail prices of their products, we may have to increase the amount of our
subsidies. Our decision to subsidize the manufacturing cost of ReplayTV-
enabled products is based upon our belief that increasing our installed base
as rapidly as possible will help us obtain viewers, broaden market acceptance
for personal television and increase our future revenues. If these
expectations are not met, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenues to
cover our expenses and other obligations.

  Intellectual property claims against us could be costly and could result in
  the loss of significant rights.

   The television industry is highly litigious, particularly in the area of
electronic program guides. Many patents relating to interactive television
technologies have been granted. We have been contacted by various parties that
have asserted that our personal television service violates patents,
copyrights or other rights of such

                                       8
<PAGE>

parties. If any of these parties, or other parties that may assert similar
claims in the future, were to successfully litigate these claims against us,
the outcome of the litigation could:

  . prevent us from manufacturing or licensing products or providing the
    ReplayTV Service which would eliminate our ability to generate revenues;

  . cause the cancellation of new services;

  . cause delays in product delivery and new service introduction; and

  . require us to pay significant monetary damages, royalties or licensing
    fees.

   In addition, litigation of these claims, whether or not they are
successful, could divert management's attention and resources away from our
business and otherwise be time-consuming and expensive.

   A number of companies in the television industry earn substantial profits
from technology licensing, and the introduction of new technologies such as
ours is likely to provoke claims and/or lawsuits from these companies. In some
cases, we have been contacted by patent owners offering us the opportunity to
license their patents. In each case, we have evaluated the patents to
determine whether a license is necessary or desirable. Despite our conclusion
to date that no licenses are required, we cannot provide any assurance that
the respective patent owners would agree with our decision or that they will
not further pursue the matter by making a claim of infringement against us.

   In January 2000, a subsidiary of Gemstar International Group, Inc. sued
TiVo, Inc., one of our competitors, for allegedly infringing a patent related
to recording of television programming. This action seeks an injunction and
damages. We cannot assure you that Gemstar will not bring a similar action
against us in the future. If Gemstar were to bring such an action and be
successful, it could materially adversely impact our business. In addition, in
January 2000, we and TiVo were sued by PhoneTel Communications, Inc. for
allegedly infringing a patent related to specifying an order for playback of
recorded television programs.

   We are also aware that some media companies may attempt to form
organizations to develop standards and practices in the personal television
industry. These organizations or individual media companies may attempt to
require companies in the personal television industry to obtain copyright or
other licenses for the use of the companies' programming. A number of articles
have appeared in the press recently regarding the formation of a consortium of
broadcast and cable television networks called the Advanced Television
Copyright Coalition. Some of those articles have indicated that the coalition
is prepared to support litigation and to explore legislative solutions unless
the providers of personal television services and products agree to obtain
license agreements for the use of the companies' programming. We have received
letters and/or oral indications from a number of content providers, including
Fox Television, Universal Studios, The Walt Disney Company and Warner Bros.,
asserting their belief that our business activities will require approvals and
licenses from these content providers. In addition, under our Network Service
Agreement with Time Warner and Turner Broadcasting Systems, Inc., Turner
reserved the right to assert any claims or rights against us. We are also
aware of similar indications from other content providers. Lawsuits or other
actions taken by these types of organizations or companies could make it more
difficult or impossible for us to introduce new services, delay widespread
consumer acceptance of our services, restrict our use of some television
content, increase our costs and materially adversely affect our business.

  We face intense competition from a number of sources, which may impair our
  ability to generate viewers and future revenues.

   We are likely to face intense direct competition from companies such as
TiVo Inc. and WebTV Networks Inc. These companies offer, or have announced
their intention to offer, products with one or more of the ReplayTV Service's
functions or features and, in some instances, combine these features with
Internet browsing, interactive capabilities or traditional broadcast, cable or
satellite television programming. Many of these companies have greater brand
recognition and market presence, a significantly larger installed base and

                                       9
<PAGE>


substantially greater financial, marketing and distribution resources than we
do. Some of these companies also have established relationships with third
party consumer electronics manufacturers, satellite and cable system
operators, television programmers, Internet service providers and others,
which could make it harder for us to compete with them and may make it
difficult for us to establish relationships and enter into agreements with
these third parties. Some of these competitors also have relationships with
our strategic partners, and a number of media partners that have invested in
ReplayTV have also invested in our competitors. Furthermore, we and our
manufacturing partners also compete with consumer electronics companies that
may incorporate competing personal television capabilities into future
generations of their consumer electronics products. Faced with this
competition, we may be unable to expand our market share and attract an
increasing number of viewers to the ReplayTV Service.

   We also compete with consumer electronics products in the television and
home entertainment industry. The television and home entertainment industry is
characterized by rapid technological innovation, a small number of dominant
manufacturers and intense price competition. As a new product category,
personal television enters a market that is crowded with several established
services. The competition for consumer spending in the television and home
entertainment market is intense, and our services may compete with:

  . VCRs and DVD players and recorders;

  . video-on-demand services;

  . interactive television services; and

  . personal computers.

   Many of these technologies, services or devices have an established market,
a broad viewer base and proven consumer acceptance. We may be unable to
effectively differentiate the ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder or the
ReplayTV Service from these technologies, services or devices. The cost of
ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorders will also impact consumer choices in
the home entertainment market, and many of the alternative home entertainment
devices and services may be purchased by consumers at lower prices than a
ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder. Further, cable and satellite
services are already a large expense item for many households, and consumers
may be unwilling to make the additional expenditure required to purchase a
ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder to complement these services. In
addition, since our Internet service provider's access numbers require long
distance calls for a portion of television households in the United States,
some potential ReplayTV viewers may have to pay recurring long distance
charges to connect to the ReplayTV Service network, which could impact our
ability to market the ReplayTV Service in these markets.

   We may also compete with new and evolving forms of delivery of video
programs to viewers' homes. For example, a number of companies are developing
video-on-demand products and services, which would use broadband delivery
systems to feed video as demanded by viewers in real time. In addition, as
broadband delivery systems become more prevalent, it is possible that more and
more programs may be available for ordering, over the Internet or otherwise,
which may lessen the importance of broadcast television and weaken the appeal
of the ReplayTV Service. If these companies are successful in developing these
services, their products and services may be more appealing to viewers than
ours.

  The market for personal television services is evolving rapidly, and we or
  our strategic partners may not be able to adequately address this market.

   Because of the early stage of the personal television industry, the life
cycle of our services is difficult to estimate. We or our strategic partners
may not be able to develop and introduce new services and enhancements that
respond to technological changes, evolving industry standards or consumer
preferences on a timely basis, or at all, in which case our business would
suffer. In addition, we cannot predict the rate of adoption by consumers of
our services and products which enable our service, or the price they will be
willing to pay for these services and products. As a result, it is extremely
difficult to predict our future prices for these services and the future size,
growth rate and profitability of this market.

                                      10
<PAGE>


  If we are unable to integrate the ReplayTV Service with the products and
  services provided by cable and satellite system operators, we will not be
  able to grow our installed base as rapidly as we expect.

   We intend to enter into relationships for the distribution of the ReplayTV
Service with cable and satellite system operators and/or with the
manufacturers of set-top boxes that enable cable and satellite services. We
cannot be certain that these parties will be willing to enter into agreements
with us to directly integrate the ReplayTV Service into set-top boxes or that
we will be able to negotiate agreements on terms favorable to us.
Historically, cable and satellite system operators have been hesitant to
implement new services. In addition, cable and satellite system operators and
the manufacturers of cable and satellite set-top boxes may choose to develop
their own services in competition with us or to enter into relationships with
our competitors. For example, General Instrument Corporation and Charter
Communications, Inc. recently announced an agreement to manufacture and
distribute set-top boxes that provide personal video recorder features. If we
fail to establish distribution relationships with cable and satellite system
operators or the manufacturers of set-top boxes, we may not be able to execute
our business plan, and our business could suffer significantly.

   We must also work with cable and satellite system operators to ensure that
the ReplayTV Service and ReplayTV-enabled products are compatible with their
products and services. If a viewer using a ReplayTV-enabled personal video
recorder receives a cable or broadcast signal through a separate set-top box
rather than a set-top box integrated with the ReplayTV Service, then the
viewer must input a number corresponding to the set-top box to enable the
ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder to work with the particular set-top
box. There are hundreds of models of cable and satellite set-top boxes, with
new designs coming to market on a regular basis and, consequently, hundreds of
corresponding numbers. If we are unable to update these numbers in a timely
manner and adequately ensure that the ReplayTV Service is compatible with our
viewers' cable and satellite systems, we may not be able to attract and retain
viewers and our reputation may be harmed.

  If we lose key management personnel, we may not be able to successfully
  operate our business.

   Our future performance will be substantially dependent on the continued
services of our senior management and other key personnel. The loss of any
members of our executive management team and our inability to hire additional
executive management could harm our business and results of operations. In
addition, we do not have term employment agreements with, or key man insurance
policies for, any of our key personnel.

  We have recently hired several senior executive officers. Any inability by
  these individuals to execute our business strategy and manage our growth
  could harm our ability to generate revenues and achieve profitability.

   Several members of our executive management team were hired in 1999,
including our Chief Executive Officer; Executive Vice President, ReplayTV
Service; Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer;
Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing; and Executive Vice President,
Business Operations. These individuals have not previously worked together nor
with the other members of our management team and, therefore, may require time
to adequately familiarize themselves with the nature of our business and
operations and each other. We cannot assure you that these individuals will be
able to successfully work together or manage any growth we may experience. The
process of integrating these individuals into our management team may detract
from the operation of our business.

  Failure to manage our growth could disrupt our business and impair our
  ability to generate revenues.

   Since we began our business in August 1997, we have significantly expanded
our operations. We anticipate continued expansion in our headcount, facilities
and infrastructure to support potential growth in our viewer base and to allow
us to pursue market opportunities. This expansion has placed, and will
continue to place, a significant strain on our management, operational and
financial resources and systems. Additional risks we face as our business
expands include:

  . We do not have experience in manufacturing a large volume of ReplayTV-
    enabled products and may not be able to accurately forecast and respond
    to consumer demand for our products and services.

                                      11
<PAGE>


  . We may be unable to successfully attract, integrate or retain
    sufficiently qualified personnel, especially engineers and personnel with
    the relevant and necessary media and television experience.

  . The ability of our systems to scale as we add new viewers and
    capabilities is unproven. Our inability to accommodate additional viewers
    or to upgrade our technology, systems or network infrastructure could
    adversely affect our business, cause interruptions in the ReplayTV
    Service or delay the introduction of new services.

  . If we or our distribution partners are unable to adequately support
    ReplayTV Service viewers, our brand and our ability to generate and
    retain new viewers will be harmed.

  Seasonal trends in consumer and advertiser spending behavior may cause our
  operating results to fluctuate.

   Our business model anticipates that a majority of our future revenues will
come from targeted commercials and other forms of television advertising
enabled by the ReplayTV Service. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be
seasonal and cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions as well as
budgeting and buying patterns. A decline in the economic prospects of
advertisers or the economy in general could alter current or prospective
advertisers' spending priorities or increase the time it takes to close a sale
with our advertisers, which could cause our revenues from advertisements to
decline significantly in any given period.

   In addition, we are subject to seasonality in consumer electronics product
sales, which have traditionally been much higher during the holiday shopping
season (occurring in the fourth quarter) than during other times of the year.
Although predicting consumer demand for our products will be very difficult,
we believe that sales of ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorders and
attraction of new viewers to the ReplayTV Service will be disproportionately
high during the holiday shopping season when compared to other times of the
year. Because we expect to subsidize the purchase price of ReplayTV-enabled
personal video recorders, we will incur greater costs and expenses when more
ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorders are sold.

  If we are unable to raise additional capital on acceptable terms, our
  ability to effectively manage growth and build a strong brand could be
  harmed.

   We expect that our existing capital resources, combined with the net
proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements
through the next 12 months. We may be required to raise additional capital
sooner if consumer acceptance of the ReplayTV Service occurs more rapidly than
we expect or if we have to increase our subsidies earlier than we anticipate
to meet competitive retail pricing. In order to continue to grow our business,
we will have to raise additional capital, which may not be available on
acceptable terms. If we cannot raise necessary additional capital on
acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our services, take
advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or
unanticipated requirements. If we raise additional capital through debt
financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our
operations or future opportunities.

Risks Related to Our Service and Technology

  System failures, interruptions to the ReplayTV Service or product defects
  may have a negative impact on our revenues, damage our reputation and
  decrease our ability to attract new viewers.

   Our ability to provide high quality products, service and customer support
is critical to our success because consumers of television-related products
are not accustomed to, and may not accept, interruptions in their television
service. Our network, communications hardware and other operating systems for
the ReplayTV Service are vulnerable to damage or interruption from
earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunication failures and similar
events. They are also subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of
vandalism and similar misconduct. These types of interruptions in the ReplayTV
Service may reduce our revenues and profits. Our business also will be harmed
if consumers believe our service is unreliable. In addition to placing
increased burdens on our engineering staff, service outages will create
numerous customer questions and complaints that must be responded to by our or
our partners' customer support personnel. Any frequent or persistent system
failures could irreparably damage our reputation and brand.

                                      12
<PAGE>


   We have detected and may continue to detect errors and product defects in
our software and ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorders. For example, the
hard disk used in the ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder was originally
designed for use in personal computers, and as a result exhibits behaviors
that are viewed as typical and minimally disruptive when using a personal
computer but may result in the viewer momentarily facing a black television
screen when using the ReplayTV Service. In addition, ReplayTV viewers with
HDTV television sets are currently required to watch and record programming in
standard broadcast resolution as opposed to HDTV resolution. Any errors and
product defects can result in delays in releasing new versions of our
ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorders, affect system uptime, result in
returns and significant warranty and repair costs and cause customer relations
problems. Correcting errors in our software and hardware design requires
significant time and resources, which could delay future product releases and
affect market acceptance of the ReplayTV Service. Any delivery by us of
products or upgrades with undetected material product defects or software
errors could harm our credibility and market acceptance of the ReplayTV
Service.

  Any failure to secure and protect our patents, trademarks and other
  proprietary rights could reduce our competitive advantage.

   Our success and ability to compete are substantially dependent upon our
internally developed technology. We rely on patent, trademark and copyright
law, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with
our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our proprietary
rights. However, the steps we take to protect our proprietary rights may be
inadequate. We are currently the assignee of two United States patents. We
have also filed patent applications and provisional patent applications
relating to important aspects of the ReplayTV technology and the ReplayTV
Service, including its features and capabilities. To date, none of these
patents has been granted, and we cannot assure you that any patents will ever
be granted, that any issued patents will protect our intellectual property or
that third parties will not challenge any issued patents. In addition, other
parties may independently develop similar or competing technologies designed
around any patents that may be issued to us. Our failure to protect our
proprietary rights could have a material adverse effect on our business.

  Laws, regulations, agreements and standards that govern the television
  industry and the delivery of programming could expose us to legal action if
  we fail to comply or could require us to change our business.

   Because personal television and the delivery of television programming
through the ReplayTV Service and the ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder
represent a new category in the television and home entertainment industries,
it is difficult to predict what laws or regulations will govern our business.
For example, copyright laws could be applied or amended to restrict the
capture or alteration of television programming, which would materially
adversely affect our business. Changes in the regulatory climate or the
enforcement or interpretation of existing laws could expose us to additional
costs and expenses and could require changes to our business. For example, the
Federal Communications Commission has broad jurisdiction over the
telecommunications and cable industries. New regulations adopted by the FCC
may directly affect us and the strategic partners on whom we substantially
rely for the marketing and distribution of ReplayTV-enabled personal video
recorders and the ReplayTV Service, which may negatively impact the adoption
of the ReplayTV Service. In addition, the FCC could interpret existing
regulations in a manner that would cause us to incur significant compliance
costs or force us to alter the features or capabilities of the ReplayTV
Service.

   Several manufacturers, media companies and content delivery providers, such
as cable and satellite system operators, have developed and will continue to
develop standards that govern how these companies operate and interact with
one another. For example, cable modem manufacturers and cable operators are
developing standards relating to cable systems and cable modems. Media
companies, consumer electronics companies, computer companies and
semiconductor companies are developing standards relating to copyright
protection of media content. If we are unable to develop services that comply
with the agreements and standards set by these consortiums, we may be
prevented from marketing and distributing ReplayTV-enabled personal video
recorders and providing the ReplayTV Service.


                                      13
<PAGE>

  We need to safeguard the security and privacy of our viewers' confidential
  data, and any inability to do so may harm our reputation and brand and
  could result in lawsuits.

   The ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder collects and stores viewer
preferences and other data that our viewers may consider confidential. Any
compromise or breach of the encryption and other security measures that we use
to protect this data could harm our reputation and expose us to potential
liability. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of
cryptography or other events or developments could compromise or breach the
systems we use to protect our viewers' confidential information. We may be
required to make significant expenditures to protect against security breaches
or to remedy problems caused by any breaches.

   Viewers may be concerned about the use of personal information gathered by
the ReplayTV Service and the ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorder. We do
not release this data to third parties, and we are committed to complying with
all privacy laws and to protecting the confidentiality of our viewers. Privacy
concerns, however, could create uncertainty in the marketplace for personal
television and our services. In addition, privacy concerns or breaches, or
consumers' dissatisfaction with any privacy policy we may adopt, could reduce
demand for the ReplayTV Service, increase the cost of doing business as a
result of litigation costs or increased service delivery costs, or otherwise
harm our reputation and business.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock

  Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will suffer immediate and
  substantial dilution and may be harmed by future debt or equity issuances.

   The initial public offering price per share will significantly exceed our
net tangible book value per share. You will experience immediate dilution of
$9.80 in the pro forma adjusted net tangible book value per share of common
stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share. You also
will experience additional dilution when outstanding options and warrants are
exercised. If we raise additional capital through the issuance of equity
securities, the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders will
decline, you may experience dilution in net book value per share, and these
equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those
of the holders of our common stock. Any debt financing, if available, may
involve covenants limiting or restricting our operations or future
opportunities.

  Management has broad discretion as to how to use the proceeds from this
  offering and may apply these proceeds to uses that do not increase our
  revenues or market value.

   We expect to spend a substantial amount, including amounts from the net
proceeds we receive in connection with this offering, to advertise and promote
the ReplayTV Service and the ReplayTV brand, to subsidize the retail price of
ReplayTV-enabled personal video recorders, to develop new services and for
other working capital and general corporate purposes. We have not determined
the specific amounts we intend to spend in any of these areas or the timing of
these expenditures. Consequently, management will have broad discretion with
respect to the use of the net proceeds from this offering. Because of the
number and variability of factors that determine our use of proceeds from this
offering, we cannot assure you that the uses will not vary from our current
intentions.

  Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain
  provisions that could discourage a third party from acquiring us and
  consequently decrease the market value of your investment.

   Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and of
Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control or changes in our
management that a stockholder might consider favorable. Any delay or
prevention of a change of control or change in management could cause the
market price of our common stock to decline. For more information about
particular anti-takeover provisions, see "Description of Capital Stock."

  Our stock price may be volatile after this offering and you may lose some
  or all of your investment.

   Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations
between the representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be

                                      14
<PAGE>

indicative of the market price for the common stock that may develop after
this offering. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead
to the development of an active public market. You may not be able to resell
your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price
and you may lose some or all of your investment as a result. We expect our
operating results to fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, many
of which are described elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to our
operating results, many factors may cause our stock price to fluctuate,
including:

  . economic or market conditions generally or in the technology, television,
    media or home entertainment industries;

  . our failure to meet estimates of our financial performance by securities
    analysts; and

  . changes in estimates of our financial performance or changes in
    recommendations by securities analysts.

  An aggregate of 40,952,916 shares, or approximately 83%, of our outstanding
  stock will become eligible for resale in the public market between 180 days
  and one year after this offering, and future sales of this stock may cause
  our stock price to decline.

   The market price of our common stock could drop as a result of sales of a
large number of shares of common stock in the market after this offering or in
response to the perception that sales of a large number of shares could occur.
We cannot predict the effect that future sales of common stock will have on
the market price of our common stock. Of the 49,452,916 shares of our common
stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering, the 8,500,000 shares
offered hereby (plus any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters'
over-allotment option) will be freely tradable. All of the shares outstanding
prior to the offering will be "restricted securities" as the term is defined
under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Unless sold pursuant to
Rule 144, which provides for minimum holding periods, public availability of
information, and volume and manner restrictions on sales, "restricted
securities" cannot be sold without an effective registration statement on file
with the SEC. Based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 1999, as adjusted
to reflect the issuance of 5,627,267 shares of Series F preferred stock in
January 2000, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Number of Shares/
 Percent Outstanding    Date When Shares Become Available for Resale in the
 After this Offering                       Public Market
 -------------------    ---------------------------------------------------
 <C>                 <S>
 35,306,093 / 71%    180 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to
                      agreements between the stockholders and the underwriters
                      or ReplayTV, provided that Morgan Stanley & Co.
                      Incorporated can waive this restriction at any time.
                      24,070,571 of these shares will also be subject to sales
                      volume restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities
                      Act

 5,646,823 / 11%     Upon expiration of applicable one-year holding periods
                      under Rule 144, which will expire between        , 2000
                      and January 25, 2001, subject to sales volume
                      restrictions under Rule 144
</TABLE>

In addition, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the
Securities Act to register an aggregate of 18,218,561 shares of common stock
reserved for issuance under our various stock plans as of December 31, 1999.

  We have made forward-looking statements in this prospectus, but actual
results may differ materially.

   We have made forward-looking statements in this prospectus, including the
section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Result of Operations," that are based on our management's beliefs and
assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Forward-
looking statements include the information concerning our possible or assumed
future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans,
competitive position, potential growth opportunities, benefits resulting from
this offering and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements
include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by
the use of forward-looking terminology such as the words "believes,"
"expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "estimates" or similar
expressions.

                                      15
<PAGE>


   Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions.
Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-
looking statements. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking
statements.

   You should understand that many important factors, in addition to those
discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, could cause our results to differ
materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements. These factors
include our competitive environment, economic and other conditions in the
markets in which we operate, consumer and retailer preferences, alternative
technological advances, prices and supplies of components and cyclical and
seasonal fluctuations in our operating results.

                                      16
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   We expect to receive net proceeds of about $109.6 million from this
offering, or $126.2 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment
option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share,
(based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus) after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and
commissions and estimated offering expenses. We estimate our offering expenses
to be about $1.1 million.

   The principal reason for this offering is to raise capital for:

  . subsidies related to the distribution of ReplayTV-enabled products;

  . advertising to promote the ReplayTV Service and ReplayTV brand;

  . development of new products and services; and

  . other working capital and general corporate purposes.

   The foregoing discussion is based on our current expectations, and we may
allocate the net proceeds among these purposes as we deem necessary or
appropriate. These determinations will be based upon various factors, a number
of which are not yet known, including:

  . competitive and technological developments;

  . the rate of growth, if any, of our business;

  . the number of PVRs that we sell, which may result in increases in
    subsidies;

  . marketing expenses, which may vary depending on our strategic
    relationships; and

  . the amount of advertising revenue we receive.

In addition, these and other market factors may require us to allocate
portions of the net proceeds for purposes other than those described above.


   Pending the uses described above, we will invest the net proceeds in short-
term, interest bearing, investment-grade securities. We cannot predict whether
the proceeds will be invested to yield a favorable return.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

   We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. In
addition, under our bank credit facility, we cannot pay dividends without our
bank's consent, with limited exceptions. We currently intend to retain any
future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

                                      17
<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION

   The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 1999:

  . on an actual basis;

  . on a pro forma basis to reflect the issuance of 5,627,267 shares of
    Series F preferred stock in January 2000 at $11.00 per share resulting in
    net cash proceeds of about $61.4 million and the automatic conversion of
    31,368,852 shares of preferred stock, including the shares of Series F
    preferred stock issued in January 2000, outstanding as of the date of
    this prospectus into 31,368,852 shares of common stock; and

  . on a pro forma basis as further adjusted to reflect the sale of 8,500,000
    shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public
    offering price of $14.00 per share (based on the midpoint of the range
    set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the
    estimated underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering
    expenses.

   The capitalization information set forth in the table below is qualified
by, and you should read it in conjunction with, more detailed financial
statements and related notes and the information included under the caption
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   As of December 31, 1999
                                                --------------------------------
                                                                      Pro Forma
                                                 Actual   Pro Forma  As Adjusted
                                                --------  ---------  -----------
                                                 (in thousands, except share
                                                     and per share data)
<S>                                             <C>       <C>        <C>
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term
 investments................................... $ 36,150  $ 97,550    $207,120
                                                ========  ========    ========
Line of credit................................. $     --  $     --    $
                                                --------  --------    --------
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Convertible Preferred Stock, issuable in
   series, $0.001 par value; 27,137,306 shares
   authorized, 25,741,585 shares issued and
   outstanding actual; 35,077,301 shares
   authorized, no shares issued and outstanding
   pro forma; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no
   shares issued and outstanding pro forma as
   adjusted.................................... $     26  $     --    $
  Common Stock, $0.001 par value; 75,000,000
   shares authorized, 9,584,064 shares issued
   and outstanding actual; 75,000,000 shares
   authorized, 40,952,916 shares issued and
   outstanding pro forma; 200,000,000 shares
   authorized, 49,452,916 shares issued and
   outstanding pro forma as adjusted...........        6        37          46
  Additional paid-in capital...................  109,634   171,029     280,590
  Notes receivable.............................   (3,200)   (3,200)     (3,200)
  Unearned stock-based compensation............  (30,579)  (30,579)    (30,579)
  Deficit accumulated during development
   stage.......................................  (39,189)  (39,189)    (39,189)
                                                --------  --------    --------
    Total stockholders' equity.................   36,698    98,098     207,668
                                                --------  --------    --------
      Total capitalization..................... $ 36,698  $ 98,098    $207,668
                                                ========  ========    ========
</TABLE>

   This table excludes the following shares as of December 31, 1999:

  . 6,666 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding
    warrant at an exercise price of $7.50 per share;

  . 10,789,637 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock
    options outstanding under our stock option plans at a weighted average
    exercise price of $2.53 per share; and

  . 128,924 shares of common stock available for issuance under our stock
    option plans.

                                      18
<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION

   The pro forma net tangible book value of ReplayTV, Inc. as of December 31,
1999 was $98.1 million or $2.40 per share of common stock. Pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets
less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock
outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares
of preferred stock (including 5,627,267 shares of Series F preferred stock
issued at $11.00 per share in January 2000) into common stock immediately
prior to the closing of this offering. Assuming the sale by us of 8,500,000
shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering
price of $14.00 per share, our pro forma net tangible book value as of
December 31, 1999 would have been $207.7 million, or $4.20 per share of common
stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book
value of $1.80 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate
dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $9.80 per share to new
investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates
this dilution on a per share basis:

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                             <C>   <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price per share...............        $14.00
     Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December
      31, 1999...................................................  $2.40
     Increase per share attributable to new investors............   1.80
                                                                   -----
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
    offering.....................................................          4.20
                                                                         ------
   Dilution per share to new investors...........................        $ 9.80
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>

   The following table summarizes on a pro forma basis, as of December 31,
1999, the number of shares of common stock, including shares of preferred
stock to be converted into shares of common stock at the closing of this
offering, purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the
average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors.
The information presented is based upon an assumed initial public offering
price of $14.00 per share for shares purchased in this offering, before
deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions and estimated
offering expenses:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Shares Purchased  Total Consideration
                            ------------------ -------------------- Average Price
                              Number   Percent    Amount    Percent   Per Share
                            ---------- ------- ------------ ------- -------------
   <S>                      <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>
   Existing stockholders... 40,952,916   82.8% $133,435,000   52.9%    $ 3.26
   New investors...........  8,500,000   17.2   119,000,000   47.1      14.00
                            ----------  -----  ------------  -----
     Totals................ 49,452,916  100.0% $252,435,000  100.0%
                            ==========  =====  ============  =====
</TABLE>

   These tables assume no exercise of any outstanding stock options or
warrants to purchase common stock. As of December 31, 1999, there were:

  .  10,789,637 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock
     options outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $2.53 per
     share; and

  .  6,666 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an
     outstanding warrant at an exercise price of $7.50 per share.

   To the extent these options or warrants are exercised, there will be
further dilution to the new investors.

                                      19
<PAGE>

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

   The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with
our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations." The statement of operations data for the period
from August 27, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997, for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and 1999 and for the period from August 27, 1997 (inception)
to December 31, 1999 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1998 and
1999, are derived from the audited financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of
results to be expected for future periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Period from                        Period from
                             August 27, 1997    Year Ended      August 27, 1997
                             (Inception) to    December 31,     (Inception) to
                              December 31,   -----------------   December 31,
                                  1997        1998      1999         1999
                             --------------- -------  --------  ---------------
                                  (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                          <C>             <C>      <C>       <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Costs and expenses:
  Research and development
   (excludes stock-based
   compensation of $0, $163,
   $1,588 and $1,751).......     $  136      $ 1,961  $  7,980     $ 10,077
  Programming and content
   (excludes stock-based
   compensation of $0, $15,
   $2,179 and $2,194).......        --           --      1,029        1,029
  Sales and marketing
   (excludes stock-based
   compensation of $0, $15,
   $755 and $770)...........         10          764    14,586       15,360
  General and administrative
   (excludes stock-based
   compensation of $0, $13,
   $2,959 and $2,972).......          9          325     3,271        3,605
  Hardware distribution
   costs, net (excludes
   stock-based compensation
   of $0, $0, $333 and
   $333)....................        --           --      2,030        2,030
  Stock-based compensation..        --           206     7,814        8,020
                                 ------      -------  --------     --------
      Total costs and
       expenses.............        155        3,256    36,710       40,121
                                 ------      -------  --------     --------
Operating loss..............       (155)      (3,256)  (36,710)     (40,121)
Interest income (expense),
 net........................        --           (28)      960          932
                                 ------      -------  --------     --------
Net loss....................     $ (155)     $(3,284) $(35,750)    $(39,189)
                                 ======      =======  ========     ========
Basic and diluted net loss
 per share..................     $(0.08)     $ (0.48) $  (4.73)    $  (5.48)
Basic and diluted weighted
 average shares used in
 computation of net loss per
 share......................      2,026        6,889     7,565        7,157
Pro forma basic and diluted
 net loss per share.........                          $  (1.35)
Pro forma basic and diluted
 weighted average shares....                            26,476

</TABLE>

Please see note 1 to our financial statements for the determination of the
number of shares used in computing actual and pro forma basic and diluted net
loss per share.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           As of December 31,
                                                           --------------------
                                                           1997  1998    1999
                                                           ---- ------  -------
                                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>  <C>     <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments......... $103 $  711  $36,150
Working capital (deficit).................................   94   (392)  33,606
Total assets..............................................  144  1,068   43,499
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)......................  125   (260)  36,698
</TABLE>

                                      20
<PAGE>

          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

   ReplayTV was incorporated in August 1997, and through the first quarter of
1999, our operating activities consisted primarily of product and service
development. We continue to operate as a development stage company and have
not yet recognized any operating revenues from advertising or other sources.
In April 1999, we launched the ReplayTV Service and the ReplayTV-enabled PVR
via direct sales from our web site and toll free telephone number. More
recently, our products have become available through online retailers. We have
received proceeds from the shipment of ReplayTV-enabled PVRs; however, these
proceeds are considered incidental to our ongoing business and thus have been
reported as a reduction of the related hardware distribution costs in our
statement of operations. We do not intend to manufacture PVRs. Instead, we
intend to license our technology to partners to manufacture PVRs or
incorporate our technology in their consumer electronics products such as
VCRs, DVD players and recorders, set-top boxes or televisions. We recently
entered into such an agreement with MKE, and we intend to enter into similar
relationships with other consumer electronics companies in the future.

   MKE initially will purchase from us a minimum number of ReplayTV-enabled
products manufactured by Flextronics and will market, sell and distribute
those products under the Panasonic brand name featuring the ReplayTV logo. We
will also work with MKE to jointly develop future ReplayTV-enabled products.
MKE will focus on hardware development while we will focus primarily on the
further development of the ReplayTV Service. MKE may also develop ReplayTV-
enabled products independent of us. We will work with MKE to develop and
establish customer service and support standards and processes for ReplayTV-
enabled products. We will also cooperate with MKE to market and promote the
ReplayTV Service and ReplayTV-enabled products. MKE will have primary
responsibility for promoting Panasonic-branded ReplayTV-enabled products while
we maintain primary responsibility for promoting the ReplayTV Service. MKE has
agreed to commit a minimum dollar amount toward the promotion and advertising
of ReplayTV-enabled products to be sold under the Panasonic brand. MKE has
agreed to exclusively deal with us in the area of personal video recorders for
the term of our agreement.

   We anticipate that the majority of our revenues will be generated from the
sale of advertising on the ReplayTV Service. We will recognize advertising
revenue ratably over the period in which the advertising is displayed,
provided that no significant performance obligations remain. We do not expect
these revenues to become significant until we reach a substantially larger
installed viewer base and develop additional ReplayTV Service functionality.
We do not expect to generate significant revenues from advertising in 2000,
and we may not be able to generate significant revenues thereafter. As a
result, we expect to continue to incur significant losses and negative
operating cash flow for the foreseeable future.

   We also anticipate recognizing revenues from future services, such as media
sponsorships, premium subscription services, near video-on-demand services and
TV-commerce. Revenues from media sponsorships, which will primarily take the
form of ReplayZones that promote branded content provided and edited by media
sponsors, will be recognized in the period in which the programming is
delivered, provided that no significant performance obligations remain.
Revenues from premium and near video-on-demand services will be recognized
during the period in which the services are provided to the subscriber.
Commissions revenue received for orders processed over the ReplayTV Service
will be recognized as we forward the order information to the vendor. We do
not generate any revenues from the provision of our basic service.

   Version 2.0 of our ReplayTV Service software permits us to deliver certain
limited advertising; however, we are continuing to develop additional
functionality to enable us to deliver additional advertising and other
services on the ReplayTV Service in conjunction with various media partners.
Version 2.0 provides advertising and sponsorship capabilities solely on theme-
based or branded content areas called ReplayZones. In order to generate
significant advertising revenues, we need to expand the capabilities of the
ReplayTV Service to

                                      21
<PAGE>


permit full-motion video advertisements on multiple viewer interfaces. We also
intend to expand the capabilities of the ReplayTV Service to permit premium
subscription services, near video-on-demand and TV-commerce, none of which are
included in version 2.0 of the ReplayTV Service software.

   We expect to share a significant portion of the related advertising and
service revenues with our media partners. We also intend to enter into
agreements with multiple distribution partners to encourage more rapid
adoption of the ReplayTV Service. These agreements will provide for retail and
other distribution of ReplayTV-enabled products as well as subsidization of
hardware costs. Our decision to subsidize the manufacturing cost of ReplayTV-
enabled products is based upon our expectation that lower retail prices will
help us obtain viewers, broaden market acceptance for personal television and
increase our future revenues. If these expectations are not met, we may be
unable to generate sufficient revenues to cover our expenses and other
obligations.

Results of Operations

  Year Ended December 31, 1999 and 1998

   Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist of
engineering personnel and related expenses, materials, connectivity costs and
outside consulting costs related to developing and enhancing the ReplayTV
Service and ReplayTV-enabled PVR. Total research and development expenses
increased to $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 from $2.0
million for the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase was attributable to
increased engineering personnel, consultants and materials necessary to
support the development and launch of the ReplayTV platform and related
service in April 1999. We expect that research and development costs will
continue to increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to devote
resources to develop additional functionality within the ReplayTV Service.

   Programming and Content. Programming and content expenses consist of
personnel and related expenses and outside consulting costs related to
developing and presenting content on the ReplayTV Service. Programming and
content expenses for the year ended December 31, 1999 were $1.0 million. No
programming and content costs were incurred during the year ended December 31,
1998, as the ReplayTV Service was not launched until April 1999. The increase
was attributable to increased personnel necessary for content development. We
anticipate that programming and content costs will continue to increase as we
develop and provide additional services and content within the ReplayTV
Service.

   Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist of advertising,
promotional activities, trade shows, personnel and related expenses and
outside consulting costs. Sales and marketing expenses increased to $14.6
million for the year ended December 31, 1999 from $764,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1998. The increase was attributable to increased personnel and
promotional costs associated with the promotion of the commercial launch of
the ReplayTV Service and ReplayTV-enabled PVR in April 1999. We anticipate
that sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase as we support the
full-scale retail launch of the ReplayTV-enabled PVR in the year 2000.
Starting in the second half of the year 2000, we expect to incur additional
sales and marketing expenses to support the sale of advertising on the
ReplayTV Service.

   General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist of
personnel and related expenses and professional fees related to the
management, legal, finance, accounting and other administrative functions.
General and administrative expenses increased to $3.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 1999 from $325,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998.
The increase was the result of increased personnel and consultants necessary
to support our growth. We expect that general and administrative expenses will
continue to increase in the foreseeable future.

   Hardware Distribution Costs, Net. Hardware distribution costs, net, include
costs to manufacture and distribute the ReplayTV-enabled PVR net of the
proceeds from sales to customers. As we plan to transition the manufacturing
and distribution of our PVRs to MKE and other partners, sales of PVRs are
considered incidental

                                      22
<PAGE>


to our business and, therefore, have been reflected as a reduction of the
related costs. Hardware distribution costs, net, were $2.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 1999. During the year ended December 31, 1999, we
shipped about 6,000 PVRs and incurred manufacturing and distribution costs of
$7.2 million. Proceeds from sales of PVRs were $5.1 million during the same
period. We have agreed to subsidize Matsushita in connection with their
manufacturing and distribution of ReplayTV-enabled PVRs in future periods. We
expect the subsidies to increase significantly as we increase our installed
base.

   Stock-Based Compensation. Stock-based compensation includes the
amortization of unearned employee stock-based compensation and expenses for
stock granted to consultants in exchange for services. In connection with the
grant of employee stock options, we recorded aggregate unearned stock-based
compensation of $37.7 million through December 31, 1999 and additional
unearned stock-based compensation of about $4.2 million for stock options
granted in January and February 2000. Employee stock-based compensation
expense is amortized over the vesting period of the options, which is
generally four years, using the multiple-option approach. We recorded employee
stock-based compensation expense of $7.0 million for the year ended December
31, 1999. We currently expect to record employee stock-based compensation
expenses of about $4.9 million for the quarter ending March 31, 2000 and $4.5
million for the quarter ending June 30, 2000. We anticipate that these
expenses will decrease in future periods. Unearned stock-based compensation
expense will be reduced in future periods to the extent that options are
terminated prior to full vesting. We recorded expenses of $734,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1999 in connection with the vesting of stock options
issued for services. Expenses related to options granted to consultants may
increase in future periods if we grant additional options to consultants in
exchange for services or the fair value of our stock increases during the
vesting period of the options. We also recorded expenses of $136,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1999 in connection with common stock issued for
services.

   Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income (expense), net, consists of
interest earned on cash equivalents and short-term investments, offset by
interest expense related to bank borrowings and other financing lines.
Interest income (expense), net, was $960,000 for the year ended December 31,
1999 and ($28,000) for the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase in
interest income was due to higher average cash equivalents and short-term
investment balances from additional sales of preferred stock completed in the
first three quarters of 1999.

   Provision for Income Taxes. We have incurred operating losses for all
periods from inception through December 31, 1999, and therefore have not
recorded a provision for income taxes. Our deferred tax asset primarily
consists of net operating loss carryforwards, nondeductible accruals and
allowances and research credits. We have recorded a valuation allowance for
the full amount of our net deferred tax assets, as the future realization of
the tax benefit is not currently likely.

   As of December 31, 1999, we had net operating loss carryforwards for both
federal and state tax purposes of about $29.6 million. These federal and state
tax loss carryforwards are available to reduce future taxable income and
expire at various dates into the year 2019. We expect that the amount of net
operating loss carryforwards that could be utilized annually in the future to
offset taxable income will be limited by "change in ownership" provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code. This annual limitation may result in the expiration
of net operating loss carryforwards before their utilization.

  Year Ended December 31, 1998 and Period from Inception to December 31, 1997

   Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased to
$2.0 million in fiscal 1998 from $136,000 for the period from inception to
December 31, 1997. The increase was the result of growth in ReplayTV's
engineering personnel, consultants and materials from inception throughout
1998.

   Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased to $764,000 in
fiscal 1998 from $10,000 for the period from inception to December 31, 1997.
The increase was the result of increased personnel to support the commercial
launch of the ReplayTV Service and ReplayTV-enabled PVR in April 1999.

                                      23
<PAGE>

   General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased
to $325,000 in fiscal 1998 from $9,000 for the period from inception to
December 31, 1997. The increase was the result of increased personnel costs to
support our overall growth.

   Stock-Based Compensation. In connection with the grant of employee stock
options, we recorded unearned stock-based compensation of $857,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1998, which is being amortized over a four-year
vesting period using the multiple-option approach.

   Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income (expense), net, was
$(28,000) and $0 for the year ended December 31, 1998 and for the period from
inception to December 31, 1997, respectively. The increase in interest expense
was due to interest paid on a convertible promissory note issued by one of our
founders.

Quarterly Results of Operations

   The following table sets forth a summary of our unaudited quarterly
operating results for each of the eight quarters in the period ended December
31, 1999. The amount and timing of our costs and operating expenses generally
will vary from quarter to quarter depending on our level of actual and
anticipated business activities. Our revenues, if any, costs and operating
results are difficult to forecast and will fluctuate, and we believe that
period-to-period comparisons of our operating results will not necessarily be
meaningful. As a result, you should not rely on them as an indication of
future performance.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Quarter Ended
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Mar. 31, June 30, Sept. 30, Dec. 31,  Mar. 31,  June 30,  Sept. 30,  Dec. 31,
                           1998     1998     1998      1998      1999      1999      1999       1999
                         -------- -------- --------- --------  --------  --------  ---------  --------
                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Costs and expenses:
 Research and
  development...........  $ 160    $ 297     $ 546   $   958   $ 1,462   $ 1,145   $  2,204   $  3,169
 Programming and
  content...............     --       --        --        --        --        79        431        519
 Sales and marketing....      6       50       237       471     1,484     3,274      4,058      5,770
 General and
  administrative........     18       30       111       166       314       532      1,231      1,194
 Hardware distribution
  costs, net............     --       --        --        --        --       167        589      1,274
 Stock-based
  compensation..........     12       24        64       106       200       960      2,329      4,325
                          -----    -----     -----   -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
  Total costs and
   expenses.............    196      401       958     1,701     3,460     6,157     10,842     16,251
                          -----    -----     -----   -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
Operating loss..........   (196)    (401)     (958)   (1,701)   (3,460)   (6,157)   (10,842)   (16,251)
Interest income
 (expense), net.........      1        1        (6)      (24)      (33)       33        342        618
                          -----    -----     -----   -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
Net loss................  $(195)   $(400)    $(964)  $(1,725)  $(3,493)  $(6,124)  $(10,500)  $(15,633)
                          =====    =====     =====   =======   =======   =======   ========   ========
</TABLE>

   Costs and expenses increased each quarter from the first quarter of 1998
through the first quarter of 1999 as we completed the development and
introduction of the ReplayTV Service and ReplayTV-enabled PVR. Costs and
expenses increased during the second and third quarters of 1999 as we
continued to enhance the functionality of the ReplayTV Service and increased
personnel and related costs in anticipation of the full-scale retail launch of
the ReplayTV-enabled PVR in 2000. We expect that future costs and expenses
will increase substantially for the foreseeable future due to subsidies of
ReplayTV-enabled products to reduce consumer prices and encourage the
distribution of our products and increased advertising and promotional
efforts.

Seasonality

   Expenditures by advertisers tend to be seasonal and cyclical, reflecting
overall economic conditions as well as budgeting and buying patterns. A
decline in the economic prospects of advertisers or the economy in general
could alter current or prospective advertisers' spending priorities or
increase the time it takes to close a sale with our advertisers, which could
cause our revenues from advertisements to decline significantly in any given
period.


                                      24
<PAGE>


   We may be subject to seasonality in consumer electronics product sales,
which are traditionally much higher during the holiday shopping season
(occurring in the fourth quarter) than during other times of the year.
Although predicting consumer demand for our products will be very difficult,
we believe that sales of ReplayTV-enabled products and attraction of new
viewers to the ReplayTV Service will be disproportionately high during the
holiday shopping season when compared to other times of the year. Because we
expect to subsidize the purchase price of ReplayTV-enabled products, we will
incur greater costs and expenses when more ReplayTV-enabled products are sold.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private
sales of our equity securities. At December 31, 1999, we had raised $67.8
million from the sale of our preferred and common stock and had an accumulated
deficit of $39.2 million, and held cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments totaling $36.1 million.

   Our operating activities used cash in the amount of $26.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 1999, $2.5 million for fiscal 1998 and $144,000 for
the period from inception through December 31, 1997. This negative operating
cash flow resulted primarily from our net losses experienced during these
periods. Since inception, we have invested in the development of our ReplayTV
Service and ReplayTV-enabled PVRs and related marketing efforts and hired
additional personnel to support our growth.

   Net cash used in investing activities totaled $27.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 1999, $149,000 for fiscal 1998 and $33,000 for the period
from inception through December 31, 1997. The net cash used was primarily for
the purchase of property and equipment and the purchase of short-term
investments in the third quarter of 1999. We will continue to invest our cash
in excess of current operating requirements in short-term, interest-bearing,
investment-grade securities, some of which are classified for accounting
purposes as cash equivalents and some as short-term investments.

   Our financing activities generated cash of $64.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1999, $3.3 million for fiscal 1998 and $280,000 for the period
from inception through December 31, 1997. The issuance of preferred stock to
financial investors and strategic corporate partners generated net proceeds of
$67.8 million, or nearly this entire amount.

   In June 1999, we entered into a line of credit agreement with a financial
institution. The line provides for the issuance to ReplayTV of up to $1.25
million on a non-formula basis subject to meeting a monthly liquidity
covenant. The line bears interest at the bank's prime rate plus 0.75% and
expires in May 2000. At December 31, 1999, we had no borrowings and a $500,000
standby letter of credit to a vendor secured under this line.

   In January 2000, we issued 5,627,267 shares of Series F preferred stock at
$11.00 per share resulting in net cash proceeds of about $61.4 million. Upon
the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of Series F preferred
stock will be converted on a one-for-one basis into shares of common stock.
For the quarter ending March 31, 2000, the Company will record a non-cash
preferred stock dividend of $11.3 million to reflect the beneficial conversion
ratio as a result of the difference between the issuance price of the Series F
preferred stock and the low end of the assumed initial price range of the
common stock in this offering.

   As of December 31, 1999, our principal commitments consisted of our line of
credit and a facilities operating lease totaling $15.7 million through its
expiration in March 2006.

   We expect to incur significant operating expenses over the next several
years in connection with the continued development and expansion of our
business. As a result, we expect to continue to incur significant losses and
negative cash flow for the foreseeable future. We expect to devote significant
resources to marketing the ReplayTV Service and to subsidizing our partners'
distribution of ReplayTV-enabled products. Although we believe that our
existing cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and net proceeds from
this offering will

                                      25
<PAGE>


be sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements for the next 12 months, there
can be no assurance that we will not require additional financing within this
time frame. If market acceptance of our ReplayTV Service is faster than
expected or we increase the amount of subsidy per unit in order to maintain
competitive pricing within the retail market, we will devote substantially
more resources to subsidize our distribution partners than currently
anticipated. In addition, we will need to raise additional capital beyond the
next 12 months in order to fund the continued development and distribution of
the ReplayTV Service. We may not be able to raise additional funds on terms
acceptable to us, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds, we
will not be able to execute on our operating plan in the manner we currently
anticipate. If additional funds are raised through the sale of equity or
convertible debt securities, our stockholders may experience additional
dilution, and these securities may have rights, preferences or privileges
senior to those of our stockholders.

                                      26
<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS

Overview

   ReplayTV empowers television viewers to watch what they want when they
want. We have developed the ReplayTV Service as a living room portal through
which viewers can easily access, navigate, control and store television
programming. We believe the ReplayTV Service will transform the way consumers
access television programming, advertising and, ultimately, commerce services.
We believe our portal creates a new, more effective medium for advertisers,
content providers and cable and satellite system operators to target
consumers. Based on ReplayTV-sponsored survey data, viewers using the ReplayTV
Service watch and record more hours of television per week and find television
viewing more appealing than before using the ReplayTV Service. We believe this
is because the ReplayTV Service gives viewers greater choice and more control
over their television viewing.

   The ReplayTV Service is currently delivered through a personal video
recorder, or PVR, designed and developed by us. The PVR is a device connected
to a television that employs a hard disk drive, software and other technology
to digitally record and access content. Through ReplayTV's combination of
proprietary software, hardware and media relationships, viewers personalize
their television viewing. The ReplayTV Service allows viewers to set up
personal channels that automatically record their favorite shows. Programs can
then be replayed "on demand," with no tapes to search or rewind. Viewers can
also search for programs based on a theme, a specific hobby or a favorite
actor or director. ReplayTV-enabled PVRs operate with existing broadcast,
cable and satellite infrastructures. In the future, we expect that our PVR
technology will be incorporated into other television-related consumer
electronics devices that will provide access to the ReplayTV Service.

   We announced our ReplayTV Service in January 1999 and began shipment of our
PVRs in April 1999. We intend to commence full-scale retail distribution
through leading consumer electronics companies this year. Matsushita-Kotobuki
Electronics Industries, Ltd., or MKE, a subsidiary of Matsushita Electric
Industrial Co., Ltd., the largest manufacturer of VCRs sold in North America,
has agreed to market and sell PVRs under the Panasonic brand featuring the
ReplayTV logo. The retail launch with MKE is expected to occur in mid-2000,
and MKE is working to develop new consumer electronics devices that
incorporate ReplayTV technology. We believe that relying on MKE in the future
to manufacture, market and sell ReplayTV-enabled products will allow us to
focus our creative resources on promoting and enhancing the ReplayTV Service.
We are also in discussions with a number of other consumer electronics
companies regarding the manufacture, marketing and sale of ReplayTV-enabled
products.

   The ReplayTV Service has been designed to enable advertisers, content
providers and cable and satellite system operators to exploit the dramatic
growth potential of PVRs. Paul Kagan Associates, Inc. estimates that there
will be about six million devices with PVR functionality installed in U.S.
households by 2002, with that number increasing to about 16 million by 2005,
representing about 15% of projected U.S. households in 2005. International
Data Corporation estimates that there will be about nine million devices with
PVR functionality installed in U.S. households by 2002, with that number
increasing to about 40 million by 2005, representing about 37% of projected
U.S. households in 2005. Prior to our full-scale retail launch scheduled for
the first half of 2000, we have shipped only about 6,000 ReplayTV-enabled
PVRs.

Industry Background

   More American households have televisions than have telephone service. The
average television adult in the U.S. spends about 4.3 hours per day watching
television. According to Kagan, there are about 100 million television
households in the U.S., implying a market penetration of nearly 98%. According
to U.S. government data, the average American household owns about 2.4
televisions.

   The number of television programming options available to the average
viewer has increased significantly in recent years. The explosive growth in
the number of available channels has led to an overwhelmingly diverse
selection of programming through which viewers must sort. Viewers have
thousands of programming choices each week.

                                      27
<PAGE>

   Television advertising remains the dominant medium for building general
awareness for consumer products and services. Kagan estimates that over $52
billion was spent on broadcast and cable television advertising in the U.S. in
1999. Over the past several decades, revenue from television advertising has
consistently increased despite the introduction of new technologies that
initially appeared to threaten traditional TV advertising, such as the remote
control and the VCR. Indeed, even in the face of viewer fragmentation, revenue
from television advertising has increased in every year but one since 1975.

   The ubiquitous nature of television, its singular ability to reach large
and increasingly more targeted audiences, and the growing number of television
viewing choices are creating significant new challenges for viewers, content
providers, advertisers and system operators. These challenges create
opportunities for personal television service providers.

   Challenges Faced by Viewers. Television has always provided viewers with
programming choices. However, with rapidly increasing numbers of channels and
programs, viewer choice now borders on confusion. Despite an increasing number
of available channels and programs, viewers continue to complain that they
cannot find anything that they want to watch. Viewers desire greater ease of
use, convenience and control in television viewing, particularly in light of
their decreasing leisure time. We believe today's television viewers want the
ability to:

  . view the shows they want to watch at times that are convenient to them,
    rather than at the times at which they are scheduled;

  . easily find and record every episode of their favorite show whenever it
    is on;

  . easily navigate through available content offerings to locate interesting
    programs to watch, especially when they do not have a particular show in
    mind; and

  . access expanded information about available programming content.

   Challenges Faced by Content Providers. Competition for the attention of
television viewers has dramatically increased over the past decade. The
expansion of the cable and satellite broadcast infrastructure and the
subsequent proliferation of available channels have fragmented the television
audience. In addition, the emergence of rival media, such as the Internet and
DVDs, and even the videocassette, has further compounded the problem.

   This fragmentation and broader competition has placed additional pressure
on content providers to attract more targeted audiences and to more
effectively evaluate viewer habits, preferences and frequency of watching
specific television shows. These developments make it increasingly more
difficult for content providers to attract more viewers. In order to do so,
content providers must:

  . promote their shows more effectively and efficiently;

  . continue to increase television usage in the face of alternative media;

  . build their own brand recognition and loyalty; and

  . provide viewers with easier access to their programs.

   Challenges Faced by Advertisers. Despite declining market share and ratings
with respect to individual networks and programs, the cost of broadcast
advertising has increased. According to data from Nielsen Media Research, the
average cost of prime time advertisements on the major television networks
increased almost 28% between the 1994/95 season and the 1998/99 season. In
addition, cost constraints and the basic nature of traditional broadcast
television have placed limits on the length of messages that advertisers can
deliver. At the same time, advertisers have been forced to spend increasing
amounts to target desired demographic groups and

                                      28
<PAGE>

to spread their advertising budgets over an ever-expanding number of channels
and programs. As a result of these trends, advertisers must:

  . target viewers by finding better ways to identify, measure and respond to
    viewers' programming and purchasing preferences;

  . deliver information to consumers more effectively; and

  . spend advertising budgets as efficiently as possible.

   Challenges Faced by Cable and Satellite System Operators. Cable and
satellite system operators continue to make heavy investments to upgrade their
broadband infrastructures in response to competitive pressures, growing
consumer demand for additional and better programming and the advent of new
technologies. In order to realize returns on these investments, system
operators face the challenge of increasing revenues through the launch of new
services without cannibalizing existing lines of business. Furthermore,
selling excess network capacity can provide additional returns on these
investments. In addition, reducing subscriber churn and growing subscriber
bases have become core strategic goals because the market valuations of cable
and satellite system operators are largely based on numbers of subscribers. As
a result of these trends, cable and satellite system operators must:

  . provide new features and functionality in order to retain existing
    customers and attract new customers;

  . enhance the appeal of existing premium offerings, thereby increasing
    premium penetration and reducing subscriber churn rates for premium
    services;

  . enhance the appeal of existing pay-per-view offerings, thereby increasing
    pay-per-view buy rates; and

  . launch new and enhanced services such as video-on-demand and TV-commerce
    at the lowest possible cost to maximize returns.

The ReplayTV Service

   We have developed the ReplayTV Service to become the living room portal
that allows viewers to easily store, navigate and control television viewing,
thereby creating a new medium for advertisers, content providers and cable and
satellite system operators. Through this new medium, content providers and
advertisers can promote and deliver their programming and commercial messages
more effectively to consumers. The ReplayTV Service has won several consumer
awards, including the "Best of Show" award in the video category announced at
the International Consumer Electronics Show in January 1999, the "Innovations
2000" award in both the video software and video hardware categories announced
at the International Consumer Electronics Show in January 2000 and David
Coursey's Showcase 1999 People's Choice Award.

   Benefits to Viewers. Just as consumers have achieved enhanced freedom and
control over their lives through automated teller machines, cellular phones,
the Internet and 24-hour grocery stores, we believe television viewers want
greater freedom and control with respect to their television viewing
experiences. The ReplayTV Service provides this freedom and control by
enabling viewers to:

  . Watch what they want when they want. With ReplayTV, viewers can watch
    shows on their own schedules. Viewers can easily select, view or replay
    television shows through a simple-to-use on-screen channel guide.
    ReplayTV's interactive channel guide and clock are conveniently and
    automatically updated and synchronized on a nightly basis when the
    ReplayTV-enabled PVR dials into a secure remote server.

  . Never miss their favorite shows. ReplayTV is unlike any VCR. Most viewers
    use their VCRs only for viewing pre-recorded tapes rather than recording
    their favorite shows, due to the complexity involved in programming the
    VCR. ReplayTV uses a hard disk drive rather than videotape to record,
    store and replay currently up to twenty hours of television programming
    and content using MPEG2, a digital compression technology. Recordings are
    activated at the touch of a button using ReplayTV's universal remote.

                                      29
<PAGE>

   Programs can be easily configured into personal, or on-demand channels, so
   that viewers will never miss their favorite shows.

  . Locate, capture and record the best in television. ReplayTV enables
    viewers to locate programs of interest, especially when they do not have
    a particular show in mind to watch. With the ReplayTV Service, viewers
    will be able to find and record programs that match their viewing
    preferences so that when they are ready to watch TV, they will be able to
    choose from a number of shows that interest them. The ReplayTV Service
    features unique and exciting program information, promotions and content
    on theme-based or branded content areas called ReplayZones. ReplayZones
    allow viewers to easily navigate through the wide variety of content that
    viewers might otherwise be unaware of.

  . Control live TV. The ReplayTV Service offers real-time viewing features
    not possible with VCRs, such as pause, multi-speed slow motion, rewind,
    seven-second instant replay and still-frame advance because the ReplayTV
    Service continuously records the program being watched. In addition,
    viewers can use the fast forward feature to catch up to the live
    broadcast in progress.

  . Enjoy personal television services with no monthly fees. With the
    purchase of a ReplayTV-enabled PVR, the basic ReplayTV Service is
    provided to viewers with no monthly fees and includes free software
    upgrades and promotional content.

   Benefits to Content Providers. The ReplayTV Service can enable television
programmers and broadcasters to proactively compile their content in ways that
will effectively promote their shows, thereby creating an opportunity for
greater audience growth, loyalty, recognition and measurement. Key benefits
offered to content providers include:

  . Generating a larger audience. The ReplayTV Service allows content
    providers to reach an audience that may have been unable to watch their
    shows due to conflicts between broadcast times and their own personal
    schedules. ReplayTV-sponsored surveys indicate that viewers using the
    ReplayTV Service watch an average of about 2.5 more hours and record an
    average of about seven more hours of television each week than before
    they began using the ReplayTV Service. In addition, because these viewers
    are able to watch programming on their own schedule with VCR-like
    functionality, we believe they are more likely to actually watch the
    whole show. The ReplayTV Service will allow content providers to create
    ReplayZones that will deliver program information, promotions and content
    on channels that are branded and edited by the content providers
    themselves. In the future, we also plan to offer content providers the
    opportunity to promote shows that are similar even if the shows are not
    broadcast sequentially. Other future programming opportunities include
    sponsoring premium personal channels and providing additional footage,
    such as "director's cuts," of programs for ReplayTV viewers.

  . Enhanced viewer loyalty and retention. We believe that the ability to
    easily record programs using the ReplayTV Service will increase the
    likelihood that viewers will continue viewing new episodes of a
    particular series or show. For example, the show-based recording feature
    allows viewers to automatically record every episode of their favorite
    show. Viewers also can easily replay the shows they have recorded at
    their convenience long after they have aired, thereby enhancing viewer
    retention and loyalty.

  . New platform for innovative content delivery. The ReplayTV Service is
    being developed to facilitate an entirely new paradigm for delivering
    programming, products and services to viewers. We anticipate that viewers
    will be able to simply "point and click" when ordering merchandise,
    movies, sports events, programming packages, games and other products and
    services, thereby offering content providers a new way to attract viewers
    and expand audiences.

   Benefits to Advertisers. We believe that our ReplayTV Service will offer
advertisers a new platform that provides a more effective way to deliver
information to consumers, a more efficient way to spend advertising budgets and
a better way to target audiences and identify, monitor and respond to
consumers' programming and purchasing preferences. Key benefits offered to
advertisers include:

  . More effective targeting of consumers. The ReplayTV Service creates a
    platform for specialized advertising. The ReplayTV platform is expected
    to provide more accurate audience measurement and

                                       30
<PAGE>

   viewer data, while maintaining viewer privacy on an individual basis. The
   ReplayTV Service will enable advertisers to more effectively target
   consumers who have actively selected specific programs to watch and
   therefore are more likely to watch an entire show. Advertisers will also
   be able to target advertising to viewers who have created theme-based
   ReplayTV channels based on a specific topic, such as "tennis."

  . Platform for new advertising opportunities. ReplayTV's basic PVR
    architecture can support a wide range of future innovative advertising
    services. For example, advertisers may be able to purchase new
    advertising on recorded shows with the use of lead-in and lead-out
    advertisements. Viewers may also be able to click on banners or short,
    full motion video commercials to obtain longer, infomercial-style
    content. Ultimately, viewers may be able to purchase a featured product
    or service using the remote control, creating an interactive on-air
    shopping experience for the viewer.

   Benefits to Cable and Satellite System Operators. The ReplayTV Service
enables cable and satellite system operators to enhance the attractiveness of
their existing and anticipated services to consumers. We believe this will
enable cable and satellite system operators to increase acceptance of new
service offerings and improve growth prospects of existing lines of business.
Furthermore, we believe that greater customer satisfaction will lead to
reduced subscriber churn rates and increase the operators' ability to market
to new customers. Key benefits offered to cable and satellite system operators
include:

  . Opportunities to reduce churn and grow subscriber base. The ReplayTV
    Service is designed to reduce viewer frustration, make programming
    accessible to viewers on their schedule, assist viewers in navigating the
    expanding programming universe and allow viewers to customize their
    viewing experience based on their personal preferences. We expect that
    these benefits will increase customer satisfaction with cable and
    satellite subscriptions and, therefore, reduce subscriber churn. In
    addition, these benefits provide system operators with new marketing
    tools to convert households that have never subscribed to or have
    cancelled cable or satellite services into paying subscribers.

  . Enhanced appeal of premium offerings.  We believe that there is a
    significant portion of cable and satellite customers who do not subscribe
    to premium channels such as HBO and Showtime because they lack the
    ability to easily watch what they want when they want. By enabling
    subscribers to view their favorite premium shows on their own schedules,
    we believe that service operators can increase premium penetration and
    retention rates.

  . Enhanced appeal of pay-per-view offerings. Convenience increases pay-per-
    view usage. For example, the buy rates, or movie purchases per month, for
    households with access to more advanced cable or satellite technologies
    known as near video-on-demand are more than three times those for
    conventional pay-per-view systems. With future versions of the ReplayTV
    Service, subscribers will be able to watch selected movies or events when
    they want, with the ability to control how they view the movie or event
    with features that exceed VCR functionality.

  . Platform for new services and better capacity utilization. We expect that
    the ReplayTV Service will provide new sources of revenue for system
    operators, such as near video-on-demand or TV-commerce services. For
    example, system operators could pre-deliver onto ReplayTV-enabled
    products a variety of pay-per-view movies or events from which
    subscribers could choose to purchase and view at their convenience. The
    hard disk capacity of the ReplayTV Service can be used to store data
    transmitted into viewers' homes during off- or non-peak hours, thereby
    supporting data-intensive services such as near video-on-demand with
    bandwidth for which there are few current applications.

ReplayTV Strategy

   Our goal is to establish our proprietary ReplayTV Service as the leading
living room portal to enrich personal television viewing, advertising and TV-
commerce. Our strategy to achieve this goal includes the following key
elements that leverage the benefits of the ReplayTV Service:

   Enhance the Living Room Experience. The ReplayTV Service is designed to
enhance the traditional living room experience. ReplayTV incorporates the best
personal computer technologies, such as hard drive

                                      31
<PAGE>

storage, a search engine and a microprocessor, while still maintaining the
ease and comfort of living room TV entertainment. Because we do not identify
the ReplayTV Service as either a personal computer or an Internet-based
service, we believe the ReplayTV Service will appeal to a broader range of
viewers.

   Aggressively Drive Rapid Market Penetration. We are focused on making
ReplayTV the standard for personal television, which depends upon vigorously
accelerating our market penetration.

  . Partnership-based distribution model. Our strategy is to increase our
    market penetration by incentivizing consumer electronics manufacturers
    and cable and satellite system operators to deliver ReplayTV-enabled
    products to their customers. We plan to license our technology to major
    consumer electronics manufacturers to manufacture, distribute and market
    ReplayTV-enabled units to customers. We have a manufacturing, marketing
    and distribution agreement with MKE, a subsidiary of Matsushita Electric
    Industrial Co., Ltd., the largest manufacturer of VCRs sold in North
    America, and we intend to enter into similar relationships with other
    consumer electronics companies in the future. We anticipate that future
    versions of our service will be integrated into other consumer
    electronics products, such as cable and satellite set-top boxes, DVD
    players, television sets and Internet access devices. By offering
    consumers a broad array of ReplayTV-enabled products, we can expand the
    infrastructure upon which our services may be offered and increase our
    installed base.

  . Lower consumer price point. We plan to subsidize the retail price of our
    PVRs in order to lower the cost to the consumer. We anticipate that the
    prices of our PVRs and size of the subsidy will generally decrease over
    the long term as economies of scale and decreasing component costs reduce
    manufacturing costs. We expect that component costs will decline largely
    because our PVRs utilize components that are under continual pricing
    pressure as a result of the proliferation of consumer electronics
    products, such as DVD players, and personal computer peripherals, that
    incorporate many of these components.

  . Multi-channel marketing to customers. We intend to dedicate substantial
    resources to promoting the ReplayTV brand through multiple advertising
    and marketing channels, including direct mail, infomercials, non-
    infomercial television, radio, online and print advertising, and free-
    standing inserts.

  . Free ReplayTV Service and customer support. We have designed the ReplayTV
    Service with customer needs in mind. The basic ReplayTV Service is
    available free of charge to purchasers of ReplayTV-enabled products,
    while the services offered by our competitors are subscription-based. We
    also provide free promotional content and free upgrades, which we
    download remotely without effort by the viewer. In addition, we provide
    free customer support by e-mail and telephone.

   Leverage the Strength of Our Existing Media Relationships. We are building
strong industry relationships by offering benefits to established industry
participants. The ReplayTV Service is designed to benefit broadcasters, cable
and satellite system operators, content companies and other existing industry
participants by offering new revenue opportunities while preserving
traditional revenue streams. Based on this model, we are building strong
relationships with some of the largest media companies in the world. For
example, we have entered into an agreement with Turner Broadcasting to produce
ReplayZones that highlight current and upcoming programming from the Turner
television networks, and we are also creating ReplayZones for NBC and
Showtime. See "--Media Relationships." Our ability to build strong industry
relationships is greatly enhanced by our senior management team, which has
substantial high-level experience in television programming, content
development, advertising and promotion, and media-related finance.

   Create New and Innovative Advertising Opportunities. We believe our
ReplayTV portal will provide advertising opportunities that do not exist in
television today. For example, we plan to offer graphic and full-motion
advertising on the Replay Guide and other viewer interfaces, transitional
advertisements when the pause or other features are activated, lead-in or
lead-out advertisements inserted at the beginning or end of recorded programs
and, with the cooperation of content providers, targeted advertisements
inserted over existing broadcast messages.


                                      32
<PAGE>

   Develop Enhanced Services. We plan to expand the revenue-generating
opportunities of the ReplayTV Service by working with and, in appropriate
cases, securing licenses from, strategic partners to include future generation
services such as premium subscription services, near video-on-demand, and TV-
commerce.

  . Premium subscription services. We intend to offer subscriptions to a
    premium service that would allow customers to create personalized
    channels such as individualized news, sports, business and weather
    channels containing segments of content that are automatically combined
    according to viewer preferences. For example, we are working with CNN to
    index its program segments by key word and deliver targeted segments to a
    viewer's personal news channel based upon his or her customized
    preferences. We believe that sponsorship of premium subscription services
    by content providers will provide a new revenue stream.

  . Near video-on-demand. We intend to offer near video-on-demand services
    that would enable viewers to watch select pay-per-view movies at the
    times convenient to them. A selection of pay-per-view movies would be
    downloaded to the ReplayTV Service overnight, and viewers could then
    choose a movie for viewing at their desired time for a one-time fee. With
    future increases in both hard disk storage and transmission capacity, we
    expect to be able to pre-deliver a substantial library of movies to the
    ReplayTV Service, which viewers could conveniently access on a pay-per-
    view basis.

  . TV-commerce. As a living room portal, the ReplayTV interface provides
    several TV-commerce opportunities. Similar to the Internet, we intend to
    provide the viewer with access to one-click shopping for merchandise
    offered by partners through the ReplayTV Service.

We do not expect these services to be available prior to the end of 2001.

The ReplayTV Platform

   The ReplayTV-enabled PVR. The ReplayTV Service is delivered through a
personal video recorder, or PVR, designed and developed by ReplayTV. The
ReplayTV-enabled PVR connects with a viewer's television set and cable or
satellite set-top box and employs a hard disk drive and software technology to
digitally record and replay analog or digital broadcast television signals. As
a viewer watches television, the ReplayTV-enabled PVR automatically records
the current program onto its hard disk, enabling the viewer to control live
television with features such as pause, rewind and multi-speed slow motion.
Using the ReplayTV remote control, the viewer can manipulate a live broadcast,
select shows to record or replay recorded shows stored on the hard disk. The
hard disk in the current model of the ReplayTV-enabled PVR can accommodate up
to 20 hours of recording under standard resolution, and we expect to introduce
an additional model that will accommodate 30 hours of standard recording
capacity in mid-2000.

   The ReplayTV Network. The ReplayTV network forms the backbone of the
ReplayTV Service. ReplayTV-enabled PVRs automatically dial into the ReplayTV
network each night through a standard telephone line to receive downloads of
updated information. Through this connection, individual ReplayTV-enabled PVRs
are able to receive regular updates of Channel Guide data, advertisements and,
in the future, ReplayZone content. In addition, connecting to the ReplayTV
network allows ReplayTV-enabled PVRs to receive free software upgrades and to
automatically download new features of the ReplayTV Service.

   Communications services for the ReplayTV network are currently provided by
UUNET Technologies, Inc. The software for the ReplayTV network is currently
maintained in servers owned by ReplayTV and operated by Exodus Communications,
Inc. in a data center located in Santa Clara, California. ReplayTV has also
arranged for backup data center services at a second outside facility. We are
in the process of qualifying additional network communications providers in
order to incorporate redundancy in our network. We plan to enter into an
arrangement with an additional network provider in the near future, and then
to set up a duplicate data center in the eastern United States.

                                      33
<PAGE>

The ReplayTV Experience

   The ReplayTV Service is designed for television viewers who want to watch
their favorite shows when they want to watch them, with no monthly fees. The
ReplayTV Service is customized for the traditional living room viewing
experience. With an easy-to-use interface, the ReplayTV Service allows viewers
to personalize their television viewing by:

  . automatically recording television shows on a hard disk;

  . controlling live television using features such as pause, rewind, multi-
    speed slow motion, seven-second instant replay and still-frame advance;

  . easily finding the shows that interest them; and

  . accessing specialized content on theme-based or branded content areas
    called ReplayZones.

   Using the ReplayTV Service. The viewer navigates the ReplayTV Service using
the ReplayTV remote control. ReplayTV offers three basic interfaces--the
Channel Guide, the Replay Guide and ReplayZones--rather than just one access
point. The Channel Guide combines regularly updated television programming
with proprietary software to provide an interactive lineup of all channels
available to the viewer. The Replay Guide is an on-screen guide of personal
channels that viewers create based on shows they select to record or themes
they define to locate and record shows. ReplayZones are portals to access
theme-based programming focused around a category or a network. The viewer can
directly access the central screens through their corresponding remote control
buttons or by selecting them from the Main Menu, both of which are shown
below:

   [SCREEN SHOTS OF 1. MAIN MENU, AND 2. REPLAYTV PVR AND REMOTE CONTROL]

   Channel Guide. The ReplayTV Service includes an on-screen Channel Guide
that combines regularly updated television programming with proprietary
software to provide an interactive lineup of all channels available to the
viewer. The Channel Guide is shown here:

   [SCREEN SHOT OF CHANNEL GUIDE SHOWING ALLY McBEAL]

   The Channel Guide is updated nightly via an automatic download from the
ReplayTV Service and is based directly on the analog broadcast, cable or
satellite services that the viewer subscribes to, as specified by the viewer
during the on-screen setup process. If the viewer receives television from
more than one source, the Channel Guide presents all of the available
programming in one convenient guide. From the Channel Guide screen, the viewer
can either select a show to watch or select a show for recording at a later
time.

   Finding shows to record. The ReplayTV Service allows the viewer to quickly
find a show for recording through its Find Shows feature. The viewer can
search by entering the show title, a part of the title, an actor or director
or even a topic. A sample search using the Find Shows feature is shown below:

   [SCREEN SHOT OF FIND SHOWS SEARCH FOR "TENNIS"]

   Once the ReplayTV Service completes a search, the viewer can choose to
record an episode of a particular show located by the Find Shows feature or
create a show-based ReplayTV channel that will automatically record every
episode of a selected show. A single-record ReplayTV channel is a channel that
the viewer has set up to record just one broadcast of a show. Only the chosen
show is recorded. A show-based ReplayTV channel set up by the viewer will
record every episode of a recurring show, whether it is broadcast daily or
weekly. When searching by topic, the viewer can also create a theme-based
ReplayTV channel that will automatically search for and record every show
related to that topic on an ongoing basis. For example, the viewer can create
a theme-based channel to record all shows related to the keyword "tennis." In
addition to capturing televised tennis matches, the tennis-themed ReplayTV
channel would also record a biography about a famous tennis player or a show
about the history of tennis at Wimbledon.

                                      34
<PAGE>

   Recording shows. The ReplayTV Service allows the viewer to record a show
with the touch of a button without programming exact start times or channel
settings. Once the viewer has identified a particular show, the viewer simply
presses the Record button on the remote control to record the show for future
viewing. By pressing the Record button twice, the viewer creates a show-based
ReplayTV channel, which automatically records every episode of the show. The
viewer can also select shows to record by pressing the Select button on the
remote control and completing the Record Options screen, as shown below:

   [SCREEN SHOTS OF 1. CHANNEL GUIDE SHOWING ALLY McBEAL, AND 2. RECORD
OPTIONS SCREEN]

   Once a show has been selected for recording, the Channel Guide displays a
single solid red dot to confirm a guaranteed recording of a single show and
two solid red dots to confirm a guaranteed recording of a show-based ReplayTV
channel. Non-guaranteed recordings are represented by hollow red dots. The
ReplayTV Service will always record guaranteed shows, and will record non-
guaranteed shows if space is available on the hard disk at the time the show
is scheduled to air. The viewer manages hard disk space by setting up
guaranteed and non-guaranteed shows and by deleting recorded shows after they
have been watched.

   ReplayZones. ReplayZones are portals to access theme-based programming
around a category or a network. ReplayZones, which are created by our media
partners or by ReplayTV, contain program information, promotions and content
for viewers. Viewers can browse through topical ReplayZones and choose
programs to record. For example, we plan to introduce a Movie Zone, where the
viewer chooses movie channels that are organized by genre, such as action
adventure, romantic comedy or drama. Once the viewer selects a particular
channel from the ReplayZone, it is added to the Replay Guide for future
recording. By choosing a genre represented within a ReplayZone instead of a
specific program, a viewer can record many programs automatically. ReplayZones
are a dynamic part of the ReplayTV Service, and we plan to continuously adapt
them in order to encourage repeated visits and use. In addition, through
strategic relationships with ReplayTV, television programmers and other
content providers can create their own branded ReplayZones with customized
content and promotions for viewers.

   An example of a ReplayZone is shown here:

   [SCREEN SHOT OF REPLAYZONE]

   Replay Guide. Recorded shows are listed in the Replay Guide, shown below.
To watch a recorded show, the viewer selects a show from the Replay Guide and
chooses "Play" from the on-screen menu. All control features offered by the
ReplayTV Service, such as pause, rewind, multi-speed slow motion, fast
forward, seven-second instant replay and still-frame advance, are available
while viewing a recorded ReplayTV show. Viewers can also cancel a recording
before it airs and change the recording options they had previously set for
any ReplayTV show.

   [SCREEN SHOT OF REPLAY GUIDE]

   Customer support. Viewers can access our free high-quality customer support
by e-mail and telephone.

ReplayTV Advertising Services

   Advertisers have embraced every new avenue and medium to reach their
audience, but continue to favor television over other forms of media due to
its unique "living room" access and its broad reach. We believe that our
ReplayTV Service will offer advertisers a new platform that provides a more
effective way to deliver information to consumers, a more efficient way to
spend advertising budgets and a better way to target audiences and identify,
monitor and respond to consumers' programming and purchasing preferences. The
ReplayTV Service is expected to provide more accurate audience measurement and
viewer data, while maintaining viewer privacy on an individual basis. This
should allow advertisers to better target advertisements at viewers who have
actively selected and chosen specific programs to watch.

                                      35
<PAGE>


   Version 2.0 of the ReplayTV Service software offers advertisers the ability
to advertise in theme-based or branded content areas called ReplayZones. For
example, a "health" zone focused on healthcare and fitness-related programming
would provide a target audience for pharmaceutical companies and other
advertisers seeking a health-focused demographic. ReplayTV's basic PVR
architecture can support a wide range of future advertising services. In the
future, we intend to offer a variety of additional advertising opportunities
through the ReplayTV Service, such as:

  . graphic and full-motion video advertising on the Replay Guide and other
    viewer interfaces;

  . transitional advertising such as screen swipes when the pause button or
    other features are activated;

  . lead-in and lead-out advertising inserted at the beginning or end of
    recorded programming; and

  . targeted advertisements inserted over existing broadcast messages with
    the cooperation of content providers.

Future Offerings

   The ReplayTV Service is being developed to facilitate an entirely new
paradigm for delivering programming, products and services to viewers based on
TV-commerce. We anticipate that viewers will ultimately be able to use the
ReplayTV Service to simply "point and click" when ordering movies, sports
events, programming packages, games and other products and services. In
particular, we plan to expand the revenue-generating opportunities of the
ReplayTV Service by working with, and, in appropriate cases, securing licenses
from, strategic partners to include future generation services such as premium
subscription services, near video-on-demand, and TV-commerce. We do not expect
these services to be available prior to the end of 2001.

  . Premium Subscription Services. We intend to offer subscriptions to a
    premium service that would allow customers to create personalized
    channels, such as individualized news, sports, business and weather
    channels containing segments of content that are automatically combined
    according to viewer preferences. For example, we are working with CNN to
    index its program segments by key word and deliver targeted segments to a
    viewer's personal news channel based on his or her customized
    preferences.

  . Near Video-on-Demand. We intend to offer near-video-on-demand services
    that would enable viewers to watch select pay-per-view movies at the
    times convenient to them. A selection of pay-per-view movies would be
    downloaded to the ReplayTV Service overnight, and viewers could then
    choose a movie for viewing at their desired time for a one-time fee.

  . TV-Commerce. We intend to provide the viewer with access to one-click
    shopping for merchandise offered by partners, including sponsors of
    ReplayZones, through the ReplayTV Service.

Media Relationships

   We plan to leverage our existing media relationships and are pursuing
additional strategic relationships with television programmers, advertising
agencies and other potential media partners to expand our advertising and
sponsorship opportunities, offer unique programming content, differentiate the
ReplayTV Service and enhance the ReplayTV brand.

   For example, we have entered into an agreement with Turner Broadcasting to
produce ReplayZones that highlight current and upcoming programming from the
Turner television networks. Turner and ReplayTV will jointly sell advertising
space on the Turner ReplayZones and will share advertising revenues. In
addition, we have agreed to work with Turner to develop future collaborative
offerings on the ReplayTV Service, including a CNN premium channel,
advertisements promoting Turner television programs and TV-commerce for Turner
products. We have also entered into agreements to produce ReplayZones with NBC
and Showtime, and we expect to enter into additional programming and
sponsorship relationships with other media companies in the future. The
ReplayTV Service currently features a number of Turner and NBC ReplayZones. To
date, we have received no revenues from our agreements with Turner, NBC or
Showtime.

                                      36
<PAGE>


   Our investors include leading media companies such as Disney, Liberty
Media, NBC, Showtime, Time Warner and Tribune.

Distribution and Manufacturing Relationships

   We are pursuing strategic relationships with consumer electronics
manufacturers, cable and satellite system operators and manufacturers of cable
and satellite set-top boxes to manufacture, distribute and market ReplayTV-
enabled products. When established, we intend to leverage these manufacturing
and distribution relationships to accelerate our market penetration and
rapidly grow our installed base of viewers. For example, we have entered into
a non-binding letter of intent with EchoStar Communications to incorporate the
ReplayTV Service into its DISH network satellite set-top boxes and a non-
binding letter of intent with Sharp Electronics for the manufacture and
distribution of ReplayTV-enabled PVRs. Our investors include leading
manufacturing companies and cable and satellite system operators such as
EchoStar, MKE, Sharp and Time Warner.

   All ReplayTV-enabled PVRs are currently manufactured by Flextronics
International, a third party contract manufacturer. In addition, we have
entered into an agreement with MKE, a subsidiary of Matsushita Electric
Industrial Co., Ltd., the largest manufacturer of VCRs sold in North America,
to manufacture, distribute and market ReplayTV-enabled PVRs under the
Panasonic brand featuring the ReplayTV logo. We anticipate that MKE will begin
distributing ReplayTV-enabled PVRs manufactured by Flextronics in mid-2000.
Under our agreement with MKE, MKE has been granted subsidies and favored
customer terms, as well as licenses to manufacture and distribute ReplayTV-
enabled PVRs incorporating our driver and client device software. We also
intend to enter into agreements with other equipment manufacturers to
integrate the ReplayTV Service into additional consumer electronics products,
such as DVD players, television sets and Internet access devices. We believe
that entering into strategic relationships with MKE and other consumer
electronics companies to manufacture and sell ReplayTV-enabled products will
enable us to focus our creative resources on promoting and enhancing the
ReplayTV Service. In addition, we intend to leverage these partners'
established retail distribution channels to drive the rapid market penetration
of the ReplayTV Service.

   We also plan to establish distribution relationships with cable and
satellite system operators and manufacturers of cable and satellite set-top
boxes. We believe that strategic relationships with cable and satellite system
operators will enable us to rapidly expand our installed base of viewers.
Furthermore, we intend to enter into relationships with cable and satellite
equipment manufacturers to integrate the ReplayTV Service with cable and
satellite set-top boxes and expand the distribution of the ReplayTV Service.

   To drive rapid market penetration, we anticipate that all of our agreements
with third-party manufacturers will require us to subsidize the manufacturing
cost of ReplayTV-enabled products for the foreseeable future in order to lower
the retail price to the consumer. We anticipate that the size of the subsidy
and the price of ReplayTV-enabled products will generally decrease over the
long term as the cost of manufacturing ReplayTV-enabled products declines due
to increases in volume and also as the costs of the components incorporated
into ReplayTV-enabled products decrease. We expect that component costs will
decline largely because our ReplayTV-enabled products utilize components that
are under continual pricing pressure as a result of the proliferation of
consumer electronics products, such as DVD players and personal computer
peripherals, that incorporate many of these components.

Sales and Marketing

   ReplayTV's sales and marketing strategy is designed to establish the
ReplayTV brand, increase customer awareness of personal television and the
ReplayTV Service and build our installed base of viewers. Beginning in mid-
2000, we plan to initiate an aggressive marketing campaign to promote the
ReplayTV Service as the brand leader in the personal television market. This
multi-channel campaign will include infomercials, conventional television and
radio advertising, print, outdoor and online advertising, and free-standing
inserts, on both national and regional levels.

   We anticipate that retail distribution will become the primary channel for
sales of ReplayTV-enabled products in 2000. Since we began shipping ReplayTV-
enabled PVRs in April 1999, we have sold PVRs to

                                      37
<PAGE>


consumers principally through our web site, www.replaytv.com, and our toll-
free number, 1-877-ReplayTV, as well as through online retailers such as
Amazon.com, Roxy.com and 800.com. MKE plans to launch the full-scale retail
distribution of ReplayTV-enabled PVRs under the Panasonic brand featuring the
ReplayTV logo in mid-2000 through major national and regional retail chains.
We intend to leverage the established retail distribution channels of MKE and
other parties with whom we establish distribution relationships to drive our
installed base of ReplayTV viewers. In addition, we intend to subsidize the
cost of distributing ReplayTV-enabled products in order to maintain an
attractive retail price and accelerate our market penetration.

   MKE and other parties with whom we establish distribution relationships
will take primary responsibility for selling ReplayTV-enabled products to
retailers and supporting the retail channel through marketing, in-store
promotions and sales force training. However, we will guide the creative
content of these marketing efforts in conjunction with our broader marketing
campaign. In addition, we will support the sales and marketing efforts of MKE
and other parties with whom we establish distribution relationships by
educating retailers about PVRs and the ReplayTV Service and by training their
sales teams.

   The current version of our ReplayTV Service permits us to provide certain
limited advertising; however, we are continuing to develop additional
functionality to enable us to deliver additional advertising and other
services on the ReplayTV Service in conjunction with various media partners.
We expect to share a significant portion of the related advertising and
service revenues with these media partners. Beginning in the second half of
2000, we expect to build a direct sales force to market our advertising
inventory.

Research and Development

   Our engineering efforts are focused on three main areas: hardware platform
engineering, client service software development and network infrastructure
development.

   Hardware Platform Engineering. We have developed hardware reference
implementations (including both electrical and mechanical designs) and the
necessary platform-specific software to enable our partners to design,
manufacture and distribute a large number of products enabled by the ReplayTV
Service, including stand-alone devices, DVD players and cable and satellite
set-top boxes. Our implementations are used by our partners as the basis for
their own product designs, with each partner deciding how much of our
reference implementation it will use. We also develop and provide
documentation of our reference platform designs, as well as samples of various
elements of the platform-specific software. As with our agreement with MKE, we
anticipate that we will grant third-party manufacturers licenses to use our
client device and driver software to distribute and manufacture ReplayTV-
enabled devices and to develop improvements to the platform-specific software.
We work closely with our partners and with component suppliers and data
storage suppliers to lower the cost of the ReplayTV platform and to take
advantage of newly developed technologies. We intend to work with a broad
range of partners to develop our technology platform and to establish ReplayTV
as the leading platform in the personal television market.

   Client Service Software Development. Because we plan ultimately to deliver
the ReplayTV Service on a variety of hardware platforms, we devote significant
engineering effort to building a flexible and robust client software
implementation of our network services. This client software is designed to
operate on many different platforms in a manner that provides a consistent and
clearly branded ReplayTV Service offering. Viewers receive automatic updates
of the ReplayTV Service via the nightly download from the ReplayTV Service
network.

   Network Infrastructure Development. The creation of content and advertising
by our partners and the aggregation, management and delivery of that content
to the ReplayTV Service requires a complex network infrastructure. We develop
tools that allow our media partners and advertisers to create content for the
ReplayTV Service quickly and easily, using non-technical personnel and
existing equipment. We also develop software to run on the ReplayTV Service
servers to verify the quality of that content and to deliver it to the correct
viewers.

                                      38
<PAGE>


   Our research and development expenses totaled $136,000 for the period from
inception to December 31, 1997, $1,961,000 for the year ended December 31,
1998 and $7,893,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999. As of December 31,
1999, we had 49 employees engaged in research and development activities.

Competition

   The market for home entertainment goods and services is intensely
competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to rapid technological change. We
believe that the principal competitive factors in this market are brand
recognition, performance, pricing, ease of use, features, installed base and
quality of service and support. Because the personal television market is new
and rapidly evolving, we expect to face significant barriers in our efforts to
secure broad market acceptance and will confront intense competition at
several different levels.

   Personal television competes in a consumer electronics market that is
crowded with several established products and services, especially products
delivering television programming and other home video entertainment. PVRs and
the ReplayTV Service compete with products and technologies that have
established markets and proven consumer support, including VCRs, DVD players,
cable and satellite television systems and personal computers. In addition,
many of the manufacturers and distributors of these products have more
strategic partners and greater brand recognition, market presence, financial
resources, distribution channels, advertising and marketing budgets and
promotional and other strategic partners than we do. To be successful, we
believe we will need to spend significant resources to develop consumer
awareness of the ReplayTV Service and the personal television product
category.

   Our ability to establish an installed base will depend on consumers
purchasing ReplayTV-enabled PVRs. Many consumers who have purchased VCRs, DVD
players or other home video entertainment products may be reluctant to
purchase PVRs. The ReplayTV-enabled PVR and the ReplayTV Service do, however,
offer several advantages over traditional home video entertainment products,
including:

  . an on-air guide to television programming updated on a nightly basis;

  . the ability to digitally store and retrieve up to 20 hours of television
    programming using the current model of the ReplayTV-enabled PVR, and up
    to 30 hours of programming using an additional model we expect to
    introduce in mid-2000;

  . the ability to pause and rewind live television, and fast forward to
    catch up to live broadcasts in progress;

  . the ability to record every episode of a given show at the click of a
    button;

  . the ability to search and navigate television shows by theme based on a
    viewer's customized preferences; and

  . specialized programming and content, including ReplayZones.

   In addition to competition from established consumer electronics products,
we face competition from companies that offer personal television
capabilities. For example, TiVo Inc. markets a PVR that includes a hard disk
drive and features similar to those of the ReplayTV-enabled PVR. Although the
TiVo PVR is less expensive to purchase than the ReplayTV-enabled PVR, TiVo
charges viewers a monthly subscription fee for its service, unlike the basic
ReplayTV Service, which is free to the customer. TiVo currently offers a one-
time lifetime subscription fee, resulting in an overall cost of the TiVo
product substantially equivalent to that of the ReplayTV-enabled PVR. TiVo has
manufacturing relationships with several consumer electronics manufacturers
and a distribution relationship with DirecTV, Inc. We also face competition
from companies that intend to combine personal video recorder features with
Internet access, interactive television features and/or broadcast, cable or
satellite television reception into a single medium. For example, WebTV
Networks, Inc., a subsidiary of Microsoft Corporation, and EchoStar
Communications Corporation, the operator of the DISH Network, have released
products that combine Internet access with an electronic program guide and
offer features similar to those of the ReplayTV-enabled PVR. The WebTV
personal television service is offered on a monthly subscription fee basis.
TiVo recently announced an agreement with Blockbuster Inc. to jointly develop
the

                                      39
<PAGE>


capability to deliver products and video-on-demand services. In addition, TiVo
and Liberate Technologies have announced an agreement to bundle Liberate's
interactive television platform with TiVo's service and market it to network
operators, as well as to deliver PVR capabilities in connection with a new
interactive television service to be offered by America Online, Inc. under the
brand name AOL TV. While some of these competitive products and services offer
fewer services than the ReplayTV Service, we do not currently offer Internet
or interactive television features. In order to compete effectively, we will
need to enter into similar strategic relationships.

   We may also face additional competition as a result of future technological
developments. For example, cable and satellite system operators could in the
future offer video-on-demand services that might reduce consumer demand for
personal television services. As broadband delivery systems become more
prevalent, it is possible that more and more programs may be available for
ordering, over the Internet or otherwise, which may lessen the importance of
broadcast television and weaken the appeal of the ReplayTV Service.

Patents and Intellectual Property

   We have adopted a proactive patent and trademark strategy designed to
protect our technology and intellectual property. We are the assignee of two
United States patents, have filed twelve United States patent applications and
have filed four international patent applications. Our pending patent
applications relate to our technology, including hardware, software and the
ReplayTV Service features and appearance; however, these patent applications
may never result in the issuance of patents.

   We have filed trademark applications covering substantially all of our
trade dress, logos and slogans, including:
<TABLE>
       <C>                   <S>
       . ReplayTV logo       .Watch What You Want When You Want
       . ReplayTV            .Zone
       . Primetime. Anytime. .It's Television Made Personal
</TABLE>

These applications are currently pending with the United States Patent and
Trademark Office. We also have international trademark applications pending
for our ReplayTV logo. We have licensed the use of our name and logo to some
of our strategic partners.

   The emerging enhanced television industry is highly litigious, particularly
with respect to patent infringement and other intellectual property claims. In
some cases we have been contacted by patent owners offering us the opportunity
to license their patents. Some of these patent owners have alleged that we are
infringing their patents.

Trademarks

   Our trademarks are listed above. All other trademarks and service marks
appearing in this prospectus are trademarks or service marks of the respective
companies that use them.

Employees

   As of December 31, 1999, we had 127 full-time employees, including 58 in
product management and engineering, five in programming and content, 15 in
sales and marketing, 27 in business operations, nine in finance and
administration and 13 in customer care. We expect our workforce to increase
substantially over the next 12 months. We believe our employee relations are
good.

Facilities

   We have 61,728 square feet of space in a facility located in Mountain View,
California, under a lease that expires in March 2006. We believe that our
current facilities are adequate to meet our needs through the end of 2000, at
which time we may need to lease additional space.


                                      40
<PAGE>

Legal Matters

   We are aware that media companies and other organizations may support
litigation or explore legislative solutions unless the members of the personal
television industry agree to obtain license agreements for the use of certain
programming. We have received letters and/or oral indications from a number of
content providers, including Fox Television, Universal Studios, The Walt
Disney Company and Warner Bros., asserting their belief that our business
activities and those of some of our competitors will require approvals and
licenses from these content providers. In addition, under our Network Service
Agreement with Time Warner and Turner Broadcasting Systems, Inc., Turner has
reserved the right to assert any claims or rights against us. In addition, on
January 6, 2000, we and TiVo were sued by PhoneTel Communications, Inc. in the
U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas for allegedly
infringing a patent related to specifying an order for playback of recorded
television programs. PhoneTel has asserted that it is entitled to recover
unspecified damages, but in no event less than a reasonable royalty, and has
requested an injunction prohibiting further acts of infringement. On February
23, 2000, we filed a declaratory judgment action against PhoneTel in the
Northern District of California seeking declaration that the patent is not
infringed.

                                      41
<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

   The names and ages of our executive officers and directors as of December
31, 1999 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                     Age Position(s)
- ----                     --- -----------
<S>                      <C> <C>
Earle H. "Kim"
 LeMasters, III.........  50 Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Anthony J. Wood.........  34 President, Products and Director
Layne L. Britton........  44 Executive Vice President, ReplayTV Service
Craig W. Dougherty......  43 Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Alexander Gray..........  42 Executive Vice President, Business Operations
Bruce L. Kaplan.........  50 Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Jeffrey Berg (1)........  52 Director
Kevin L. Bohren.........  42 Director
Sky D. Dayton (1).......  28 Director
William R. Hearst III
 (1)....................  50 Director
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Member of audit committee and compensation committee.

   Earle H. "Kim" LeMasters, III has served as Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman since September 1999. Previously, Mr. LeMasters worked as a freelance
television writer from June 1999 to September 1999 and served as Executive
Producer at Twentieth Television from May 1996 to June 1999. From June 1992 to
May 1996, Mr. LeMasters served as President of Stephen J. Cannell Productions,
a television production company which was acquired by New World Television in
1996. From 1976 to 1990, Mr. LeMasters was employed by CBS Television, serving
most recently as President of CBS Entertainment. Mr. LeMasters holds a
Bachelor of Arts from the University of California at Los Angeles.

   Anthony J. Wood founded ReplayTV and has served as President, Products
since November 1999 and as a director since August 1997. From August 1997 to
August 1999, he served as Chairman and from November 1997 to August 1999 he
served as President and Chief Executive Officer. Previously, Mr. Wood served
as Vice President of Internet Authoring at Macromedia from March 1996 to
September 1997. From January 1995 to March 1996, Mr. Wood co-founded and
served as President and Chief Executive Officer of iband, Inc., which was
acquired by Macromedia in 1996. From August 1990 to January 1995, he founded
and served as President and Chief Executive Officer of SunRize Industries, a
developer of audio hardware and software. Mr. Wood holds a Bachelor of Science
in Electrical Engineering from Texas A&M University.

   Layne L. Britton has served as Executive Vice President, ReplayTV Service
since June 1999. From October 1997 to May 1999, Mr. Britton served as
Executive Vice President of Business Operations at United Paramount Networks.
From October 1996 to October 1997, he served as President and Chief Operating
Officer of Ticketmaster Ventures, a ticketing and merchandising company
acquired by Home Shopping Network in 1997. Previously, Mr. Britton was
employed as Vice President of Business Affairs at CBS Entertainment, as
Vice President of Business Affairs at NBC Entertainment, and as Director of
Business Affairs at The Dick Clark Company, Inc. Mr. Britton holds a Bachelor
of Arts from Loyola University and a Juris Doctorate from the UCLA School of
Law.

   Craig W. Dougherty has served as Executive Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer since November 1999. Previously, Mr. Dougherty was
employed at Union Bank of California from 1979 to October 1999, serving most
recently as Executive Vice President and Manager of the Specialized Industries
Group, which provides corporate financing to the entertainment, media,
communication, telecom and retailing industries. Mr. Dougherty was also
President of the Private Capital Group, a merchant banking arm that provides
equity and mezzanine financing for privately held growth companies. Mr.
Dougherty holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics and French from Tufts
University.


                                      42
<PAGE>

   Alexander Gray has served as Executive Vice President, Business Operations
since November 1999. From July 1997 to November 1999, Mr. Gray was employed at
Lucent Technologies, serving most recently as Vice President and General
Manager of Internet Communications, a business unit developing a family of
next-generation Internet-oriented communications systems. Previously, Mr. Gray
was employed by Octel Communications, serving as Senior Vice President of
Operations from January 1996 to July 1997 and as Vice President and Chief
Information Officer from December 1992 to January 1996. Mr. Gray holds a
Bachelors of Science in Computer Science and a Masters in Electrical
Engineering from Washington University.

   Bruce L. Kaplan has served as Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing
since November 1999. Previously, Mr. Kaplan served as President of Kaplan &
Co., a marketing consulting firm, from February 1990 to September 1999. From
March 1990 to February 1999, Mr. Kaplan also served as Executive Vice
President of Fattal & Collins, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Grey Advertising.
From January 1997 to February 1998, Mr. Kaplan served as Vice Chairman of
American Cybercast, an online entertainment company. Mr. Kaplan holds a
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science and a Juris Doctorate from the
University of California at Los Angeles.

   Jeffrey Berg has served as a director since April 1999. Since November
1994, Mr. Berg has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
International Creative Management, a talent agency. Since November 1997, he
has served as a director of Oracle Corporation, an enterprise software
company. Mr. Berg holds a Bachelor of Arts from the University of California
at Berkeley and a Masters of Liberal Arts from the University of Southern
California.

   Kevin L. Bohren has served as a director since July 1998. Since October
1998, Mr. Bohren has been employed as a private investor. From January 1997 to
October 1998, Mr. Bohren served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Traveling Software (now LapLink.com), a leading manufacturer of remote
communications software. From March 1983 to January 1997, Mr. Bohren was
employed at Compaq Corporation, serving most recently as Vice President,
Desktop Division. Mr. Bohren holds a Bachelor of Arts in Geography from the
University of Minnesota.

   Sky D. Dayton has served as a director since April 1999. Since June 1999,
Mr. Dayton has been a co-founder of eCompanies LLC, an incubator of Internet
start-ups. Mr. Dayton founded Earthlink Network, an Internet service provider,
in May 1994 and served as its Chairman until January 2000. Mr. Dayton remains
a director of Earthlink.

   William R. Hearst III has served as a director since March 1999. Since
January 1995, Mr. Hearst has been a Partner at Kleiner Perkins Caufield &
Byers, a venture capital firm. From May 1995 until August 1996, he was the
Chief Executive Officer for @Home Network, a high speed Internet access and
consumer online services company. Previously, Mr. Hearst served as Editor and
Publisher of the San Francisco Examiner from 1984 until 1995. Mr. Hearst is a
director of Juniper Networks, Excite@Home, Com21 and Hearst-Argyle Television.
Mr. Hearst holds a Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics from Harvard College.

Board Composition

   We currently have authorized six directors. Currently, each director is
elected for a period of one year at our annual meeting of stockholders and
serves until the next annual meeting or until his successor is duly elected
and qualified. Beginning at the first annual meeting of stockholders after the
annual meeting of stockholders at which we have at least 800 stockholders, the
board of directors will be divided into three classes, each serving staggered
three-year terms: Class I, whose term will expire at the first annual meeting
of stockholders after our first annual meeting of stockholders at which we
have 800 stockholders; Class II, whose term will expire at the second annual
meeting of stockholders after our first annual meeting of stockholders at
which we have 800 stockholders; and Class III, whose term will expire at the
third annual meeting of stockholders after our first annual meeting of
stockholders at which we have 800 stockholders. As a result, only one class of
directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the
other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective terms. Our
officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion
of the board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our
directors or executive officers.

                                      43
<PAGE>

Board Compensation

   Our directors do not currently receive compensation for their services as
members of the board of directors, except for reimbursement for reasonable
travel expenses relating to attendance at board meetings. Employee directors
are eligible to participate in our 1997 stock option plan and 1999 stock plan
and will be eligible to participate in our 2000 employee stock purchase plan.
Nonemployee directors are eligible to participate in our 1997 stock option
plan and 1999 stock plan and will be eligible to participate in our 2000
directors' stock option plan. See "Stock Plans."

   In July 1998, we granted Kevin L. Bohren an option to purchase 120,000
shares of common stock at $0.03 per share. The option becomes exercisable at
the rate of 1/3rd of the total number of shares on July 27, 1999 and 1/36th of
the total shares per month thereafter. In April 1999, we granted Mr. Bohren an
option to purchase 80,000 shares of common stock at $0.25 per share. The
option becomes exercisable at the rate of 1/3rd of the total number of shares
on April 23, 2000 and 1/36th of the total shares per month thereafter. We
entered into a consulting relationship with Mr. Bohren in March 1999 pursuant
to which he has earned an aggregate of $71,666, and have issued him an
aggregate of 38,720 shares of restricted stock as of December 31, 1999.

   In April 1999, we granted Sky D. Dayton and Jeffrey Berg each an option to
purchase 200,000 shares of common stock at $0.25 per share. These options
become exercisable at the rate of 1/3rd of the total number of shares on April
28, 2000 and 1/36th of the total shares per month thereafter.

   In April 1999, we granted Anthony J. Wood an option to purchase 275,000
shares of common stock at $0.275 per share. The option becomes exercisable at
the rate of 1/12th of the total number of shares per month from and after
August 1, 2000.

   In September 1999, we granted Earle H. "Kim" LeMasters, III an option to
purchase 2,500,000 shares of common stock at $4.00 per share. The option is
immediately exercisable; however, if the option is exercised, we have the
right to repurchase the underlying shares at a price of $4.00 per share upon
the termination of Mr. LeMasters' employment with us. Our right to repurchase
lapses at the rate of 1/8th of the total number of shares on March 13, 2000
and 1/48th of the total shares per month thereafter.

Board Committees

   In January 2000, the board of directors established the audit committee and
the compensation committee. The compensation committee currently consists of
Jeffrey Berg, Sky D. Dayton and William R. Hearst III. The functions of the
compensation committee are to:

  . review and approve the compensation and benefits for our executive
    officers and grant stock options under our stock option plans; and

  . make recommendations to the board of directors regarding these matters.

   The audit committee consists of Jeffrey Berg, Sky D. Dayton and William R.
Hearst III. The functions of the audit committee are to:

  . make recommendations to the board of directors regarding the selection of
    independent auditors;

  . review the results and scope of the audit and other services provided by
    our independent auditors; and

  . review and evaluate our audit and control functions.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

   The members of the compensation committee of the board of directors are
currently Jeffrey Berg, Sky D. Dayton and William R. Hearst III, none of whom
has ever been an officer or employee of ReplayTV. None of our executive
officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation
committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our
board of directors or compensation committee. Before establishing

                                      44
<PAGE>

the compensation committee in January 2000, the board of directors as a whole
performed the functions delegated to the compensation committee.

Executive Compensation

   The following table sets forth the compensation received for services
rendered to us during the year ended December 31, 1999 by the two individuals
who served as Chief Executive Officer during 1999 and the four other most
highly compensated executive officers during the year ended December 31, 1999.

                          Summary Compensation Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Long-Term
                                                                Compensation
                                  Annual Compensation              Awards
                         -------------------------------------- ------------
                                                                 Securities
Name and Principal        Salary                 Other Annual    Underlying     All Other
Position                   ($)    Bonus ($)(7) Compensation ($) Options (#)  Compensation ($)
- ------------------       -------- ------------ ---------------- ------------ ----------------
<S>                      <C>      <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Earle H. "Kim"
 LeMasters, III(1)...... $109,154       --              --       2,500,000         --
 Chairman and Chief
  Executive Officer
Anthony J. Wood(2)......  144,250       --              --         275,000         --
 President, Products
Layne L. Britton(3).....  140,000       --              --       1,120,000         --
 Executive Vice
 President, ReplayTV
 Service
Craig W. Dougherty(4)...   41,667       --         $125,000        600,000         --
 Executive Vice
 President, Finance and
 Chief Financial Officer
Alexander Gray(5).......   41,667       --              --         600,000         --
 Executive Vice
 President, Business
 Operations
Bruce L. Kaplan(6)......   40,000   $12,000          30,000        500,000         --
 Executive Vice
 President, Sales and
 Marketing
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Mr. LeMasters commenced employment with us in September 1999. On an annual
    basis, Mr. LeMasters' salary for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999
    would have been $360,000 plus reimbursement of expenses up to $50,000.
(2) Mr. Wood served as Chief Executive Officer until August 1999. In September
    1999, he was appointed President, Products. The amount excludes deferred
    compensation of $84,500 which Mr. Wood earned during the fiscal year ended
    December 31, 1998 but which was paid to him during the fiscal year ending
    December 31, 1999. Effective January 1, 2000, the board of directors
    approved raising Mr. Wood's annual salary to $250,000.
(3) Mr. Britton commenced employment with us in July 1999. On an annual
    basis, Mr. Britton's salary for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999
    would have been $240,000, plus reimbursement of up to $50,000 of
    relocation expenses.

(4) Mr. Dougherty commenced employment with us in November 1999. On an annual
    basis, Mr. Dougherty's salary for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999
    would have been $250,000. Mr. Dougherty is entitled to a signing bonus of
    $100,000, which has not yet been paid. Mr. Dougherty must repay 100% of
    this bonus in the event he resigns or is terminated with cause within 12
    months following his start date and 50% of this bonus in the event he
    resigns or is terminated with cause between 12 and 24 months following his
    start date. The remaining $25,000 of other annual compensation represents
    a relocation allowance.
(5) Mr. Gray commenced employment with us in November 1999. On an annual
    basis, Mr. Gray's salary for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999
    would have been $250,000.

                                      45
<PAGE>

(6) Mr. Kaplan commenced employment with us in November 1999. On an annual
    basis, Mr. Kaplan's salary for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999
    would have been $240,000. The $30,000 of other annual compensation
    represents a relocation allowance.
(7) Other than Mr. Kaplan, who received a guaranteed bonus, each officer is
    eligible to receive a bonus for the year ended December 31, 1999, the
    amounts of which have not yet been determined by the board of directors.

Option Grants

   The following table provides summary information regarding stock options
granted to the two individuals who served as Chief Executive Officer during
the year ended December 31, 1999 and the four other most highly compensated
executive officers during the year ended December 31, 1999. No stock
appreciation rights were granted to these individuals during the year. The
options were granted pursuant to the 1997 stock option plan and the 1999 stock
plan.

   Options granted to Messrs. LeMasters, Dougherty, Gray and Britton are
exercisable for all option shares; however, if an option is exercised, we have
the right to repurchase the underlying shares at the original exercise price
per share upon the termination of the optionee's employment with us. Our right
to repurchase the shares exercised by Messrs. LeMasters, Dougherty and Gray
lapses at the rate of 1/8th of the total number of shares on the six month
anniversary of the vesting commencement date specified in the respective
option agreement, or March 13, 2000 in the case of Mr. LeMasters and May 1,
2000 in the cases of Mr. Dougherty and Mr. Gray, and 1/48th of the total
number of shares each month thereafter. Our right to repurchase shares
exercised by Mr. Britton lapses at the rate of 1/48th of the total number of
shares per month beginning June 30, 1999. Additionally, the option granted to
Mr. Wood becomes exercisable at the rate of 1/12th of the total number of
shares on September 1, 2000 and 1/12th of the total number of shares each
month thereafter, and the option granted to Mr. Kaplan becomes exercisable at
the rate of 1/8th of the total number of shares on May 1, 2000 and 1/48th of
the total number of shares each month thereafter.

   The percentages below are based on a total of 10,882,500 shares subject to
options granted by us during the year ended December 31, 1999 to all of our
employees and consultants, including the executive officers named in the
table. The exercise price per share of each option was equal to the fair
market value of the common stock as determined by the board of directors on
the date of grant. The potential realizable value is calculated assuming the
$14.00 per share assumed initial public offering price (based upon the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)
appreciates at the indicated rate from the date of grant until the end of the
term of the option and that the option is exercised at the exercise price and
sold on the last day of its term at the appreciated price. All options have a
term of ten years. Stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% is assumed pursuant
to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. There can be no
assurance that the actual stock price will appreciate over the ten-year option
term at the assumed rates of 5% and 10% or at any other defined rate. Unless
the market price of the common stock appreciates over the option term, no
value will be realized from the option grants made to the below named
executive officers.

                             Option Grants in 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Individual Grants
                         -------------------------------------------
                                                                      Potential Realizable
                                     Percent of                      Value at Assumed Annual
                          Number of    Total                          Rates of Stock Price
                         Securities   Options                        Appreciation For Option
                         Underlying  Granted in Exercise                      Term
                           Options     Fiscal     Price   Expiration -----------------------
Name                     Granted (#)    1999    ($/Share)    Date        5%          10%
- ----                     ----------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -----------
<S>                      <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>
Earle H. "Kim"
 LeMasters, III.........  2,500,000    22.97%    $4.00      9/13/09  $47,011,312 $80,780,986
Anthony J. Wood.........    275,000     2.53      0.275     4/27/09    6,195,619   9,910,283
Layne L. Britton........  1,120,000    10.29      0.625     5/31/09   24,841,068  39,969,882
Craig W. Dougherty......    600,000     5.51      5.00     10/31/09   10,682,715  18,787,437
Alexander Gray..........    600,000     5.51      5.00     10/31/09   10,682,715  18,787,437
Bruce L. Kaplan.........    500,000     4.59      5.00     10/31/09    8,902,262  15,656,197
</TABLE>

                                      46
<PAGE>

Option Exercises and Holdings

   The following table provides summary information concerning the shares of
common stock represented by outstanding stock options held by the two
individuals who served as Chief Executive Officer during the year ended
December 31, 1999 and the four other most highly compensated executive
officers during the year ended December 31, 1999. The values realized and the
values of unexercised options at December 31, 1999 are based on the assumed
initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of
the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus . Therefore, these
values are calculated based on the value of $14.00 per share, less the
applicable exercise price per share, multiplied by the number of shares
underlying these options.

     Aggregated Option Exercises in 1999 and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Number of Securities
                                                      Underlying           Value of Unexercised
                          Shares                Unexercised Options at     In-the-Money Options
                         Acquired                  December 31, 1999       at December 31, 1999
                            on        Value    ------------------------- -------------------------
Name                     Exercise   Realized   Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable
- ----                     --------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S>                      <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Earle H. "Kim"
 LeMasters, III.........   250,000 $ 2,500,000  2,250,000          --    $22,500,000          --
Anthony J. Wood.........        --          --         --     275,000             --  $3,774,375
Layne L. Britton........ 1,120,000  14,980,000         --          --             --          --
Craig W. Dougherty......   200,000   1,800,000    400,000          --      3,600,000          --
Alexander Gray..........   100,000     900,000    500,000          --      4,500,000          --
Bruce L. Kaplan.........        --          --         --     500,000             --   4,500,000
</TABLE>

Change of Control Agreements

   We entered into an Offer Letter with Earle H. "Kim" LeMasters, III which
entitles Mr. LeMasters to 12 months accelerated vesting of his options and
restricted stock in the event there is a change of control within 18 months
following his commencement of employment with us and acceleration of 75% of
the then unvested options and restricted stock held by him in the event there
is a change of control after 18 months following his commencement of
employment. In addition, Mr. LeMasters is entitled to 12 months severance and
an additional 12 months accelerated vesting of his unvested options or
restricted stock in the event he is terminated without cause or resigns with
good reason following a change of control.

   We entered into Offer Letters with Craig W. Dougherty and Bruce L. Kaplan
which entitle each such officer to six months severance and accelerated
vesting equal to the greater of 12 months or 50% of the then unvested stock
options or restricted stock held by him in the event he is terminated without
cause or resigns for good reason within 12 months following a change of
control transaction.

   We entered into Offer Letters with Layne L. Britton and Alexander Gray
which entitle each such officer to accelerated vesting equal to the greater of
12 months or 50% of the then unvested stock options or restricted stock held
by him in the event he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason
within 12 months following a change of control.

Stock Plans

   1999 Stock Plan. Our 1999 stock plan provides for the grant of incentive
stock options to employees, including employee directors, and of nonstatutory
stock options and stock purchase rights to employees, directors and
consultants. The purposes of the 1999 stock plan are to attract and retain the
best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to our employees
and consultants and to promote the success of our business. The 1999 stock
plan was originally adopted by our board of directors and approved by our
stockholders in August 1999. As of December 31, 1999, an aggregate of
4,230,000 shares were reserved for issuance under the 1999 stock plan, options
to purchase 3,680,000 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 1999
stock plan

                                      47
<PAGE>


at a weighted average exercise price of $4.38 per share, 550,000 shares had
been issued upon exercise of options or pursuant to restricted stock purchase
rights at a weighted average purchase price of $4.55 per share and no shares
remained available for future grant. In January 2000, the board of directors
and stockholders approved an amendment to the 1999 stock plan to increase the
total number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan by 5,470,000
shares, so that an aggregate of 9,700,000 shares are reserved as of the date
of this offering. At the same time, the board approved amendments to the plan
providing for an automatic annual increase on the first day of each of our
fiscal years beginning in 2001 through 2009 equal to the greater of 4,000,000
shares or 6% of our outstanding common stock on the last day of the
immediately preceding fiscal year, and providing that up to 7,600,000 shares
of common stock that either return to our 1997 stock option plan upon
cancellation of options issued under that plan or are shares of stock issued
under our 1997 stock option plan that we repurchase when the holder terminates
his or her employment or consulting relationship with us shall become
available for issuance under the 1999 stock plan. As currently structured, the
maximum aggregate number of shares that are approved for issuance over the
ten-year term of our 1999 stock plan is 62,300,000 (including the maximum
number of shares that may become available for issuance under the plan as a
result of award cancellations and repurchases under our 1997 stock option
plan). These amendments to the 1999 stock plan will be submitted for approval
by our stockholders prior to the completion of this offering. Unless
terminated earlier by the board of directors, the 1999 stock plan will
terminate in August 2009.

   The 1999 stock plan may be administered by the board of directors or a
committee of the board, each known as the administrator. The administrator
determines the terms of options and stock purchase rights granted under the
1999 stock plan, including the number of shares subject to the award, the
exercise or purchase price, the vesting and/or exercisability of the award and
any other conditions to which the award is subject. No employee may receive
awards for more than 5,000,000 shares under the 1999 stock plan in any fiscal
year. Incentive stock options granted under the 1999 stock plan must have an
exercise price of at least 100% of the fair market value of the common stock
on the date of grant. The plan does not impose restrictions on the exercise or
purchase price applicable to nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase
rights, although we expect that nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase
rights granted to our Chief Executive Officer and our four other most highly
compensated officers will generally equal at least 100% of the grant date fair
market value. Payment of the exercise or purchase price may be made in cash or
any other consideration allowed by the administrator.

   With respect to options granted under the 1999 stock plan, the
administrator determines the term of the options, which may not exceed ten
years (or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a
holder of more than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of our
stock). Generally, an option is nontransferable other than by will or the laws
of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the
optionee only by such optionee. In certain circumstances, the administrator
has the discretion to grant nonstatutory stock options with limited
transferability rights. Stock options are generally subject to vesting,
meaning that the optionee earns the right to exercise the option over a
specified period of time only if he or she continues to provide services to
ReplayTV over that period. Stock issued pursuant to stock purchase rights
granted under the 1999 stock plan is generally subject to a repurchase right
exercisable by ReplayTV upon the termination of the holder's employment or
consulting relationship with us for any reason (including death or
disability). This repurchase right will lapse as provided by the administrator
at the time of grant.

   If we are acquired by another corporation, each outstanding option and
stock purchase right may be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by our
acquiror. If our acquiror did not agree to assume or substitute outstanding
awards, those awards would terminate to the extent they had not been exercised
prior to consummation of the transaction. Outstanding awards, the number of
shares remaining available for issuance under the plan, the number of shares
added to the plan each year under the plan's evergreen provision or as a
result of cancelled options or repurchases of shares under our 1997 plan and
the annual per-employee share limit will each adjust in the event of a stock
split, stock dividend or other similar change in our capital stock. The
administrator has the authority to amend or terminate the 1999 stock plan, but
no action may be taken that materially and adversely impairs the rights of any
holder of an outstanding option or stock purchase right without the holder's
consent. In addition, we must obtain stockholder approval of amendments to the
plan as required by applicable law.

                                      48
<PAGE>


   1997 Stock Option Plan. Our 1997 stock option plan was adopted by our board
of directors in August 1997 and approved by our stockholders in November 1997.
The 1997 stock option plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options
to employees (including employee directors) and the grant of nonstatutory
stock options to employees, consultants and directors. As of December 31,
1999, an aggregate of 9,070,000 shares of common stock were reserved for
issuance under the 1997 stock option plan, options to purchase 7,109,637
shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.55 per share
were outstanding, 1,831,439 shares with a weighted average purchase price of
$0.39 per share had been issued upon exercise of options and 128,924 shares
remained available for future grant. In January 2000, the board of directors
and our stockholders approved amendments to the 1997 stock option plan to
increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan by
530,000 shares to an aggregate of 9,600,000 shares. In addition, at that time,
the 1997 stock option plan was also amended to provide that up to 7,600,000
shares of stock subject to options issued under the plan that would otherwise
become available for grant under the plan upon cancellation of such options
and sold under the plan that we repurchase upon termination of the holder's
employment or consulting relationship with us shall become available for
issuance under our 1999 stock plan. Unless terminated earlier, the 1997 stock
option plan will terminate in August 2007.

   Following this offering, the terms of awards issued under our 1997 stock
option plan will generally be the same as those that may be issued under our
1999 stock plan, except with respect to the following features. The 1997 stock
option plan does not provide for the issuance of stock purchase rights, and it
does not impose an annual limitation on the number of shares of stock subject
to options that may be granted to any individual employee during a fiscal
year.

   2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our 2000 employee stock purchase plan
was adopted by the board of directors in January 2000 and will be submitted
for approval by our stockholders prior to completion of this offering. An
aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under
the 2000 purchase plan, none of which have been issued as of the date of this
offering. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2000 purchase
plan will be subject to an automatic annual increase on the first day of each
of our fiscal years beginning in 2001 through 2009 equal to the lesser of
500,000 shares, 2% of our outstanding common stock on the last day of the
immediately preceding fiscal year, or a lesser number of shares as the board
of directors determines. The 2000 purchase plan becomes effective upon the
date of this offering. Unless terminated earlier by the board of directors,
the 2000 purchase plan will terminate in January 2020.

   The 2000 purchase plan, which is intended to qualify under Section 423 of
the Internal Revenue Code, will be implemented by a series of overlapping
offering periods of approximately 24 months' duration, with new offering
periods (other than the first offering period) commencing on May 1 and
November 1 of each year. Each offering period will generally consist of four
consecutive purchase periods of six months' duration, at the end of which an
automatic purchase will be made for participants. The initial offering period
is expected to commence on the date of this offering and end on April 30,
2002; the initial purchase period is expected to begin on the date of this
offering and end on October 31, 2000, with subsequent purchase periods ending
on April 30, 2001, October 31, 2001 and April 30, 2002. The 2000 purchase plan
will be administered by the board of directors or by a committee appointed by
the board. Our employees (including officers and employee directors), or of
any majority-owned subsidiary designated by the board, are eligible to
participate in the 2000 purchase plan if they are employed by us or any such
subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months per year.
The 2000 purchase plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock
through payroll deductions, which in any event may not exceed 15% of an
employee's base salary. The purchase price is equal to the lower of 85% of the
fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of each offering period
or at the end of each purchase period, subject to certain adjustments as
provided in the plan. Employees may end their participation in the 2000
purchase plan at any time during an offering period, and participation ends
automatically on termination of employment.

   An employee is not eligible to participate in the 2000 purchase plan if
immediately after the grant of an option to purchase stock under the plan such
employee would own stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock
equaling 5% or more of the total voting power or value of all classes of our
stock or stock of our

                                      49
<PAGE>

subsidiaries, or if such option would permit an employee's rights to purchase
stock under the 2000 purchase plan at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of fair
market value of such stock for each calendar year in which the option is
outstanding. In addition, no employee may purchase more than 3,000 shares of
common stock under the 2000 purchase plan in any one purchase period. If the
fair market value of the common stock on a purchase date is less than the fair
market value at the beginning of the offering period, each participant in that
offering period shall automatically be withdrawn from the offering period as
of the end of the purchase date and re-enrolled in the new 24 month offering
period beginning on the first business day following the purchase date.

   If we merge or consolidate with or into another corporation or sell all or
substantially all of our assets, each right to purchase stock under the 2000
purchase plan will be assumed or an equivalent right substituted by our
acquiror. If our acquiror did not agree to assume or substitute stock purchase
rights, any offering period and purchase period then in progress would be
shortened and a new exercise date occurring prior to the closing of the
transaction would be set. Outstanding awards, the number of shares remaining
available for issuance under the plan, the number of shares added to the plan
each year under the plan's evergreen provision and the maximum number of
shares that may be purchased by a participant during a purchase period will
each adjust in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other similar
change in our capital. Our board of directors has the power to amend or
terminate the 2000 purchase plan and to change or terminate offering periods
as long as such action does not adversely affect any outstanding rights to
purchase stock thereunder. However, the board of directors may amend or
terminate the 2000 purchase plan or an offering period even if it would
adversely affect outstanding options in order to avoid our incurring adverse
accounting charges.

   2000 Directors' Stock Option Plan. The 2000 directors' stock option plan
was adopted by the board of directors in January 2000 and will be submitted
for approval by our stockholders prior to completion of this offering. It will
become effective upon the date of this offering. An aggregate of 300,000
shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2000 directors'
plan, all of which remain available for future grants. In addition, the 2000
directors' plan provides that as of January 1 of each year beginning in 2001
and ending in 2009, the aggregate number of shares available to be issued
under the plan will automatically be increased by the number of shares
necessary to cause the number of shares then available for issuance under the
plan to be restored to 300,000 shares, provided that the maximum number of
shares that will be available for issuance under the plan over the ten-year
term of the plan will not exceed 3,000,000 shares. The 2000 directors' plan
provides for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our nonemployee
directors. The 2000 directors' plan is designed to work automatically without
administration; however, to the extent administration is necessary, it will be
performed by the board of directors. To the extent they arise, it is expected
that conflicts of interest will be addressed by abstention of any interested
director from both deliberations and voting regarding matters in which a
director has a personal interest. Unless terminated earlier, the 2000
directors' plan will terminate in January 2010.

   The 2000 directors' plan provides that each person who becomes a
nonemployee director after the completion of this offering will be granted a
nonstatutory stock option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock on the
date on which such individual first becomes a member of our board of
directors. In addition, on the date of each annual stockholders meeting after
completion of this offering, each nonemployee director who will continue
serving on the board following the meeting and who has been a director of
ReplayTV for at least six months prior to the meeting date will be granted an
option to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock.

   All options granted under the 2000 directors' plan will have a term of ten
years and an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock
on the date of grant and will generally be nontransferable, except in certain
limited circumstances to family members and family trusts or similar entities.
The options to purchase 50,000 shares granted to directors joining our board
after this offering will vest in installments as to one-third of the
underlying shares on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the
option grant date. The options to purchase 15,000 shares granted to directors
annually on the date of our stockholders meetings after this offering will
vest as to all underlying shares on the first anniversary of the option grant
date. If a nonemployee director ceases to serve as a director for any reason
other than death or disability, he or she may, but only within 90 days after
the date he or she ceases to be a director, exercise options granted under the
2000 directors' plan. If he or

                                      50
<PAGE>

she does not exercise the option within such 90-day period, the option shall
terminate. If a director's service terminates as a result of his or her
disability or death, or if a director dies within three months following
termination for any reason, the director or his or her estate will have 12
months after the date of termination or death, as applicable, to exercise
options that were vested as of the date of termination. In addition, if
ReplayTV determines that a director has engaged in fraud, embezzlement or
similar acts against us, or if a director has disclosed information that is
confidential to ReplayTV or engaged in any conduct constituting unfair
competition against us, we have the right to suspend or terminate that
director's right to exercise an option under the 2000 directors' plan.

   If we are acquired by another corporation, each option outstanding under
the 2000 directors' plan will be assumed or equivalent options substituted by
our acquiror, unless our acquiror does not agree to such assumption or
substitution, in which case the options will terminate upon consummation of
the transaction to the extent not previously exercised. In connection with any
acquisition, each director holding options under the 2000 directors' plan will
have the right to exercise his or her options immediately before the
consummation of the merger as to all shares underlying the options, including
shares which would not have been vested and exercisable but for the
acquisition. Outstanding awards, the number of shares remaining available for
issuance under the plan, the number of shares to be granted to new directors
and to directors annually on stockholder meeting dates, and the number of
shares automatically added to the plan each year will each adjust in the event
of a stock split, stock dividend or other similar change in capital. Our board
of directors may amend or terminate the 2000 directors' plan as long as such
action does not adversely affect any outstanding option and we obtain
stockholder approval for any amendment to the extent required by applicable
law.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

   Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the
maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors
of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach
of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

  . any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
    stockholders;

  . acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
    misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

  . unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or
    redemptions; or

  . any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
    benefit.

   This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under
the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable
remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws provide that we shall indemnify our directors and
executive officers and may indemnify our other officers and employees and
other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that
indemnification under our bylaws covers at least negligence and gross
negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our bylaws also permit us to
secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent
for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity,
regardless of whether the bylaws would permit indemnification.

   We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive
officers in addition to the indemnification provided for in our bylaws. These
agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors
and executive officers for expenses specified in the agreements, including
attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a
director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his
or her services as a director or executive officer of ReplayTV or any
subsidiary of ReplayTV. In addition, we maintain directors' and officers'
insurance. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to
attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

   At present, we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or
proceeding involving a director, officer, employee or agent in which
indemnification would be required or permitted. We are not aware of any
threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such
indemnification.

                                      51
<PAGE>

                          RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreements with Management

   In March 1999, we entered into a consulting relationship with Kevin L.
Bohren, pursuant to which Mr. Bohren has earned an aggregate of $71,666 as of
December 31, 1999. We have also issued to Mr. Bohren an aggregate of 38,720
shares of restricted stock as of December 31, 1999.

   In September 1997, we sold Anthony J. Wood 6,000,000 shares of common stock
at $0.0005 per share pursuant to a Common Stock Purchase Agreement. In March
1999, we entered into a Revised Offer Letter with Mr. Wood which entitles him
to a salary of $150,000 per year, 12 months accelerated vesting of his options
and restricted stock and 12 months severance in the event he is terminated
without cause or resigns with good reason, and full vesting with respect to
the 6,000,000 shares of restricted stock held by Mr. Wood in the event he is
replaced as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Wood's 6,000,000 shares of restricted
stock vested in September 1999 when Earle H. "Kim" LeMasters, III became Chief
Executive Officer. In April 1999, we granted Mr. Wood an option to purchase
275,000 shares of common stock at $0.275 per share which vests with respect to
1/12th of the total number of shares on August 1, 2000 and 1/12th of the total
number of shares each month thereafter.

   In July 1999, we entered into an Offer Letter with Layne L. Britton. The
agreement entitles Mr. Britton to a salary of $240,000 per year and
reimbursement of up to $50,000 of relocation expenses. In the event Mr.
Britton is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, he is entitled
to nine months accelerated vesting of his restricted stock and severance
benefits equal to six months of salary and 50% of the bonus paid to him during
the prior year. If Mr. Britton is terminated without cause or resigns for good
reason within 12 months following a change of control, he is instead entitled
to the greater of 12 months accelerated vesting or acceleration of 50% of his
then unvested options and restricted stock. In connection with his
commencement of employment, we granted Mr. Britton an option to purchase
1,120,000 shares of common stock at $0.625 per share. The option was exercised
in full but is subject to a right of repurchase at cost in our favor in the
event Mr. Britton ceases employment with us. Our repurchase option lapses at
the rate of 1/48th of the total shares per month.

   In September 1999, we entered into an Offer Letter with Earle H. "Kim"
LeMasters, III. The agreement entitles Mr. LeMasters to a salary of $360,000
per year and reimbursement of expenses of up to $50,000 per year. In September
1999, we granted Mr. LeMasters an option to purchase 2,500,000 shares of
common stock at $4.00 per share. The option has been partially exercised, but
the underlying shares are subject to a right of repurchase at cost in our
favor in the event Mr. LeMasters ceases employment with us. Our repurchase
option lapses at the rate of 1/8th of the total number of shares on March 13,
2000 and 1/48th of the total shares per month thereafter. Mr. LeMasters is
entitled to 12 months accelerated vesting of all stock and options held by him
in the event there is a change of control within 18 months following his
commencement of employment with us and acceleration of 75% of his restricted
stock and options in the event there is a change of control after 18 months
following his commencement of employment. In addition, Mr. LeMasters is
entitled to 12 months severance and an additional 12 months accelerated
vesting in the event he is terminated without cause or resigns with good
reason following a change of control.

   In October 1999, we entered into an Offer Letter with Craig W. Dougherty.
The agreement entitles Mr. Dougherty to a salary of $250,000 per year, a
relocation bonus of $25,000 and severance benefits equal to six months salary
in the event he is terminated or resigns with good reason. In addition, Mr.
Dougherty is entitled to a signing bonus of $100,000. He must repay 100% of
this bonus if he resigns or is terminated with cause during the first year of
his employment with us and 50% of this bonus if he resigns or is terminated
with cause during the second year of his employment with us. In November 1999,
we granted Mr. Dougherty an option to purchase 600,000 shares of common stock
at $5.00 per share. The option has been partially exercised, but the
underlying shares are subject to a right of repurchase at cost in our favor in
the event Mr. Dougherty ceases employment with us. Our repurchase option
lapses at the rate of 1/8th of the total number of shares on May 1, 2000 and
1/48th of the total shares per month thereafter. Mr. Dougherty is entitled to
six months accelerated vesting of his unvested options or restricted stock in
the event he is terminated without cause or

                                      52
<PAGE>

resigns with good reason. Alternatively, Mr. Dougherty is entitled to
accelerated vesting equal to the greater of 12 months or 50% of the then
unvested stock options and restricted stock held by him in the event he is
terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 12 months following
a change of control.

   In October 1999, we entered into an Offer Letter with Alexander Gray. The
agreement entitles Mr. Gray to a salary of $250,000 per year. In November
1999, we granted Mr. Gray an option to purchase 600,000 shares of common stock
at $5.00 per share. The option has been partially exercised, but the
underlying shares are subject to a right of repurchase at cost in our favor in
the event Mr. Gray ceases employment with us. Our repurchase option lapses at
the rate of 1/8th of the total number of shares on May 1, 2000 and 1/48th of
the total shares per month thereafter. Mr. Gray is entitled to six months
accelerated vesting and six months severance in the event he is terminated
without cause or resigns with good reason. Alternatively, Mr. Gray is entitled
to accelerated vesting equal to the greater of 12 months or 50% of the then
unvested stock options or restricted stock held by him in the event he is
terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 12 months following
a change of control.

   In October 1999, we entered into an Offer Letter with Bruce L. Kaplan. The
agreement entitles Mr. Kaplan to a salary of $240,000 per year, a guaranteed
first year bonus of $72,000 and a relocation bonus of $30,000. In November
1999, we granted Mr. Kaplan an option to purchase 500,000 shares of common
stock at $5.00 per share which becomes exercisable at the rate of 1/8th of the
total number of shares on May 1, 2000 and 1/48th of the total per month
thereafter. In February 2000, we granted Mr. Kaplan an option to purchase
100,000 shares of Common Stock at $11.05 per share which becomes exercisable
at the rate of 1/4th of the total number of shares on February 1, 2001 and
1/48th of the total shares per month thereafter. Mr. Kaplan is entitled to six
months accelerated vesting and six months severance in the event he is
terminated without cause or resigns with good reason. Alternatively, Mr.
Kaplan is entitled to accelerated vesting equal to the greater of 12 months or
50% of the then unvested stock options or restricted stock held by him in the
event he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 12
months following a change of control.

   We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive
officers and directors. These indemnification agreements may require us to
indemnify these persons against liabilities that may arise by reason of their
status as officers or directors, other than liabilities arising from willful
misconduct of a culpable nature, and to advance their expenses as a result of
any proceeding against them.

Loans to Management

   The following executive officers have issued full recourse promissory notes
in our favor in connection with their early exercise of stock options issued
pursuant to their original stock option agreements under the 1997 stock option
plan and the 1999 stock plan:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Date of  Principal           Interest
Name                                         Note     Amount   Date Due   Rate
- ----                                       -------- ---------- -------- --------
<S>                                        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Earle H. "Kim" LeMasters, III.............  9/23/99 $1,000,000  9/22/04   5.98%
Layne L. Britton..........................   7/1/99    600,000   7/1/04   5.74
Layne L. Britton..........................   7/1/99    100,000   7/1/04   5.74
Craig W. Dougherty........................ 11/15/99  1,000,000 11/15/04   6.08
Alexander Gray............................ 11/15/99    500,000 11/15/04   6.08
</TABLE>

                                      53
<PAGE>

Private Placement Transactions

   The following table summarizes the shares of preferred stock purchased by
executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders and persons and entities
associated with them in private placement transactions. Each share of
preferred stock converts into one share of common stock automatically upon the
closing of this offering. The shares of Series A preferred stock were sold at
$0.11 per share, the shares of Series B preferred stock were sold at $0.31 per
share, the shares of Series C preferred stock were sold at $0.632 per share,
the shares of Series D preferred stock were sold at $0.775 per share and the
shares of Series E preferred stock were sold at $7.50 per share. See
"Principal Stockholders."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Series A  Series B  Series C  Series D  Series E
Name                         Preferred Preferred Preferred Preferred Preferred
- ----                         --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S>                          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Entities affiliated with
 KPCB Holdings (William R.
 Hearst III)(1).............        --       --        --  7,870,968  133,333
Anthony J. Wood............. 2,040,600  241,934   158,128    103,226       --
Kevin L. Bohren.............        --  645,160   395,324     51,612       --
Sky D. Dayton...............        --       --   790,648         --   13,333
Layne L. Britton............        --       --        --         --    8,394
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) All shares are held by KPCB Holdings Inc., as nominee. Mr. Hearst is a
    general partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers and is a Vice
    President of KPCB Holdings, Inc. He disclaims beneficial ownership except
    to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

                                      54
<PAGE>

                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   The following table sets forth information known to us with respect to
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 1999, as adjusted
to reflect the issuance of 5,627,267 shares of Series F preferred stock in
January 2000 and the sale of common stock offered in this offering, by:

  . each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to own
    beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding common stock,

  . each director,

  . the two individuals who served as chief executive officer and four other
    most highly compensated executive officers during the fiscal year ended
    December 31, 1999, and

  . all directors and executive officers as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Percent
                                                               Beneficially
                                                                   Owned
                                                             -----------------
                                                  Number of   Before   After
                                                    Shares   Offering Offering
                                                  ---------- -------- --------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>      <C>
Anthony J. Wood..................................  8,457,438  20.65%   17.10%
KPCB Holdings Inc. ..............................  8,004,301  19.55    16.19
  KPCB Holdings Inc.
  2750 Sand Hill Road
  Menlo Park, CA 94025
William R. Hearst III(1).........................  8,004,301  19.55    16.19
  KPCB Holdings Inc.
  2750 Sand Hill Road
  Menlo Park, CA 94025
Earle H. "Kim" LeMasters, III(2).................  2,500,000   5.79     4.84
Kevin L. Bohren(3)...............................  1,194,149   2.91     2.41
Layne L. Britton.................................  1,128,394   2.76     2.28
Sky D. Dayton....................................    803,981   1.96     1.63
Craig W. Dougherty(4)............................    600,000   1.45     1.20
Alexander Gray(5)................................    600,000   1.45     1.20
Jeffrey Berg.....................................     --        *        *
Bruce L. Kaplan..................................     --        *        *
All directors and executive officers as a group
 (10 persons).................................... 23,288,263  52.73%   44.22%
</TABLE>
- --------
 * Less than one percent of the outstanding shares of common stock.

(1) All shares are held by KPCB Holdings Inc., as nominee. Mr. Hearst is a
    general partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers and a Vice President
    of KPCB Holdings, Inc. He disclaims beneficial ownership except to the
    extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(2) Includes 2,250,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option which will
    be exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1999 but which are subject
    to a right of repurchase at cost in our favor in the event Mr. LeMasters
    ceases employment with us.

(3) Includes 63,333 shares issuable upon exercise of an option which will be
    exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1999.

(4) Includes 400,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option which will be
    exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1999 but which are subject to a
    right of repurchase at cost in our favor in the event Mr. Dougherty ceases
    employment with us.

(5) Includes 500,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option which will be
    exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1999 but which are subject to a
    right of repurchase at cost in our favor in the event Mr. Gray ceases
    employment with us.

   Except as otherwise noted, the address of each person listed in the above
table is c/o ReplayTV, Inc., 1945 Charleston Road, Mountain View, CA 94043-
1201. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the

                                      55
<PAGE>


rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting or
investment power with respect to shares. To our knowledge, except under
applicable community property laws or as otherwise indicated, the persons
named in the table have sole voting and sole investment control with respect
to all shares beneficially owned. The applicable percentage of ownership for
each stockholder is based on 40,952,916 shares of common stock outstanding as
of December 31, 1999 on a pro forma basis to reflect the issuance of 5,627,267
shares of Series F preferred stock in January 2000 and the automatic
conversion of all shares of preferred stock, including the shares of Series F
preferred stock issued in January 2000, into shares of common stock, and an
assumed 49,452,916 shares outstanding after the completion of this offering,
in each case, together with applicable options for that stockholder. Shares of
common stock issuable upon the exercise of options and other rights
beneficially owned that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1999
are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership
of the person holding those options and other rights but are not deemed
outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of each
other person. A portion of the shares issued or issuable upon exercise of
options in the table above is subject to repurchase by us at the original
purchase price in the event of termination of the holder's relationship as an
employee or director of ReplayTV, which repurchase right lapses over time. The
table assumes that the underwriters' over-allotment to purchase up to
1,275,000 shares of common stock is not exercised.

                                      56
<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue
200,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, and 5,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value. The following description of
our capital stock is intended to be a summary and does not describe all
provisions of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law
applicable to us. For a more thorough understanding of the terms of our
capital stock, you should refer to our certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which
this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

   As of December 31, 1999, there were 40,952,916 shares of common stock
outstanding on a pro forma basis to reflect the issuance of 5,627,267 shares
of Series F preferred stock in January 2000 held by approximately 95
stockholders, which reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of
preferred stock, including the shares of Series F preferred stock issued in
January 2000, into common stock. In addition, as of December 31, 1999, there
were options outstanding to purchase 10,789,637 shares of common stock and a
warrant outstanding to purchase 6,666 shares of common stock at an exercise
price of $7.50 per share, which expires on May 31, 2004. Upon completion of
this offering, there will be 49,452,916 shares of common stock outstanding,
assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option or additional
exercise of outstanding options under our stock option plans and warrants.

   The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters to be voted upon by stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are
entitled to receive ratably dividends as may be declared by the board of
directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of our
liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are
entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities
and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The common
stock has no preemptive or conversion rights, other subscription rights, or
redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Preferred Stock

   Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of preferred
stock, including the shares of Series F preferred stock issued in January
2000, will be converted on a one-for-one basis into 31,368,852 shares of
common stock and automatically retired. Thereafter, the board of directors
will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue
up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to
designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of each series.
The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends
on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing
the liquidation rights of the common stock or delaying or preventing our
change in control without further action by the stockholders. We have no
present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

   Following conversion of the preferred stock into common stock, the holders
of 31,368,852 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 6,666 shares of
common stock are entitled to have their shares registered by us under the
Securities Act under the terms of an agreement between us and the holders of
these "registrable securities." Subject to limitations specified in the
agreement, these registration rights include the following:

   The holders of at least 50% of the outstanding registrable securities may
require, on two occasions beginning six months after the date of this
prospectus, that we use our best efforts to register the registrable
securities for public resale, provided that the aggregate offering price for
these registrable securities is at least $5.0 million. This right is subject
to the ability of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in
this offering in view of market conditions.

                                      57
<PAGE>

   If we register any common stock, either for our own account or for the
account of other security holders, the holders of registrable securities are
entitled to include their shares of common stock in that registration. This
right is subject to the ability of the underwriters to limit the number of
shares included in this offering in view of market conditions.

   The holders of at least 20% of the then outstanding registrable securities
may require us to register all or a portion of their registrable securities on
Form S-3 when use of this form becomes available to us, provided that the
proposed aggregate offering price is at least $500,000. The holders of
registrable securities may not exercise this right if we have already effected
two Form S-3 registrations previously demanded by the holders of registrable
securities during the preceding twelve-month period.

   We will bear all registration expenses other than underwriting discounts
and commissions, except in the case of registrations on Form S-3 after the
first two such registrations, in which case the holders will bear the expenses
of registration. All registration rights terminate on the date five years
following the closing of this offering, or, with respect to each holder of
registrable securities, at the time when the holder is entitled to sell all of
its shares in any three-month period under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws

   Provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws
could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or to remove our
incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are
expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover
bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of ReplayTV to first
negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our
ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited
acquisition proposal outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these
proposals because, among other things, negotiation could result in an
improvement of their terms.

   We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
which regulates corporate acquisitions. In general, Section 203 prohibits a
publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination
with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date
the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

  . the board of directors approved the transaction in which the person
    became an interested stockholder prior to the date the interested
    stockholder attained this status;

  . upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the person's
    becoming an interested stockholder, he or she owned at least 85% of the
    voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
    commenced, excluding shares owned by persons who are directors and also
    officers; or

  . on or after the date of the business combination, it is approved by the
    board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of
    stockholders.

   A business combination generally includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or
other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested
stockholder. In general, an interested stockholder is a person who, together
with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the
determination of interested stockholder status, did own, 15% or more of a
corporation's voting stock.

   Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for the right of
stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting or for cumulative
voting in the election of directors. In addition, our certificate of
incorporation permits the board of directors to issue preferred stock with
voting or other rights without any stockholder action. Our certificate of
incorporation provides for the board of directors to be divided into three
classes, with staggered three-year terms, commencing at our first annual
meeting of stockholders following the date on which we have at least 800
stockholders. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each
annual meeting of stockholders. Each of the two other classes of directors
will continue to serve for the remainder

                                      58
<PAGE>

of its respective three-year term. These provisions, which require the vote of
stockholders holding at least two thirds of the outstanding common stock to
amend, may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes
in our management.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

   The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company. The transfer agent's address is 40 Wall Street, New
York, NY, 10005 and its telephone number is (212) 936-5100.

                                      59
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock.
Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could
adversely affect prevailing market prices. As described below, no shares
currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this
offering because of contractual restrictions on resale. Sales of substantial
amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse
could adversely affect the prevailing market price and impair our ability to
raise equity capital in the future.

   Upon completion of this offering, we will have 49,452,916 outstanding
shares of common stock. Of these shares, the 8,500,000 shares sold in this
offering, plus any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters'
overallotment option, will be freely tradable without restriction under the
Securities Act, unless purchased by our "affiliates" as that term is defined
in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In general, affiliates include executive
officers, directors or 10% stockholders. Shares purchased by affiliates will
remain subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144.

   The remaining 40,952,916 shares outstanding as of December 31, 1999, as
adjusted to reflect the issuance of 5,627,267 shares of Series F preferred
stock in January 2000, are restricted securities within the meaning of Rule
144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered
or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144, 144(k)
or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Sales
of restricted securities in the public market, or the availability of these
shares for sale, could adversely affect the market price of the common stock.

   Our directors, executive officers and certain of our stockholders and
option holders have entered into lock-up agreements in connection with this
offering, as more fully described under "Underwriting," generally providing
that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or grant any option to
purchase or otherwise dispose of our common stock or any securities
exercisable for or convertible into our common stock owned by them for a
period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. Notwithstanding possible earlier
eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701, shares
subject to lock-up agreements will not be salable until these agreements
expire or are waived by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. Taking into account
the lock-up agreements, and assuming Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated does
not release stockholders from these agreements, the following shares will be
eligible for sale in the public market at the following times:

  . Beginning on the date of this prospectus, only the 8,500,000 shares sold
    in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public
    market.

  . Beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, about 9,411,088
    shares will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 701, of which 7,708,720
    are held by affiliates.

  . Beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, about 1,824,434
    shares will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144(k), none of which
    are held by affiliates.

  . Beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, about 20,070,571
    shares will be eligible for sale subject to volume, manner of sale and
    other limitations under Rule 144, of which 12,366,210 are held by
    affiliates.

  . The remaining 5,646,823 shares will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule
    144 upon the expiration of various one-year holding periods during the
    six months following 180 days after the date of this prospectus, none of
    which are held by affiliates.

   In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, after the expiration of
the lock-up agreements, a person who has beneficially owned restricted
securities for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-
month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

  . one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding
    which will equal about 494,529 shares immediately after this offering; or

  . the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four
    calendar weeks preceding the sale.

                                      60
<PAGE>

   Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to requirements with respect to
manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information
about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been our
affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, is
entitled to sell his or her shares without complying with the manner of sale,
public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

   Rule 701, as currently in effect, permits our employees, officers,
directors or consultants who purchased shares pursuant to a written
compensatory plan or contract to resell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144
but without compliance with specific restrictions. Rule 701 provides that
affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying
with the holding period requirement and that non-affiliates may sell their
shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period,
public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

   In addition, we intend to file registration statements under the Securities
Act as promptly as possible after the effective date to register shares to be
issued pursuant to our employee benefit plans. As a result, any options or
rights exercised under the 1999 stock plan, the 1997 stock option plan, the
2000 employee stock purchase plan, the 2000 directors' stock option plan or
any other benefit plan after the effectiveness of the registration statements
will also be freely tradable in the public market. However, such shares held
by affiliates will still be subject to the volume limitation, manner of sale,
notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 unless otherwise
resalable under Rule 701. As of December 31, 1999 there were outstanding
options for the purchase of 10,789,637 shares of common stock, of which
options to purchase 1,799,526 shares were exercisable.

                                      61
<PAGE>

                                 UNDERWRITERS

   Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting
agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for
whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Chase
Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Wasserstein Perella
Securities, Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to
purchase and we have agreed to sell to them, the respective number of shares
of common stock set forth opposite the names of these underwriters below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Number of
     Name                                                               Shares
     ----                                                             ----------
     <S>                                                              <C>
     Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated...............................
     Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.........................................
     Chase Securities Inc. ..........................................
     Deutsche Bank Securities Inc....................................
     Wasserstein Perella Securities, Inc.............................
                                                                      ----------
         Total.......................................................  8,500,000
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>

   Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Online, Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated and facilitator of Internet distribution, is acting as a
selected dealer in connection with this offering.

   The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their
acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting
agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for
and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus
are subject to the approval of specified legal matters by their counsel and to
other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of
the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, except those shares
covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any shares are taken.

   The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common
stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus and a portion to some dealers at a price that
represents a concession not in excess of $    per share under the public
offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and these dealers may reallow, a
concession not in excess of $    per share to other underwriters or to other
dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the
offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the
representatives.

   We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from
the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,275,000
additional shares at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters
may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments,
if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares offered by this
prospectus. To the extent this option is exercised, each underwriter will
become obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase about the same
percentage of additional shares as the number set forth next to the
underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares
set forth next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the
underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full, the total price to
the public for this offering would be $    , the total underwriting discounts
and commissions would be $    and the total proceeds to ReplayTV would be $
 .

   The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to
discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of
common stock offered by them.

   At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 425,000 shares of
common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public
offering price to some of our directors, officers, employees, business
associates and related persons of ReplayTV. The number of shares available for
sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that these persons
purchase these reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be
offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the
other shares offered by this prospectus.

                                      62
<PAGE>


   ReplayTV has applied to list the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol "RPTV."

   ReplayTV, our directors and executive officers and certain of our
stockholders and option holders have each agreed that, without the prior
written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the
underwriters, he, she or it will not, during the period ending 180 days after
the date of this prospectus:

  . offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
    purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
    right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
    directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities
    convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

  . enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in
    whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the
    common stock,

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common
stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

   The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not
apply to:

  . the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an
    option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the
    date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in
    writing;

  . shares sold by us in this offering;

  . transactions by any person other than ReplayTV relating to shares of
    common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions
    after the completion of this offering; or

  . in the case of ReplayTV, the grant of options to purchase common stock or
    the issuance of restricted stock to our employees or consultants or the
    issuance of shares of common stock or other rights to acquire our capital
    stock, so long as these options and shares of stock are subject to the
    same restrictions as those contained in this and the preceding paragraph.

   In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters
may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the
price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in
connection with the offering, creating a short position in the common stock
for their own account. In addition, to cover over-allotments or to stabilize
the price of the common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase,
shares of common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate
may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for
distributing the common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases
previously distributed shares of common stock in transactions to cover
syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of
these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the common
stock above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to
engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

   ReplayTV and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Pricing of this Offering

   Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the
factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will
be:

  . the future prospects of ReplayTV and its industry in general;

  . earnings and certain other financial and operating information of
    ReplayTV in recent periods; and


                                      63
<PAGE>

  . the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of
    securities and certain financial and operating information of companies
    engaged in activities similar to those of ReplayTV.

   The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions
and other factors.


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

   The validity of the common stock in this offering will be passed upon by
Venture Law Group, A Professional Corporation, 2800 Sand Hill Road, Menlo
Park, California 94025. Mark Medearis, a Director of Venture Law Group, is our
Secretary. Legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon
for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York,
New York 10017. As of the date of this prospectus, attorneys of Venture Law
Group and an investment partnership controlled by Venture Law Group
beneficially own an aggregate of 19,412 shares of our common stock.

                                    EXPERTS

   The financial statements of ReplayTV, Inc. as of December 31, 1998 and 1999
and for the period from August 27, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997, each
of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1999 and the period from
August 27, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1999 included in this prospectus
have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.

                    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO YOU

   We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1 with respect to the shares of common stock offered by
this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set
forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. For
further information with respect to us and our common stock being offered, see
the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. A copy of the
registration statement and its exhibits and schedules may be inspected without
charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC located at
Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the SEC's regional
offices located at the Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street,
Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor,
New York, New York 10048. Copies of all or any part of the registration
statement may be obtained from these offices upon the payment of the fees
prescribed by the SEC. Information on the operation of the public reference
room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a
web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding registrants that file
electronically with the SEC.

                                      64
<PAGE>

                                 REPLAYTV, INC.
                         (a development stage company)

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Report of Independent Accountants.......................................... F-2
Balance Sheet.............................................................. F-3
Statement of Operations.................................................... F-4
Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)................................ F-5
Statement of Cash Flows.................................................... F-6
Notes to Financial Statements.............................................. F-7
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
ReplayTV, Inc.

   The reincorporation described in Note 10 to the financial statements has not
been consummated as of March 3, 2000. When the reincorporation has been
completed, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:

     "In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related
  statements of operations, of stockholders' equity (deficit), and of
  cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
  position of ReplayTV, Inc. (a development stage company) at December
  31, 1998 and 1999, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
  for the period from August 27, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997,
  each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1999 and the
  period from August 27, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1999 in
  conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
  States. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
  Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on
  these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits
  of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally
  accepted in the United States which require that we plan and perform
  the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
  statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
  examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
  disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting
  principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
  evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe
  that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
  above."

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

February 22, 2000, except for Note 10,

 which is as of March   , 2000

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                                 REPLAYTV, INC.
                         (a development stage company)

                                 BALANCE SHEET
                    (in thousands, except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Pro Forma
                                                                   Stockholders'
                                                  December 31,       Equity at
                                                -----------------  December 31,
                                                 1998      1999        1999
                                                -------  --------  -------------
                                                                    (unaudited)
<S>                                             <C>      <C>       <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...................  $   686  $ 11,731
  Short-term investments......................       25    24,419
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $0
   and $13....................................       --     1,464
  Inventory...................................       --     1,700
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets...      225     1,043
                                                -------  --------
Total current assets..........................      936    40,357
Property and equipment, net...................      132     2,751
Other assets..................................       --       341
                                                -------  --------
Total assets..................................  $ 1,068  $ 43,449
                                                =======  ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable............................  $   682  $  5,406
  Accrued liabilities.........................       45     1,345
  Notes payable to related party..............      601        --
                                                -------  --------
Total current liabilities.....................    1,328     6,751
                                                -------  --------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Convertible Preferred Stock, issuable in
   series, $0.001 par value, 8,237 and 27,137
   shares authorized at December 31, 1998 and
   1999, respectively; 7,915 and 25,742 shares
   issued and outstanding at December 31, 1998
   and 1999, respectively; 5,000 shares
   authorized; no shares issued and
   outstanding pro forma .....................        8        26    $     --
  Common Stock, $0.001 par value, 30,000 and
   75,000 shares authorized at December 31,
   1998 and 1999, respectively; 6,970 and
   9,584 shares issued and outstanding at
   December 31, 1998 and 1999 respectively;
   200,000 shares authorized and 35,326 shares
   issued and outstanding pro forma ..........        4         6          32
  Additional paid-in capital..................    3,818   109,634     109,634
  Notes receivable............................       --    (3,200)     (3,200)
  Unearned stock-based compensation...........     (651)  (30,579)    (30,579)
  Deficit accumulated during development
   stage......................................   (3,439)  (39,189)    (39,189)
                                                -------  --------    --------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)..........     (260)   36,698    $ 36,698
                                                -------  --------    ========
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
 (deficit)....................................  $ 1,068  $ 43,449
                                                =======  ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                                 REPLAYTV, INC.
                         (a development stage company)

                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                    (in thousands, except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Period from                       Period from
                                  August 27,                        August 27,
                                     1997         Year Ended           1997
                                (inception) to   December 31,     (inception) to
                                 December 31,  -----------------   December 31,
                                     1997       1998      1999         1999
                                -------------- -------  --------  --------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>      <C>       <C>
Costs and expenses:
  Research and development
   (excludes stock-based
   compensation of $0, $163,
   $1,588 and $1,751).........      $  136     $ 1,961  $  7,980     $ 10,077
  Programming and content
   (excludes stock-based
   compensation of $0, $15,
   $2,179 and $2,194).........          --          --     1,029        1,029
  Sales and marketing
   (excludes stock-based
   compensation of $0, $15,
   $755 and $770).............          10         764    14,586       15,360
  General and administrative
   (excludes stock-based
   compensation of $0, $13,
   $2,959 and $2,972).........           9         325     3,271        3,605
  Hardware distribution costs,
   net (excludes stock-based
   compensation of ($0, $0,
   $333 and $333).............          --          --     2,030        2,030
  Stock-based compensation....          --         206     7,814        8,020
                                    ------     -------  --------     --------
    Total costs and expenses..         155       3,256    36,710       40,121
                                    ------     -------  --------     --------
Operating loss................        (155)     (3,256)  (36,710)     (40,121)
Interest income (expense),
 net..........................          --         (28)      960          932
                                    ------     -------  --------     --------
Net loss......................      $ (155)    $(3,284) $(35,750)    $(39,189)
                                    ======     =======  ========     ========
Basic and diluted net loss per
 share........................      $(0.08)    $ (0.48) $  (4.73)    $  (5.48)
                                    ======     =======  ========     ========
Basic and diluted weighted
 average shares used in
 computation of net loss per
 share........................       2,026       6,889     7,565        7,157
                                    ======     =======  ========     ========
Pro forma basic and diluted
 net loss per share
 (unaudited)..................                          $  (1.35)
                                                        ========
Pro forma basic and diluted
 weighted average shares
 (unaudited)..................                            26,476
                                                        ========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                                 REPLAYTV, INC.
                         (a development stage company)

                  STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                 (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Convertible                                                      Deficit
                            Preferred                                                     Accumulated     Total
                              Stock     Common Stock   Additional              Unearned     During    Stockholders'
                          ------------- --------------  Paid-In     Notes    Stock-Based  Development     Equity
                          Shares Amount Shares  Amount  Capital   Receivable Compensation    Stage      (Deficit)
                          ------ ------ ------  ------ ---------- ---------- ------------ ----------- -------------
<S>                       <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>
Issuance of Common Stock
 at inception...........      --  $ --  7,863    $ 4    $     --   $    --     $     --    $     --      $     4
Issuance of Series A
 Preferred Stock, net...   2,494     3     --     --         273        --           --          --          276
Net loss................      --    --     --     --          --        --           --        (155)        (155)
                          ------  ----  -----    ---    --------   -------     --------    --------      -------
Balance at December 31,
 1997...................   2,494     3  7,863      4         273        --           --        (155)         125
Issuance of Series B
 Preferred Stock, net...   2,258     2     --     --         695        --           --          --          697
Issuance of Series C
 Preferred Stock, net...   3,163     3     --     --       1,993        --           --          --        1,996
Exercise of Common Stock
 options................      --    --     90     --          --        --           --          --           --
Repurchase of Common
 Stock..................      --    --   (983)    --          --        --           --          --           --
Unearned stock-based
 compensation...........      --    --     --     --         857        --         (857)         --           --
Stock-based
 compensation...........      --    --     --     --          --        --          206          --          206
Net loss................      --    --     --     --          --        --           --      (3,284)      (3,284)
                          ------  ----  -----    ---    --------   -------     --------    --------      -------
Balance at December 31,
 1998...................   7,915     8  6,970      4       3,818        --         (651)     (3,439)        (260)
Issuance of Series D
 Preferred Stock, net ..  10,194    10     --     --       7,831        --           --          --        7,841
Issuance of Series E
 Preferred Stock, net ..   7,633     8     --     --      56,995        --           --          --       57,003
Issuance of Common
 Stock .................      --    --  2,614      2       3,354    (3,200)          --          --          156
Issuance of stock
 options for services ..      --    --     --     --         734        --           --          --          734
Issuance of warrants to
 purchase Series E
 Preferred Stock .......      --    --     --     --          30        --           --          --           30
Unearned stock-based
 compensation ..........      --    --     --     --      36,872        --      (36,872)         --           --
Stock-based
 compensation ..........      --    --     --     --          --        --        6,944          --        6,944
Net loss................      --    --     --     --          --        --           --     (35,750)     (35,750)
                          ------  ----  -----    ---    --------   -------     --------    --------      -------
Balance at December 31,
 1999...................  25,742  $ 26  9,584    $ 6    $109,634   $(3,200)    $(30,579)   $(39,189)     $36,698
                          ======  ====  =====    ===    ========   =======     ========    ========      =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                                 REPLAYTV, INC.
                         (a development stage company)

                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Period from                     Period from
                                    August 27,                      August 27,
                                       1997                            1997
                                   (inception)     Year Ended      (inception)
                                        to        December 31,          to
                                   December 31, -----------------  December 31,
                                       1997      1998      1999        1999
                                   ------------ -------  --------  ------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>
Cash flows from operating
 activities:
Net loss.........................     $(155)    $(3,284) $(35,750)   $(39,189)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss
 to net cash used in operating
 activities:
  Depreciation and amortization..         2          23       275         300
  Stock-based compensation.......        --         206     7,844       8,050
  Changes in assets and
   liabilities:
    Accounts receivable..........        --          --    (1,464)     (1,464)
    Inventory....................        --          --    (1,700)     (1,700)
    Accounts payable and other
     current liabilities.........        19         739     5,993       6,751
    Prepaid expenses and other
     assets......................       (10)       (215)   (1,159)     (1,384)
                                      -----     -------  --------    --------
      Net cash used in operating
       activities................      (144)     (2,531)  (25,961)    (28,636)
                                      -----     -------  --------    --------
Cash flows from investing
 activities:
Purchase of property and
 equipment.......................       (33)       (124)   (2,894)     (3,051)
Purchase of short-term
 investments.....................        --         (25)  (35,204)    (35,229)
Sale of short-term investments...        --          --    10,810      10,810
                                      -----     -------  --------    --------
      Net cash used in investing
       activities................       (33)       (149)  (27,288)    (27,470)
                                      -----     -------  --------    --------
Cash flows from financing
 activities:
Proceeds from the issuance of
 Common Stock....................         4          --        20          24
Proceeds from the sale of
 Preferred Stock.................       276       2,693    64,844      67,813
Proceeds from (repayment of)
 notes payable...................        --         570      (570)         --
                                      -----     -------  --------    --------
      Net cash provided by
       financing activities......       280       3,263    64,294      67,837
                                      -----     -------  --------    --------
Net increase in cash and cash
 equivalents.....................       103         583    11,045      11,731
Cash and cash equivalents at the
 beginning of the period.........        --         103       686          --
                                      -----     -------  --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at the
 end of the period...............     $ 103     $   686  $ 11,731    $ 11,731
                                      =====     =======  ========    ========
Supplemental disclosure of cash
flow information:
Interest paid....................     $  --     $    --  $     37    $     37
                                      =====     =======  ========    ========
Supplemental disclosure of
noncash transactions:
Issuance of stock in exchange for
 notes...........................     $  --     $    --  $  3,200    $  3,200
                                      =====     =======  ========    ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                                REPLAYTV, INC.
                         (a development stage company)

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1--The Company and Its Significant Accounting Policies:

   ReplayTV, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in California in August
1997, and through the first quarter of 1999, the Company's operating
activities consisted primarily of product and service development. The Company
continues to operate as a development stage company and has not yet recognized
any operating revenues from advertising or other sources. In April 1999, the
Company launched the ReplayTV Service and the ReplayTV-enabled personal video
recorder, or PVR, via direct sales from its web site and toll free telephone
number. More recently, the Company's products have become available through
online retailers. The Company has received proceeds from the shipment of
ReplayTV-enabled PVRs; however, these proceeds are considered incidental to
the Company's ongoing business and thus have been reported as a reduction of
the related hardware distribution costs in its statement of operations. The
Company does not intend to manufacture PVRs. Instead, it intends to license
its technology to partners to manufacture PVRs or incorporate ReplayTV's
technology in their consumer electronics products such as VCRs, DVD players
and recorders, set-top boxes or televisions. The Company recently entered into
such an agreement with Matsushita-Kotobuki Electronics Industries, Ltd., a
subsidiary of Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. ("MKE"), and intends to
enter into similar relationships with other consumer electronics companies in
the future.


Use of estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

   The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The carrying
amount reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents
approximates its fair value.

Short-term investments

   The Company classifies all investments in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" which requires investment
securities to be classified as either held to maturity, trading or available-
for-sale. All of the Company's investments are classified as available-for-
sale and are stated at fair market value which approximates cost.

   The Company's short-term investments consist of a certificate of deposit of
$25,000 at December 31, 1998 and commercial paper of $24.4 million at December
31, 1999. Unrealized gains or losses have been insignificant for all periods
presented.

Inventory

   Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, determined on a first-
in, first-out basis.

Property and equipment

   Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets
of one to five years.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Software development costs

   Software development costs incurred prior to the establishment of
technological feasibility are charged to research and development expense as
incurred. Material software development costs incurred subsequent to the time
a product's technological feasibility has been established using the working
model approach, through the time the product is available for general release
to customers, are capitalized. To date, development costs qualifying for
capitalization have been insignificant and therefore have been expensed as
incurred.

Hardware distribution costs, net

   The costs associated with manufacturing and distribution of the PVRs were
$7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. Proceeds from sales of the
PVRs totaled $5.1 million during the same period. As the Company plans to
transition the manufacturing and distribution of its PVRs to MKE and other
partners, the sales of PVRs are considered incidental to its business.
Therefore, the Company has reflected the proceeds as a reduction of the
related hardware distribution costs. The Company has agreed to subsidize MKE
in connection with their manufacturing and distribution of ReplayTV-enabled
PVRs in future periods. The Company provides a warranty to customers for a
period of one year and records a provision for estimated warranty costs at the
time of sale. Warranty expenses have been immaterial to date.

Net loss per share

   Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss for the
period by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net
loss for the period by the weighted average number of common and potential
common equivalent shares outstanding during the period. The calculation of
diluted net loss per share excludes potential common shares if the effect is
antidilutive. Potential common shares are composed of Common Stock subject to
repurchase rights and incremental shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of stock options and warrants and Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of Preferred Stock.

   The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net
loss per share for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Period from                       Period from
                              August 27,                        August 27,
                                 1997         Year Ended           1997
                            (inception) to   December 31,     (inception) to
                             December 31,  -----------------   December 31,
                                 1997       1998      1999         1999
                            -------------- -------  --------  --------------
                                 (in thousands, except per share amounts)
   <S>                      <C>            <C>      <C>       <C>            <C>
   Numerator:
     Net loss..............     $ (155)    $(3,284) $(35,750)    $(39,189)
                                ------     -------  --------     --------
   Denominator:
     Weighted average
      shares...............      2,315       6,889     8,161        7,412
     Weighted average
      shares of Common
      Stock subject to
      repurchase
      agreements...........       (289)         --      (596)        (255)
                                ------     -------  --------     --------
     Denominator for basic
      and diluted
      calculation..........      2,026       6,889     7,565        7,157
                                ------     -------  --------     --------
   Basic and diluted net
    loss per share.........     $(0.08)    $ (0.48) $  (4.73)    $  (5.48)
                                ======     =======  ========     ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-8
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


   The following table sets forth the weighted average potential shares of
Common Stock that are not included in the diluted net loss per share
calculation above because to do so would be antidilutive for the periods
indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Period from                 Period from
                                      August 27,                  August 27,
                                         1997       Year Ended       1997
                                    (inception) to December 31, (inception) to
                                     December 31,  ------------  December 31,
                                         1997      1998   1999       1999
                                    -------------- ----- ------ --------------
                                                  (in thousands)
   <S>                              <C>            <C>   <C>    <C>
   Weighted average effect of
    dilutive securities:
     Series A Preferred Stock......      242       2,494  2,494      2,229
     Series B Preferred Stock......       --       1,460  2,258      1,587
     Series C Preferred Stock......       --         439  3,163      1,533
     Series D Preferred Stock......       --          --  7,843      3,358
     Series E Preferred Stock......       --          --  3,153      1,360
     Warrant to purchase Series E
      Preferred Stock..............       --          --      3          1
     Employee stock options........       31       1,635  6,160      3,358
     Common Stock subject to
      repurchase agreements........      289          --    596        255
                                         ---       ----- ------     ------
                                         562       6,028 25,670     13,681
                                         ===       ===== ======     ======
</TABLE>

Income taxes

   Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability approach in
accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under the asset
and liability approach, a current tax liability or asset is recognized for the
estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the current year. A
deferred tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated future tax
effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. The
measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by the amount of
any benefits that, based on available evidence, are not expected to be
realized.

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)

   Pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 1999 is
computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding,
including the conversion of the Company's Convertible Preferred Stock into
shares of the Company's Common Stock effective upon the closing of the
Company's initial public offering, as if such conversion occurred at January
1, 1998 or at date of original issuance, if later. The resulting unaudited pro
forma adjustment includes an increase of 18,911,000 shares in the weighted
average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share for the
year ended December 31, 1999. The calculation of pro forma diluted net loss
per share excludes incremental Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
stock options and warrants as the effect would be antidilutive.

Comprehensive income

   Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No.
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income." SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for
reporting comprehensive income and its components in financial statements.
Comprehensive income, as defined, includes all changes in equity (net assets)
during a period from non-owner sources. During the period from August 27, 1997
(inception) to December 31, 1997, each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 1999 and the period from August 27, 1997 (inception) to
December 31, 1999 the Company has not had any significant transactions that
are required to be reported in comprehensive income (loss).

                                      F-9
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


Stock-based compensation

   The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements in
accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") and complies with the
disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation." Under APB 25, unearned compensation is based on the difference,
if any, on the date of the grant, between the fair value of the Company's
stock and the exercise price. Unearned compensation is amortized and expensed
in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 28
using the multiple-option approach. The Company accounts for stock-based
compensation issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS
No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force No. 96-18, "Accounting for Equity
Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in
Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services."

Concentration of risk

   Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and short-
term investments. Cash equivalents and short-term investments, primarily
composed of investments in money market funds and commercial paper, are
maintained with a single institution, and the composition and maturities are
regularly monitored by management. The carrying value of all financial
instruments approximate their respective fair value.

   The Company relies on a single third-party contractor to manufacture the
ReplayTV-enabled PVRs. The Company also relies on other third party suppliers
to provide certain components necessary to manufacture the PVRs. The loss of
any manufacturer or supplier could delay or prevent the Company from
commercializing its services and have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial position and results of operations.

Recent accounting pronouncements

   In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 98-1, "Accounting for the Cost of Computer
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use" ("SOP 98-1"). SOP 98-1 is
effective for financial statements for years beginning after December 15,
1998. SOP 98-1 provides guidance over accounting for computer software
developed or obtained for internal use including the requirement to capitalize
specified costs and amortization of such costs. The adoption of the provisions
of SOP 98-1 during the fiscal year beginning January 1, 1999, did not have a
material effect on the financial statements.

   In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including
certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging
activities. In July 1999, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS
No. 137, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities--
Deferral of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133". SFAS No. 137
deferred the effective date until the first fiscal quarter ending on or after
June 30, 2000. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 133 in its quarter ending June
30, 2000. The Company has not engaged in hedging activities or invested in
derivative instruments.

                                     F-10
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


Note 2--Balance Sheet Components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               December 31,
                               --------------
                               1998    1999
                               ------ -------
                                (in thousands)
   <S>                         <C>    <C>      <C>
   Property and equipment:
     Computer equipment and
      software...............  $ 138  $ 2,138
     Lab and manufacturing
      equipment..............     11      206
     Office furniture and
      equipment..............      8      707
                               -----  -------
                                 157    3,051
   Less: accumulated
    depreciation.............    (25)    (300)
                               -----  -------
                               $ 132  $ 2,751
                               =====  =======
   Accrued liabilities:
     Payroll and related
      expense................  $  45  $   505
     Warranty reserve........     --       91
     Deferred rent...........     --      270
     Other...................     --      479
                               -----  -------
                               $  45  $ 1,345
                               =====  =======
</TABLE>

Note 3--Line of Credit:

   On June 10, 1999, the Company entered into a loan agreement (the
"Facility") with a bank. The Facility is secured by the Company's assets. The
Facility allows for borrowings of up to $1.25 million bearing interest at a
rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 0.75% and expires in May 2000. The
Company must comply with certain financial covenants and conditions as
described in the Facility. The Company was in compliance as of December 31,
1999. As of December 31, 1999, no borrowings were outstanding under the
Facility. The Company has an outstanding Letter of Credit of $500,000 under
the loan agreement. Under the terms of the loan agreement, the Company is
prohibited from paying dividends without approval from the bank.

Note 4--Commitments and Contingencies:

Operating leases

   The Company leases office space under a noncancelable operating lease which
expires in March 2006. Rent expense totaled $9,000, $120,000 and $1.5 million
in 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.

   Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable leases are as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Years Ending December 31,
   -------------------------
   <S>                                                                   <C>
   2000................................................................. $ 2,198
   2001.................................................................   2,411
   2002.................................................................   2,483
   2003.................................................................   2,555
   2004.................................................................   2,627
   Thereafter...........................................................   3,392
                                                                         -------
     Total minimum lease payments....................................... $15,666
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>

                                     F-11
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

MKE agreement

   In December 1999, the Company entered into a three-year agreement (the
"Agreement") with MKE. Under the Agreement, MKE will purchase from the Company
ReplayTV-enabled products currently manufactured by another third party and
will market, sell and distribute those products under the Panasonic brand name
featuring the ReplayTV logo. Also, the Company will work jointly with MKE to
develop ReplayTV-enabled products. During the term of the Agreement, the
Company will subsidize MKE for products that are distributed by or on behalf
of MKE. The Company will expense such costs as incurred.

Contingencies

   From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities,
including intellectual property claims, that arise in the ordinary course of
its business activities. The Company accrues contingent liabilities when it is
probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be
reasonably estimated. In the opinion of management, there are no pending
claims for which the outcome is expected to result in a material adverse
effect on the financial position or results of operations or cash flows of the
Company.

Note 5--Income Taxes:

   The Company incurred net operating losses for the period from August 27,
1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1998 and
1999 and accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded. The tax
benefit is reconciled to the amount computed using the federal statutory rate
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Period from
                              August 27,
                                 1997         Year Ended
                            (inception) to   December 31,
                             December 31,  -----------------
                                 1997       1998      1999
                            -------------- -------  --------
                                (in thousands)
   <S>                      <C>            <C>      <C>
   Federal statutory
    benefit................      $ 53      $ 1,116  $ 12,155
   State taxes, net of
    federal benefit........        13          263     2,860
   Future benefits not
    currently recognized...       (71)      (1,365)  (11,547)
   Nondeductible
    compensation...........        --          (82)   (3,125)
   Other...................         5           68       343
                                 ----      -------  --------
                                 $ --      $    --  $     --
                                 ====      =======  ========
</TABLE>

   At December 31, 1999, the Company had approximately $29.6 million of
federal and state net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future
taxable income which expire at various dates through 2018. Under the Tax
Reform Act of 1986, the amounts of and benefits from net operating loss
carryforwards may be impaired or limited in certain circumstances. Events
which cause limitations in the amount of net operating losses that the Company
may utilize in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative
ownership change of more than 50%, as defined, over a three-year period.


                                     F-12
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

   Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                December 31,
                                                              -----------------
                                                               1998      1999
                                                              -------  --------
                                                               (in thousands)
   <S>                                                        <C>      <C>
   Deferred tax assets:
     Net operating loss carryforwards........................ $   744  $ 11,715
     Accruals and allowances.................................     544       567
     Research credits........................................     148       641
                                                              -------  --------
       Net deferred tax assets...............................   1,436    12,983
     Valuation allowance.....................................  (1,436)  (12,983)
                                                              -------  --------
                                                              $    --  $     --
                                                              =======  ========
</TABLE>

   The Company has incurred losses since inception. Management believes that
based on the history of such losses and other factors, the weight of available
evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the Company will not
be able to realize its deferred tax assets, and thus a full valuation reserve
has been recorded at December 31, 1998 and 1999.

Note 6--Convertible Preferred Stock:

   Convertible Preferred Stock ("Preferred Stock") consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Proceeds
                                                    Per                Net of
                              Shares     Shares    Share  Liquidation Issuance
   Series                   Authorized Outstanding Amount   Amount     Costs
   ------                   ---------- ----------- ------ ----------- --------
                                 (in thousands, except per share amounts)
   <S>                      <C>        <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>
   A.......................    2,494      2,494    $0.11    $   276   $   276
                              ------     ------             -------   -------
     Balance at December
      31, 1997.............    2,494      2,494                 276       276
   B.......................    2,580      2,258     0.31        700       697
   C.......................    3,163      3,163     0.63      1,999     1,996
                              ------     ------             -------   -------
     Balance at December
      31, 1998.............    8,237      7,915               2,975     2,969
   D.......................   10,200     10,194     0.78      7,900     7,841
   E.......................    8,700      7,633     7.50     57,300    57,003
                              ------     ------             -------   -------
     Balance at December
      31, 1999, ...........   27,137     25,742             $68,175   $67,813
                              ======     ======             =======   =======
</TABLE>

   The above table excludes the Series F Preferred Stock financing which
occurred subsequent to December 31, 1999 (see Note 10).

   The holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock have various rights and
preferences as follows:

Dividends

   Holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E
Preferred Stock are each entitled to receive annual dividends of 8% per share,
when as and if declared by the Board of Directors prior to the declaration of
dividends to holders of Common Stock.


                                     F-13
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Conversion

   Each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Preferred
Stock is convertible into shares of Common Stock based on a formula which
currently results in a one-for-one exchange ratio. This formula is subject to
adjustment, as defined, which essentially provides adjustments for holders of
the Preferred Stock in the event of dilutive issuances, stock splits,
combinations or other recapitalizations. Such conversion is automatic upon the
earlier of (i) the effective date of a public offering of Common Stock
resulting in an offering price of not less than $7.50 per share (appropriately
adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other
recapitalizations) or (ii) written notice to the Company by the holders of at
least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of their
intent to convert into shares of Common Stock.

Liquidation

   In the event of liquidation, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are
entitled to a per share distribution in preference to holders of Common Stock
equal to the Series A stated value of $0.11 plus any declared but unpaid
dividends. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to a per share
distribution preference to holders of Common Stock equal to the Series B
stated value of $0.31 plus any declared but unpaid dividends. The holders of
Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to a per share distribution preference
to holders of Common Stock equal to the Series C stated value of $0.63 plus
any declared but unpaid dividends. The holders of Series D Preferred Stock are
entitled to a per share distribution preference to holders of Common Stock
equal to the Series D stated value of $0.78 plus any declared but unpaid
dividends. The holders of Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to a per share
distribution preference to holders of Common Stock equal to the Series E
stated value of $7.50 plus any declared but unpaid dividends. In the event
funds are sufficient to make a complete distribution to holders of Series A,
Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E as described above, the remaining
assets will be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Stock. A
merger, acquisition, sale of voting control or sale of substantially all of
the assets of the Company, in which the shareholders of the Company do not own
a majority (50% or more) of the outstanding shares of the surviving
corporation is deemed to be a liquidation.

Redemption

   The holders of the Series A, B, C, D and E Preferred Stock have no
redemption rights.

Voting

   The holders of the Series A, B, C, D and E Preferred Stock have one vote
for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock may be
converted.

Warrants for Preferred Stock

   In connection with a loan agreement entered into in June 1999, the Company
issued a warrant to purchase 6,666 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to the
lender. The warrant may be exercised at any time between May 1999 and May 2004
at an exercise price of $7.50 per share. The warrant was recorded as a debt
discount at its estimated fair value of $30,000. The Company estimated the
fair value of the warrant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using
the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 5.5%; volatility of 80%;
and an expected life of five years.

Note 7--Common Stock:

   At December 31, 1998 and 1999, there were 6,970,000 and 9,584,000 shares
outstanding, respectively, of Common Stock issued to the founders of the
Company, affiliates and other nonrelated parties. A portion of the shares sold
are subject to a right of repurchase by the Company subject to vesting. At
December 31, 1998 and

                                     F-14
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

1999, there were approximately 0 and 1,530,000 shares, respectively, subject
to repurchase. In June 1998, the Company repurchased 983,000 shares of
unvested Common Stock from a founder of the Company at $0.0005 per share.

   In July 1999, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of
the Company's Common Stock and Preferred Stock with a corresponding adjustment
to outstanding stock options and warrants. All Common and Preferred converted
share and per share data in the accompanying financial statements have been
adjusted retroactively to give effect to the stock split.

   The Company issued 311,000 shares of fully vested common stock for services
during 1999. The Company recorded $136,000 of stock-based compensation
expense, based on the estimated fair value of the services rendered which was
more readily determinable than the fair value of the stock issued.

   The Company has reserved shares of Common Stock as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  December 31,
                                                                      1999
                                                                 --------------
                                                                 (in thousands)
   <S>                                                           <C>
   Conversion of Series A.......................................      2,494
   Conversion of Series B.......................................      2,258
   Conversion of Series C.......................................      3,163
   Conversion of Series D.......................................     10,194
   Conversion of Series E.......................................      7,633
   Common Stock issued..........................................      9,584
   Exercise of options under the equity incentive plans.........      9,219
   Exercise of warrants issued for Series E Preferred Stock.....          7
   Undesignated.................................................     30,448
                                                                     ------
                                                                     75,000
                                                                     ======
</TABLE>

   The above shares do not include shares reserved under the 2000 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan and 2000 Directors' Stock Option Plan (See Note 10).

Note 8--Stock Option Plan:

   In November 1997, the Board of Directors adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan
(the "1997 Plan") providing for the issuance of incentive and nonstatutory
stock options to employees, consultants and outside directors of the Company.
As of December 31, 1999, 9,070,000 shares are authorized for issuance under
the 1997 Plan.

   In September 1999, the Board of Directors adopted the 1999 Stock Option
Plan (the "1999 Plan") providing for the issuance of incentive and non
statutory stock options to employees, consultants and outside directors of the
Company. As of December 31, 1999, 2,530,000 shares are authorized for issuance
under the 1999 Plan.

   Under the 1997 and 1999 Plans, options may be granted at an exercise price
at the date of grant of not less than the fair market value per share for
incentive stock options and not less than 85% of the fair market value per
share for nonstatutory stock options, except for options granted to a person
owning greater than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock of the Company, for which the exercise price of the option must be not
less than 110% of the fair market value. The fair market value of the
Company's common stock is

                                     F-15
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

determined by the Board of Directors. In determining the fair market value on
each grant date, the Board of Directors considered among other things, the
developmental stage of the Company, the absence of a public trading market for
the Company's securities and the nature of the Company's business.

   Options granted under the 1997 and 1999 Plans generally become exercisable
at a rate of 25% per year over four years and expire no later than ten years
after the grant date.

   Under the 1999 Plan, a stock purchase right may be issued, either alone, in
addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the 1999 Plan and/or
cash awards made outside of the 1999 Plan. The purchase price of the shares
subject to the stock purchase right are determined by the Board. Shares
purchased using the stock purchase right are subject to the Company's option
to repurchase the shares from the purchaser at the purchaser's original cost
per share upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser's
employment or consulting relationship for any reason, including death or
disability.

   The following table summarizes information about stock option transactions
under the 1997 and 1999 Plans:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Period from
                             August 27, 1997
                             (inception) to      Year Ended December 31,
                              December 31,   ---------------------------------
                                  1997            1998             1999
                             --------------- ---------------- ----------------
                                    Weighted         Weighted         Weighted
                                    Average          Average          Average
                                    Exercise         Exercise         Exercise
                             Shares  Price   Shares   Price   Shares   Price
                             ------ -------- ------  -------- ------  --------
                                (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                          <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>
Outstanding at beginning of
 period.....................   --    $  --     260    $0.01    2,567   $ 0.02
Granted below fair value....            --   2,616     0.02   10,883     2.83
Granted at fair value.......  260     0.01      --       --       --       --
Exercised...................   --       --     (90)    0.01   (2,291)    1.53
Canceled....................   --       --    (219)    0.01     (369)    1.17
                              ---            -----            ------
Outstanding at end of
 period.....................  260     0.01   2,567     0.02   10,790     2.53
                              ===            =====            ======
Options vested..............   --              219               889
                              ===            =====            ======
Weighted average fair value
 of options granted during
 the period.................         $0.01            $0.35            $10.44
                                     =====            =====            ======
</TABLE>

   At December 31, 1999, the Company had 128,924 shares available for future
grant under the 1997 and 1999 Plans.

                                     F-16
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

   The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
which were exercisable as of December 31, 1999 (unaudited):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Options Outstanding and Exercisable
                        -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Weighted
                                                         Average
                                                        Remaining                  Weighted
    Range of                Number                     Contractual                 Average
    Exercise             Outstanding                    Life (in                   Exercise
     Prices             (in thousands)                   years)                     Price
   -----------          --------------                 -----------                 --------
   <S>                  <C>                            <C>                         <C>
   $0.011-0.03               489                          8.56                      $0.027
    0.125-0.25               331                          9.15                       0.173
         0.625                30                          9.47                       0.625
     2.00-4.00                23                          9.58                       2.363
     7.00-8.00                16                          9.95                       7.385
</TABLE>

   The weighted average remaining contractual life of stock options
outstanding at December 31, 1999 was 9.43 years.

Fair value disclosures

   The Company applies the measurement principles of APB 25 in accounting for
its stock option plans. Had compensation expense for options granted been
determined based on the fair value at the grant date as prescribed by SFAS No.
123, the Company's net loss and net loss per share would have been decreased
to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Period from
                                        August 27,                      Period from
                                           1997                          August 27,
                                       (inception)     Year Ended           1997
                                            to        December 31,     (inception) to
                                       December 31, -----------------   December 31,
                                           1997      1998      1999         1999
                                       ------------ -------  --------  --------------
                                         (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                    <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>
Net loss:
  As reported.........................    $ (155)   $(3,284) $(35,750)    $(39,189)
                                          ======    =======  ========     ========
  Pro forma...........................    $ (155)   $(3,289) $(36,559)    $(40,003)
                                          ======    =======  ========     ========
Basic and diluted net loss per
 share:
  As reported.........................    $(0.08)   $ (0.48) $  (4.73)    $  (5.48)
                                          ======    =======  ========     ========
  Pro forma...........................    $(0.08)   $ (0.48) $  (4.83)    $  (5.89)
                                          ======    =======  ========     ========
</TABLE>


                                     F-17
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

   The Company calculated the minimum fair value of each option grant on the
date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as prescribed by
SFAS No. 123 using the following assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Period from                    Period from
                                      August 27,                     August 27,
                                         1997                           1997
                                     (inception)   Year Ended       (inception)
                                          to      December 31,           to
                                     December 31, ---------------   December 31,
                                         1997      1998     1999        1999
                                     ------------ ------   ------   ------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>      <C>      <C>
Risk-free interest rates............     5.5%        5.5%     5.5%      5.5%
Expected lives (in years)...........       5           5        5         5
Dividend yield......................       0%          0%       0%        0%
Expected volatility.................       0%          0%       0%        0%
</TABLE>

   Because the determination of fair value of all options granted after such
time as the Company becomes a public entity will include an expected
volatility factor in addition to the factors described in the preceding
paragraph, the above results may not be representative of future periods.

Unearned stock-based compensation

   In connection with certain stock option grants to employees, during the
year ended December 31, 1998 and 1999, the Company recognized unearned stock-
based compensation totaling $857,000 and $36.9 million, respectively, which is
being amortized over the vesting periods of the related options, which is
generally four years, using the multiple option approach. Amortization expense
recognized for the year ended December 31, 1998 and 1999 totaled approximately
$206,000 and $7.0 million, respectively. The Company also recorded
amortization expense of $734,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999 in
connection with stock options issued for services. The Company estimated the
fair value of the options issued for services using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model using the following assumptions; risk-free interest rate of
5.5%; volatility of 80%; and an expected life of ten years (term).

Note 9--Related Party Transactions:

   In September and October 1998 a certain founder of the Company received
convertible promissory notes in exchange for $570,000. The notes bore interest
at 20% per annum. In March 1999, the note and accrued interest of $628,000 was
repaid in full.

   In July, September and November 1999, certain executives of the Company
exercised their stock options prior to vesting by issuance of full recourse
promissory notes to the Company. Stock options that have been exercised prior
to vesting are subject to a right of repurchase at cost in the Company's favor
should the executive cease employment. The aggregate notes of $3.2 million
bear interest at a rate of 5.74% through 6.08% per annum and are due in July,
September and November 2004. The notes are collateralized by the related
1,670,000 shares of Common Stock issued, of which 1,530,000 are subject to the
Company's right to repurchase. The net amount outstanding loan balance has
been reflected as a separate component of stockholders' equity.

Note 10--Subsequent Events:

Reincorporation

   In January 2000, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the
reincorporation of the Company in the State of Delaware. When the
reincorporation and related filings are effected, the Company will be
authorized to

                                     F-18
<PAGE>


                              REPLAYTV, INC.

                      (a development stage company)

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

issue 200,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value Common Stock and 5,000,000 shares
of $0.001 par value Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors will have the
authority to issue the undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series and
to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. The par
value and additional paid-in capital related to the issuance of Preferred
Stock and Common Stock have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the
reincorporation.

Stock option grants (unaudited)

   During January and February 2000, the Company granted options to purchase
1,238,000 shares of Common Stock to existing and new employees at a weighted
average exercise price of $9.64. In connection with these stock option grants,
the Company will recognize $4.2 million in unearned stock-based compensation
that will be amortized over the related vesting periods.



Series F Preferred Stock (unaudited)

   In January 2000, the Company issued 5,627,267 shares of Series F Preferred
Stock ("Series F") at $11.00 per share resulting in cash proceeds of $61.9
million. Each share of Series F has voting rights equal to the number of
shares of Common Stock into which such share is convertible. Holders of Series
F are entitled to receive annual dividends of $0.88 per share, when and if
declared by the Board of Directors, on a pari passu basis with the holders of
Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock,
Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, and prior to the Common
Stock. The Series F is convertible at any time into Common Stock at a one-for-
one exchange ratio. Such conversion is automatic upon the effective date of an
initial public offering provided the public offering price is at least $7.50
per share. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, winding up or a
change in control of the Company, the holders of Series F are entitled to
receive an amount equal to $11.00 per share, plus any declared but unpaid
dividends, prior and in preference to any holders of Common Stock. The Series
F is redeemable at the option of the Company on or at any time after February
15, 2004 or upon the receipt by the Company in writing from the holders of not
less than 66 2/3% of the Preferred Stock of a request for redemption of their
Preferred Stock, at a redemption price equal to $11.00 per share, plus any
declared but unpaid dividends. For the first quarter ending March 31, 2000,
the Company will record a non-cash Preferred Stock dividend of $11.3 million
to reflect the beneficial conversion ratio as a result of the difference
between the issuance price of the Series F and $13.00, the estimated fair
value of the Company's Common Stock.

2000 Stock Plans (unaudited)

   In January 2000, the Company's Board of Directors approved the 2000
Directors' Stock Option Plan (the "2000 Directors' Plan") and the 2000
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "2000 ESPP"), which will become effective
immediately prior to the completion of an initial public offering. Under the
2000 Directors' Plan, a total of 300,000 shares have been reserved for future
issuance to nonemployee directors. The shares reserved under the 2000
Directors' Plan will be automatically reset to 300,000 shares on the first day
of each fiscal year beginning in 2001. Under the 2000 ESPP, a total of
1,000,000 shares have been reserved for future issuance. The shares reserved
will be subject to automatic annual increases on the first day of the fiscal
year beginning in 2001, equal to the lesser of 500,000 shares, 2% of the
outstanding Common Stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal
year, or a lesser number of shares as determined by the board of directors.

                                     F-19
<PAGE>




                                [REPLAYTV LOGO]
<PAGE>


                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

   The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the
sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the
SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market
listing fee.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Amount
                                                                     to be Paid
                                                                     ----------
     <S>                                                             <C>
     SEC registration fee........................................... $   39,600
     NASD filing fee................................................     15,500
     Nasdaq National Market listing fee.............................     95,000
     Printing and engraving expenses................................    200,000
     Legal fees and expenses........................................    400,000
     Accounting fees and expenses...................................    300,000
     Blue Sky qualification fees and expenses.......................     10,000
     Transfer Agent and Registrar fees..............................      2,000
     Miscellaneous fees and expenses................................     37,900
                                                                     ----------
       Total........................................................ $1,100,000
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

   Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "Delaware Law")
authorizes a court to award, or a corporation's Board of Directors to grant,
indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such
indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including
reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"). Article XIV of our certificate of
incorporation (Exhibit 3.2 hereto) and Article VI of our bylaws (Exhibit 3.4
hereto) provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and
other agents to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware Law. In addition, we
have entered into Indemnification Agreements (Exhibit 10.2 hereto) with our
officers and directors. The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1) also provides
for cross-indemnification among ReplayTV and the underwriters with respect to
certain matters, including matters arising under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

   Since our incorporation in August 1997, we have issued and sold the
following securities:

     1. On September 15, 1997, we sold 7,862,770 shares of common stock for
  an aggregate purchase price of $3,931 to two founders.

     2. On November 26, 1997, we sold 2,494,070 shares of Series A preferred
  stock for an aggregate purchase price of $274,348 to two accredited
  investors.

     3. On March 11, 1998, we issued a promissory note in the aggregate
  principal amount of $100,000 to one accredited investor.

     4. On April 10, 1998, we sold 1,451,610 shares of Series B preferred
  stock for an aggregate purchase price of $450,000, including cancellation
  of the $100,000 note described in 3 above, to four accredited investors.

     5. On June 29, 1998, we sold 806,448 shares of Series B preferred stock
  for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000 to four accredited investors.

                                     II-1
<PAGE>


     6. On September 11, 1998, September 14, 1998, September 28, 1998,
  October 6, 1998, October 15, 1998 and October 27, 1998 we issued six
  promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $570,000 to one
  founder.

     7. On November 5, 1998, we sold 1,818,488 shares of Series C preferred
  stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1,150,000 to three accredited
  investors.

     8. On November 19, 1998, we sold 1,344,096 shares of Series C preferred
  stock for an aggregate purchase price of $850,000 to six accredited
  investors.

     9. On February 12, 1999, February 22, 1999 and March 11, 1999, we issued
  three promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 to
  one accredited investor.

     10. On March 24, 1999, we sold 10,193,544 shares of Series D preferred
  stock for an aggregate purchase price of $7,900,000, including cancellation
  of $80,000 of the notes described in 6 above and cancellation of the notes
  described in 9 above, to 12 accredited investors.

     11. On May 31, 1999, we issued a warrant to purchase 6,666 shares of
  Series E preferred stock to a lender in connection with a line of credit.

     12. On July 16, 1999 and July 19, 1999, we issued two promissory notes
  in the aggregate principal amount of $600,000 to two accredited investors.

     13. On July 30, 1999, we sold 6,886,663 shares of Series E preferred
  stock for an aggregate purchase price of $52,249,973, including
  cancellation of the notes described in 12 above, to 41 accredited and/or
  institutional investors.

     14. On August 16, 1999, we sold 666,666 shares of Series E preferred
  stock for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000 to one accredited
  and/or institutional investor.

     15. On January 25, 2000, we sold 5,627,267 shares of Series F preferred
  stock for an aggregate price of $61,899,937 to 12 accredited and/or
  institutional investors.

     16. From April 28, 1999 to December 31, 1999, we issued an aggregate of
  322,507 shares of common stock to one director and 14 consultants outside
  of our stock plans.

     17. From November 19, 1997 to December 31, 1999, we issued options to
  purchase an aggregate of 9,545,522 shares of common stock to employees,
  directors and consultants pursuant to the 1997 stock option plan.

     18. From August 26, 1999 to December 31, 1999, we issued options to
  purchase an aggregate of 4,230,000 shares of common stock to employees,
  directors and consultants pursuant to the 1999 stock plan.

   The issuances of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from
registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of such
Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.
In addition, certain issuances described in Items 1 and 17 were deemed exempt
from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701
promulgated under the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each
such transaction represented their intentions to acquire the securities for
investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any
distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share
certificates and warrants issued in such transactions. All recipients had
adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

                                     II-2
<PAGE>

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

  (a) Exhibits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Number                              Description
   --------                             -----------
   <C>      <S>
    1.1     Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    3.1**   Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of ReplayTV.
    3.2**   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ReplayTV (as
             proposed).
    3.3**   Amended and Restated Bylaws of ReplayTV.
    3.4**   Amended and Restated Bylaws of ReplayTV (as proposed).
    4.1*    Specimen Stock Certificate.
    4.2**   Warrant dated May 31, 1999 issued by the Company to Imperial
             Bancorp.
    5.1*    Opinion of Venture Law Group regarding the legality of the common
             stock being registered.
   10.1**   Sixth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated
             January 25, 2000 among ReplayTV and certain investors.
   10.2**   Form of Indemnification Agreement between ReplayTV and each of its
             executive officers and directors.
   10.3     1997 Stock Option Plan (as amended) and forms of Stock Option
             Agreements.
   10.4     1999 Stock Plan and forms of Stock Option Agreement and Restricted
             Stock Purchase Agreement.
   10.5***  2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of Subscription
             Agreement.
   10.6***  2000 Directors' Stock Option Plan and form of Stock Option
             Agreement.
   10.7**   Offer Letter with Earle H. "Kim" LeMasters, III.
   10.8**   Offer Letter with Anthony J. Wood.
   10.9**   Offer Letter with Craig W. Dougherty.
   10.10**  Offer Letter with Bruce L. Kaplan.
   10.11**  Offer Letter with Alexander Gray.
   10.12**  Offer Letter with Layne L. Britton.
   10.13**+ Master Collaboration Agreement dated December 20, 1999 between
             ReplayTV and Matsushita-Kotobuki Electronics Industries, Ltd.
   10.14**+ OEM Distribution Agreement dated December 20, 1999 between ReplayTV
             and Matsushita-Kotobuki Electronics Industries, Ltd.
   10.15**+ Manufacturing Agreement dated November 3, 1998 between ReplayTV and
             Flextronics International USA, Inc.
   10.16**+ Television Listings Agreement dated June 1, 1998, as amended
             October 26, 1998, between ReplayTV and Tribune Media Services,
             Inc.
   10.17**+ Agreement dated February 1, 1999 between ReplayTV and Showtime
             Networks Inc.
   10.18**+ Agreement dated July 30, 1999 between ReplayTV and National
             Broadcasting Company, Inc.
   10.19**+ Network Service Agreement dated July 30, 1999 among ReplayTV,
             Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and Time Warner, Inc, as amended
             February 10, 2000.
   10.20**  Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 15, 1997 between
             ReplayTV and Anthony J. Wood.
   10.21**  Consulting Agreements between ReplayTV and Kevin Bohren.
   10.22    Lease Agreement dated January 27, 1999 between John Arrillaga,
             Trustee, or his Successor Trustee, UTA dated July 20, 1977 (John
             Arrillaga Survivor's Trust) as amended, and Richard T. Perry,
             Trustee, or his Successor Trustee, UTA dated July 20, 1977
             (Richard T. Perry Separate Property Trust) as amended, and
             ReplayTV, as amended.
   23.1     Independent Accountants' Consent.
   23.2     Consent of Attorney (see Exhibit 5.1).
   24.1**   Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
   27.1     Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
- --------
*  To be supplied by amendment.
** Previously filed.

***Supersedes previously filed Exhibit.

+Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this Exhibit.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules

   Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the
financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the
registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with
the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by
it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

     (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
  of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
  of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
  a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
  (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
  registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
  Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
  prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
  the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
  time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                     II-4
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
city of Mountain View, State of California on March 3, 2000.

                                          REPLAYTV, INC.

                                            By:   /s/ Craig W. Dougherty
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                   Craig W. Dougherty
                                            Executive Vice President, Finance
                                               and Chief Financial Officer

   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Signature                           Title                    Date
             ---------                           -----                    ----

<S>                                  <C>                           <C>
                  *                  Chief Executive Officer and     March 3, 2000
____________________________________  Chairman (Principal
      Earle H. "Kim" LeMasters, III   Executive Officer)


      /s/ Craig W. Dougherty         Executive Vice President,       March 3, 2000
____________________________________  Finance and Chief Financial
         Craig W. Dougherty           Officer (Principal
                                      Financial and Accounting
                                      Officer)

                  *                  Director                        March 3, 2000
____________________________________
            Jeffrey Berg

                  *                  Director                        March 3, 2000
____________________________________
          Kevin L. Bohren

                  *                  Director                        March 3, 2000
____________________________________
           Sky D. Dayton

                  *                  Director                        March 3, 2000
____________________________________
       William R. Hearst III

                  *                  Director                        March 3, 2000
____________________________________
          Anthony J. Wood
</TABLE>

* Power of Attorney

      /s/ Craig W. Dougherty
By:____________________________
        Craig W. Dougherty

                                     II-5
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit
    Number                              Description
   --------                             -----------
   <C>      <S>
    1.1     Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    3.1**   Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of ReplayTV.
    3.2**   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ReplayTV (as
             proposed).
    3.3**   Amended and Restated Bylaws of ReplayTV.
    3.4**   Amended and Restated Bylaws of ReplayTV (as proposed).
    4.1*    Specimen Stock Certificate.
    4.2**   Warrant dated May 31, 1999 issued by the Company to Imperial
             Bancorp.
    5.1*    Opinion of Venture Law Group regarding the legality of the common
             stock being registered.
   10.1**   Sixth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated
             January 25, 2000 among ReplayTV and certain investors.
   10.2**   Form of Indemnification Agreement between ReplayTV and each of its
             executive officers and directors.
   10.3     1997 Stock Option Plan (as amended) and forms of Stock Option
             Agreements.
   10.4     1999 Stock Plan and forms of Stock Option Agreement and Restricted
             Stock Purchase Agreement.
   10.5***  2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of Subscription
             Agreement.
   10.6***  2000 Directors' Stock Option Plan and form of Stock Option
             Agreement.
   10.7**   Offer Letter with Earle H. "Kim" LeMasters, III.
   10.8**   Offer Letter with Anthony J. Wood.
   10.9**   Offer Letter with Craig W. Dougherty.
   10.10**  Offer Letter with Bruce L. Kaplan.
   10.11**  Offer Letter with Alexander Gray.
   10.12**  Offer Letter with Layne L. Britton.
   10.13**+ Master Collaboration Agreement dated December 20, 1999 between
             ReplayTV and Matsushita-Kotobuki Electronics Industries, Ltd.
   10.14**+ OEM Distribution Agreement dated December 20, 1999 between ReplayTV
             and Matsushita-Kotobuki Electronics Industries, Ltd.
   10.15**+ Manufacturing Agreement dated November 3, 1998 between ReplayTV and
             Flextronics International USA, Inc.
   10.16**+ Television Listings Agreement dated June 1, 1998, as amended
             October 26, 1998, between ReplayTV and Tribune Media Services,
             Inc.
   10.17**+ Agreement dated February 1, 1999 between ReplayTV and Showtime
             Networks Inc.
   10.18**+ Agreement dated July 30, 1999 between ReplayTV and National
             Broadcasting Company, Inc.
   10.19**+ Network Service Agreement dated July 30, 1999 among ReplayTV,
             Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and Time Warner, Inc., as amended
             February 10, 2000.
   10.20**  Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 15, 1997 between
             ReplayTV and Anthony J. Wood.
   10.21**  Consulting Agreements between ReplayTV and Kevin Bohren.
   10.22    Lease Agreement dated January 27, 1999 between John Arrillaga,
             Trustee, or his Successor Trustee, UTA dated July 20, 1977 (John
             Arrillaga Survivor's Trust) as amended, and Richard T. Perry,
             Trustee, or his Successor Trustee, UTA dated July 20, 1977
             (Richard T. Perry Separate Property Trust) as amended, and
             ReplayTV, as amended.
   23.1     Independent Accountants' Consent.
   23.2     Consent of Attorney (see Exhibit 5.1).
   24.1**   Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
   27.1     Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
- --------
*  To be supplied by amendment.
** Previously filed.

***Supersedes previously filed Exhibit.

+Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this Exhibit.

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1



                               8,500,000 Shares


                                REPLAYTV, INC.

                   COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.001 PER SHARE

                                    FORM OF
                            UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT







__________, 2000
<PAGE>

                                               _______________, 2000



Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
Chase Seucrities Inc.
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Wasserstein Perella Securities, Inc.
c/o  Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
     1585 Broadway
     New York, New York 10036

Dear Sirs and Mesdames:

       ReplayTV, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes to issue
and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the
"Underwriters") 8,500,000 shares of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share
(the "Firm Shares"). Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Bear, Stearns & Co.
Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Hambrecht & Quist LLC and Wasserstein
Perella Securities, Inc. shall act as representatives (the "Representatives") of
the several Underwriters.

       The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters
not more than an additional 1,275,000 shares of its common stock, par value
$0.001 (the "Additional Shares") if and to the extent that the Representatives
shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to
purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 2
hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively
referred to as the "Shares." The shares of common stock, par value $0.001, of
the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated
hereby are hereinafter referred to as the "Common Stock."

       The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement (File No. 333-95425), including a
prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the
time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part
of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), is
hereinafter

                                       2
<PAGE>

referred to as the "Registration Statement"; the prospectus in the form first
used to confirm sales of Shares is hereinafter referred to as the "Prospectus."
If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register
additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities
Act (the "Rule 462 Registration Statement"), then any reference herein to the
term "Registration Statement" shall be deemed to include such Rule 462
Registration Statement.

       The representatives have agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be
purchased by them under this Agreement for sale by an affiliate of Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. to the Company's directors, officers, employees and business
associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively,
"Participants"), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading "Underwriters"
(the "Directed Share Program"). The Shares to be sold by Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program are
hereinafter referred to as the "Directed Shares." Any Directed Shares not orally
confirmed for purchase by any Participants by the end of the business day on
which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the
Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

       1.   Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants
to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

            (a)  The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order
     suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect,
     and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the Company's
     knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

            (b)  (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did
     not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not
     contain, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will
     comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable
     rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and (iii) the Prospectus
     does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not
     contain, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
     material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
     light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,
     except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph
     do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement or
     the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished
     to the


                                       3
<PAGE>

     Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use
     therein.

            (c)  The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as
     a corporation in good standing under the laws of Delaware, has the
     corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its
     business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact
     business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct
     of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such
     qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or
     be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the
     Company.

            (d)  The Company does not own a controlling interest in, or
     otherwise control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or
     other business entity.

            (e)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
     by the Company.

            (f)  The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms in all
     material respects as to legal matters to the description thereof contained
     in the Prospectus.

            (g)  The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to or concurrently
     with the issuance of the Shares (including the shares of Common Stock
     issued upon conversion of all of the Company's preferred stock) have been
     duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

            (h)  Each share of the Company's outstanding preferred stock will
     automatically convert into one share of Common Stock on the Closing
     Date, as described in the Prospectus.

            (i)  The shares of Common Stock of the Company to be issued upon
     conversion of all of the Company's preferred stock have been duly
     authorized and, when issued and delivered pursuant to the terms of the
     Company's certificate of incorporation, will be validly issued, fully paid
     and non-assessable.

            (j)  The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and
     delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly

                                       4
<PAGE>

     issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will
     not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights, other than rights that
     have been validly waived with respect to the Shares.

            (k)  The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the
     performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will
     not contravene any provision of applicable law or the certificate of
     incorporation or by-laws of the Company or, except where such contravention
     would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on
     the Company, any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or
     any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court
     having jurisdiction over the Company, and no consent, approval,
     authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or
     agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations
     under this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the federal
     securities laws or as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of
     the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

            (l)  There has not occurred any material adverse change in the
     condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, operations
     or prospects of the Company from that set forth in the Prospectus
     (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date
     of this Agreement).

            (m)  Each of (i) the OEM Distribution Agreement dated as of July 30,
     1999 and amended as of December 20, 1999 between Matsushita-Kotobuki
     Electronics Industries, Ltd ("MKE") and the Company, (ii)  the Master
     Collaboration Agreement dated as of December 20, 1999 between MKE and the
     Company, (iii) the Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1999 between Showtime
     Networks, Inc. and the Company, (iv) the Replay Network Service Agreement
     dated as of July 30, 1999 between Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and the
     Company, (v) the Letter Agreement dated July 30, 1999 between National
     Broadcasting, Inc. and the Company and (vi) the Flextronics International
     Manufacturing Contract dated November 3, 1998 between Flextronics
     International USA, Inc. and the Company (collectively, the "Contracts") is
     in full force and effect, the Company (i) is not in breach of or default
     under any Contract in any manner that would allow any party to any such
     Contract to terminate such

                                       5
<PAGE>

     Contract as a result of such breach or default and (ii) has received no
     notification of an intention by any party to terminate any Contract.

            (n)  None of (i) Tribune Media Services, Inc., (ii) Sony, (iii)
     Philips, (iv) Quantum Corporation, (v) Universal Electronics, Inc. or
     (vi) any other sole supplier of the Company (each a "Sole Supplier") has
     notified the Company that such party cannot, or does not intend to,
     continue to supply the Company with the goods and/or services it is
     currently supplying the Company in quantities sufficient to meet the
     Company's reasonably foreseeable requirements for such goods and/or
     services.

            (o)  There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to
     the Company's knowledge, threatened to which the Company is a party or to
     which any of the properties of the Company is subject that are required to
     be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so
     described or any statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that
     are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
     Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that
     are not described or filed as required.

            (p)  Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration
     statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed
     pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in
     all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and
     regulations of the Commission thereunder.

            (q)  The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and
     sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described
     in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an "investment
     company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
     amended.

            (r)  The Company (i) is in compliance with any and all applicable
     federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of
     human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances
     or wastes, pollutants or contaminants ("Environmental Laws"), (ii) has
     received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under
     applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its business and (iii) is in
     compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or
     approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure
     to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to

                                       6
<PAGE>

     comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals
     would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on
     the Company.

            (s)    There are no costs or liabilities associated with
     Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating
     expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance
     with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related
     constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third
     parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse
     effect on the Company.

            (t)  There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between
     the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the
     Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with
     respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to
     include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the
     Registration Statement, except any such right which has been disclosed to
     the Representatives and which has been effectively waived in writing by the
     holder of such right.

                                       7
<PAGE>

            (u)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is
     given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (i) the Company has
     not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent,
     nor entered into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of
     business; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital
     stock (other than repurchases of Common Stock from terminated employees or
     consultants pursuant to pre-existing contractual arrangements), nor
     declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind
     on its capital stock; and (iii) there has not been any change in the
     capital stock (other than (x) issuances of Common Stock upon exercise of
     existing options, (y) repurchases of Common Stock from terminated employees
     or consultants pursuant to pre-existing contractual arrangements and (z)
     grants prior to the date hereof of options to purchase Common Stock, the
     terms of which, in the case of clause (z), the Representatives have been
     advised in writing) or debt of the Company, except in each case as
     described in the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or supplements
     thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement).

            (v)  The Company has good and marketable title in fee simple to all
     real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned
     by it which is material to the business of the Company, in each case free
     and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are
     described in the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value
     of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be
     made of such property by the Company; and any real property and buildings
     held under lease by the Company are held by it under valid, subsisting and,
     to the Company's knowledge, enforceable leases with such exceptions as are
     not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made
     of such property and buildings by the Company, in each case except as
     described in the Prospectus.

            (w)  The Company owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable
     terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions,
     copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or
     unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or
     procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed
     by it in connection with the business now operated by it, in each case
     except as disclosed in the Prospectus.  The Company has not received any
     notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with
     respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the
     subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a
     material adverse effect on the Company, in each case except as disclosed in
     the Prospectus.  To its knowledge, the Company's services and products (and
     any underlying technology related

                                       8
<PAGE>

     thereto) do not infringe any U.S. patent, copyright, trade secret or other
     proprietary right of any third party or otherwise conflict with the rights
     of any third party.

            (x)  No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company
     exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is
     not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the
     employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors
     that could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

            (y)  The Company is insured by insurers of recognized financial
     responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are
     prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged; the Company
     has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the
     Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its
     existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain
     similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its
     business at a cost that would not have a material adverse effect on the
     Company.

            (z)  The Company possesses all certificates, authorizations and
     permits issued by the appropriate federal or state regulatory authorities
     necessary to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, except
     where the failure to possess any such certificate, authorization or permit
     would not have a material adverse effect on the Company, and the Company
     has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or
     modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly
     or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or
     finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

            (aa)  The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls
     sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are
     executed in accordance with management's general or specific
     authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
     preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to
     assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or
     specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is
     compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate
     action is taken with respect to any differences.

                                       9
<PAGE>

            (bb)  Except as described in the Registration Statement or
     Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent
     to the date of this Agreement), the Company has not sold, issued or
     distributed any shares of Common Stock, or any options, rights or warrants
     to purchase shares of Common Stock or any class of preferred stock of the
     Company, or any other securities convertible into Common Stock or such
     preferred stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof,
     including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A, Regulation D or Regulation S
     under the Securities Act, except for any options to purchase Common Stock
     or restricted stock granted to employees or consultants of the Company.
     Except as described in the Prospectus and except for any options to
     purchase Common Stock or restricted stock granted or committed for issuance
     to employees or consultants of the Company after the date of the Prospectus
     (which shall be in accordance with the Company's ordinary business practice
     and generally in accordance with written guidelines provided to the
     Representatives by the Company prior to the date hereof), there are no
     options, rights or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock or any class
     of preferred stock of the Company, or any other securities convertible into
     Common Stock or such preferred stock, outstanding, or any existing
     commitments by the Company to sell or issue shares of Common Stock or any
     such preferred stock.

            (cc)  The Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any preliminary
     prospectus comply in all material respects, and any amendments or
     supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any
     applicable laws or regulations of any jurisdiction in which the Prospectus
     or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable,
     is distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program; no consent,
     approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any
     governmental body or agency, other than those obtained, is required in
     connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction
     where the Directed Shares are being offered.

            (dd)  The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley or its
     affiliates to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share
     Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or
     supplier of the Company to alter the customer's or supplier's level or type
     of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to
     write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

                                       10
<PAGE>

            2.   Agreements to Sell and Purchase. The Company hereby agrees to
     sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of
     the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the
     conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to
     purchase from the Company the respective numbers of Firm Shares set forth
     in Schedule I hereto opposite its name at $______ a share (the "Purchase
     Price").

     On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this
Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell
to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have a
one-time right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to 1,275,000
Additional Shares at the Purchase Price. If the Representatives, on behalf of
the Underwriters, elect to exercise such option, the Representatives shall so
notify the Company in writing not later than 30 days after the date of this
Agreement, which notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be
purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be
purchased. Such date may be the same as the Closing Date (as defined below) but
not earlier than the Closing Date nor later than ten business days after the
date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4
hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection
with the offering of the Firm Shares. If any Additional Shares are to be
purchased, each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the
number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional
shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to
the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased as the number of Firm
Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter
bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

     The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during
the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, (i) offer, pledge,
sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any
option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase,
lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of
Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable
for Common Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers
to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership
of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or
(ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other
securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A)
the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance by the Company of shares of
Common Stock

                                       11
<PAGE>

upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security
outstanding on the date hereof of which the Underwriters have been advised in
writing , (C) the grant of options to purchase Common Stock or the issuance of
restricted stock to employees or consultants of the Company or (D) the issuance
of any shares of Common Stock or right to acquire shares of capital stock of the
Company; provided that, in the case of clauses (C) and (D), (x) any such option
or right to acquire shares of capital stock shall not be exercisable prior to
the expiration of the 180 day period (and the Company agrees not to accelerate
the exercisability thereof) or the recipient thereof shall have executed a
"lock-up" agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, (y) any such
shares of restricted stock shall have restrictions attached thereto
substantially to the effect of the "lock-up" agreement attached as Exhibit A
hereto or the recipient thereof shall have executed a "lock-up" agreement
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and (z) the recipient of any
shares of Common Stock shall have executed a "lock-up" agreement substantially
in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

       3.   Terms of Public Offering. The Company is advised by you that the
Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of
the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have
become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company is further
advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at
$_____________ a share (the "Public Offering Price") and to certain dealers
selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $______
a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and
such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $_____ a share, to any
Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

       4.   Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made to
the Company in Federal funds immediately available in New York City against
delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several
Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on ____________, 2000, or at
such other time on the same or such other date, not later than _________, 2000,
as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are
hereinafter referred to as the "Closing Date."

     Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal
funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional
Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on the date specified in the notice described in Section 2
or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later
than _______, 2000, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date
of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the "Option Closing Date."

                                       12
<PAGE>

     Certificates for the Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be in
definitive form and registered in such names and in such denominations as you
shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the
Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates
evidencing the Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on
the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the
respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any transfer taxes payable
in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid,
against payment of the Purchase Price therefor.

       5.   Conditions to the Underwriters' Obligations. The obligations of the
Company to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of
the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are
subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become
effective not later than 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof.

     The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following
further conditions:

            (a)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
     prior to the Closing Date:

                  (i)  there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall
          any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or
          of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the
          direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the
          Company's securities by any "nationally recognized statistical rating
          organization," as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2)
          under the Securities Act; and

                  (ii)  there shall not have occurred any change in the
          condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business,
          operations or prospects of the Company from that set forth in the
          Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto
          subsequent to the date of this Agreement) that, in your judgment, is
          material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment,
          impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner
          contemplated in the Prospectus.

            (b)  The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a
     certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the Chairman and Chief
     Executive Officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section
     5(a)(i)

                                       13
<PAGE>

     above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of
     the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the
     Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements
     and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or
     satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

     The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best
     of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

            (c)  The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
     opinion of Venture Law Group, A Professional Corporation, outside counsel
     for the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

                  (i)  the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly
          existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of Delaware,
          has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to
          conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly
          qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each
          jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or
          leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent
          that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not
          have a material adverse effect on the Company;

                  (ii)  the authorized capital stock of the Company conforms in
          all material respects as to legal matters to the description thereof
          contained in the Prospectus;

                  (iii)   the shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to or
          concurrently with the issuance of the Shares (including the shares of
          Common Stock issued upon conversion of all of the Company's preferred
          stock) have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid
          and non-assessable;

                  (iv)  the Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued
          and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be
          validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of
          such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive rights set forth in
          the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws or, to the
          knowledge of such counsel,

                                       14
<PAGE>

          similar rights, other than rights that have been validly waived with
          respect to the Shares;

                  (v)  this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
          delivered by the Company;

                  (vi)  the execution and delivery by the Company of, and the
          performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement
          will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the certificate
          of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or, to such counsel's
          knowledge, any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company
          that is material to the Company, or, to such counsel's knowledge, any
          judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court
          having jurisdiction over the Company, and no consent, approval,
          authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental
          body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its
          obligations under this Agreement, except such as have been obtained
          under the federal securities laws or as may be required by the
          securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with
          the offer and sale of the Shares;

                  (vii)   the statements (A) in the Prospectus under the
          captions "Risk Factors -- Risks Related to this Offering and Our
          Common Stock -- An aggregate of 40,952,916 shares, or approximately
          83%, of our outstanding stock will become eligible for resale in the
          public market between 180 days and one year after this offering, and
          future sales of this stock may cause our stock price to decline," the
          second sentence under "Dividend Policy," the second paragraph under
          "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
          Results of Operations -- Overview," the second paragraph under
          "Business -- Media Relationships," "Management -- Board Composition,"
          Management -- Board Committees," "Management -- Option Grants"
          "Management -- Change of Control Agreements," "Management -- Stock
          Plans," "Management -- Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
          Matters," "Related Party Transactions," "Description of Capital Stock"
          and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and

                                       15
<PAGE>

          (B) in the Registration Statement in Items 14 and
          15, in each case insofar as such statements constitute summaries of
          the legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein,
          fairly present the information called for with respect to such legal
          matters, documents and proceedings and fairly summarize the matters
          referred to therein;

                  (viii)   such counsel does not know of any legal or
          governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company is
          a party or to which any of the properties of the Company is subject
          that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
          Prospectus and are not so described or of any statutes, regulations,
          contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the
          Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to
          the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as
          required;

                  (ix)  the Company is not, and after giving effect to the
          offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds
          thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to
          register as an "investment company" as such term is defined in the
          Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and

                  (x)  such counsel has no reason to believe that (A) the
          Registration Statement and Prospectus (except for the financial
          statements and financial schedules and other financial and statistical
          data included therein, as to which such counsel need not express any
          belief) do not comply as to form in all material respects with the
          requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and
          regulations of the Commission thereunder or (B) (x) the Registration
          Statement and the prospectus included therein (except for the
          financial statements and financial schedules and other financial and
          statistical data included therein, as to which such counsel need not
          express any belief) at the time the Registration Statement became
          effective contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
          to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
          make the statements therein not misleading or (y) the Prospectus
          (except as stated) as of its date and as of the date hereof contained
          or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits
          to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
          therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
          not misleading.

                                       16
<PAGE>

            (d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the
Closing Date, covering the matters referred to in Sections 5(c)(iv), 5(c)(v),
5(c)(vii) (but only as to the statements in the Prospectus under "Description of
Capital Stock" and "Underwriters") and 5(c)(x) above.

            (e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
opinion of Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman, patent counsel for the Company,
dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

                  (i)  the statements in the Registration Statement and
          Prospectus in the third and fourth paragraphs under the caption "Risk
          Factors -- Risks Related to Our Business  -- Intellectual property
          claims against us could be costly and could result in the loss of
          significant rights," under the caption "Risk Factors -- Risks Related
          to our Service and Technology -- Our success depends on our ability to
          secure and protect patents, trademarks and other proprietary rights,"
          under the caption "Business -- Patents and Intellectual Property" and
          in the last sentence under the caption "Business -- Legal Matters"
          (the "Patent Paragraphs"), in each case insofar as such statements
          constitute summaries of the legal matters, documents or proceedings
          referred to therein, fairly present the information called for with
          respect to such legal matters, documents and proceedings and fairly
          summarize the matters referred to therein;

                  (ii)  to the knowledge of such counsel, there are no legal or
          governmental proceedings other than patent applications pending,
          relating to patent rights of the Company to which the Company is a
          party, and to such counsel's knowledge, no such proceedings are
          threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

                  (iii)   to the knowledge of such counsel, the Company has not
          received any communications in which it is alleged that the Company is
          infringing or violating the patent of third parties, except as
          disclosed in the Prospectus or to the Representatives in writing;

                  (iv)  to the knowledge of such counsel, except as disclosed in
          the Prospectus, the Company possesses all right, title and

                                       17
<PAGE>

          interest to all patent applications described or referred to in the
          Prospectus as owned by it; and

                  (v)  such counsel has no reason to believe that (A) the
          descriptions and statements in the Patent Paragraphs in the
          Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein at the time
          the Registration Statement became effective contained any untrue
          statement of a material fact with respect to patent rights of the
          Company or omitted to state a material fact with respect to patent
          rights of the Company required to be stated therein or necessary in
          order to make the statements therein not misleading or (B) the
          Prospectus as of its date and as of the date hereof contained or
          contains an untrue statement of a material fact with respect to patent
          rights of the Company or omitted or omits to state a material fact
          with respect to patent rights of the Company necessary in order to
          make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
          which they were made, not misleading.

          (f)  The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
opinion of Gipson, Hoffman & Pancione, copyright counsel for the Company, dated
the Closing Date, to the effect that:

                  (i)  the statements in the Registration Statement and
          Prospectus in the last paragraph under the caption "Risk Factors --
          Risks Related to Our Service and Technology  -- Intellectual property
          claims against us could be costly and could result in the loss of
          significant rights" and in the first three sentences under the caption
          "Business -- Legal Matters" (the "Copyright Paragraphs"), insofar as
          such statements constitute summaries of the legal matters, documents
          or proceedings referred to therein, fairly present the information
          called for with respect to such legal matters, documents and
          proceedings and fairly summarize the matters referred to therein;

                  (ii)  to the knowledge of such counsel, except as disclosed in
          the Prospectus, the Company has not received any communications in
          which it is alleged that the Company is infringing or violating the
          copyrights of third parties;

                  (iii)   to the knowledge of such counsel, except as disclosed
          in the Prospectus, the Company possesses all right, title and

                                       18
<PAGE>

          interest to all copyrighted materials described or referred to in the
          Prospectus as owned by it; and

                  (iv)  such counsel has no reason to believe that (A) the
          descriptions and statements in the Copyright Paragraph in the
          Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein at the time
          the Registration Statement became effective contained any untrue
          statement of a material fact with respect to copyrights of the Company
          or omitted to state a material fact with respect to copyrights of the
          Company required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make
          the statements therein not misleading or (B) the Prospectus as of its
          date and as of the date hereof contained or contains an untrue
          statement of a material fact with respect to copyrights of the Company
          or omitted or omits to state a material fact with respect to
          copyrights of the Company necessary in order to make the statements
          therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
          not misleading.

     With respect to Sections 5(c)(x), 5(e)(v) and 5(f)(vi) above, as
applicable, Venture Law Group, Davis Polk & Wardwell, Blakely, Sokoloff,
Taylor & Zafman and Gipson, Hoffman & Pancione may state that their opinion and
belief are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration
Statement and Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review
and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or
verification, except as specified.

     The opinions of Venture Law Group, Blakely, Sokoloff, Taylor & Zafman and
Gipson, Hoffman & Pancione described in Sections 5(c), 5(e) and 5(f) above shall
be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company and shall so state
therein.

            (g)  The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date
     hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing
     Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
     the Underwriters, from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent public
     accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily
     included in accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to
     the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus; provided that the letter
     delivered on the Closing Date shall use a "cut-off date" not earlier than
     the date hereof.

            (h)  The "lock-up" agreements, each substantially in the form of
     Exhibit A hereto, between Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and certain
     stockholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and

                                      19
<PAGE>

     certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other
     securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full
     force and effect on the Closing Date.

            (i)  The Nasdaq National Market shall have approved the Common Stock
     for listing, subject only to official notice of issuance.

     The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares
hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the Option Closing Date of such
documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the
Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares and other
matters related to the issuance of the Additional Shares.

       6.   Covenants of the Company. In further consideration of the agreements
of the Underwriters herein contained, the Company covenants with each
Underwriter as follows:

            (a)  To furnish to you, without charge, five signed copies of the
     Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to
     each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement
     (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without
     charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next
     succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in
     Section 6(c) below, as many copies of the Prospectus and any supplements
     and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may
     reasonably request.

            (b)  Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement or
     the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or
     supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to
     which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the
     applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any
     prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

            (c)  If, during such period after the first date of the public
     offering of the Shares as in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the
     Underwriters the Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in
     connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or
     condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement
     the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
     circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not
     misleading, or if,

                                       20
<PAGE>

     during such period, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the
     Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to
     comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission
     and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers
     (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares
     may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other
     dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so
     that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will
     not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to
     a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or
     supplemented, will comply with law.

            (d)  To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the
     securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably
     request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file
     any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign
     corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is
     not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing
     business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

            (e)  To make generally available to the Company's security holders
     and to you as soon as practicable an earning statement covering the twelve-
     month period ending __________, 2001 that satisfies the provisions of
     Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the
     Commission thereunder.

            (f)  To place stop transfer orders on any Directed Shares that have
     been sold to Participants subject to the three month restriction on sale,
     transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation imposed by NASD Regulation,
     Inc. under its Interpretative Material 2110-1 on free-riding and
     withholding to the extent necessary to ensure compliance with the three
     month restrictions.

            (g)  To comply with all applicable securities and other applicable
     laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed
     Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

            (h)  Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement
     are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be paid
     all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this
     Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the
     Company's counsel and the Company's accountants in connection with the
     registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all
     other fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of
     the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and
     amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing,

                                       21
<PAGE>

     including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and
     delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the
     quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to
     the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any
     transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or
     producing any Blue Sky memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of
     the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with
     the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities
     laws as provided in Section 6(d) hereof, including filing fees and the
     reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in
     connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky
     memorandum not to exceed $10,000, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable
     fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in
     connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares
     by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. not to exceed
     $20,000, (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and
     filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common
     Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the
     Nasdaq National Market, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing
     the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or
     depositary, (viii) all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the
     Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp
     duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the
     Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program, (ix) the costs
     and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any "road
     show" undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the
     Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the
     production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any
     consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the
     prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the
     representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and
     the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, and
     (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the
     obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise
     made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in
     this Section, Section 7 entitled "Indemnity and Contribution," and the last
     paragraph of Section 9 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs
     and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock
     transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any
     advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

       7.   Indemnity and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and
hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any
Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange

                                       22
<PAGE>

Act"), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities
(including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused
by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained
in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary
prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall
have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except
insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such
untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon
information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by
such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein; provided, however, that
the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus
shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person asserting
any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased Shares, or any person
controlling such Underwriter, if a copy of the Prospectus (as then amended or
supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements
thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Underwriter to such
person, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written
confirmation of the sale of the Shares to such person, and if the Prospectus (as
so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, unless such failure is a result of
noncompliance by the Company with Section 6(a) hereof.

       (b)   Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the
Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within
the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to
such Underwriter, but only with reference to information relating to such
Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you
expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the
Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto.

       (c)   In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation)
shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be
sought pursuant to Section 7(a) or 7(b), such person (the "indemnified party")
shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the
"indemnifying party") in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the
indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the
indemnifying party

                                       23
<PAGE>

may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of
such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified
party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses
of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the
indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the
retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding
(including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would
be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It
is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal
expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related
proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of
more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such
indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as
they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 7(a),
and by the Company, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 7(b).
The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding
effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if
there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to
indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason
of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior
written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending
or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could
have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such
indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of
such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter
of such proceeding.

       (d)   To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 7(a) or
7(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each
indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such
indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the
other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by
clause 7(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as
is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause
7(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of
the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or
omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities,

                                       24
<PAGE>

as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits
received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand
in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same
respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares
(before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting
discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set
forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public
Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand
and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to,
among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties'
relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters' respective obligations to
contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the
respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

       (e)   The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata
allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to in Section 7(d). The amount paid or payable
by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and
liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed
to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other
expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any
amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares
underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public
exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been
required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within
the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 7 are not exclusive
and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to
any indemnified party at law or in equity.

       (f)   The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section
7 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company
contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect
regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made
by

                                       25
<PAGE>

or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter or by
or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling
the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

                                       26
<PAGE>

       8.   Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination by
notice given by you to the Company, if (a) after the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have
been suspended or materially limited on or by, as the case may be, any of the
New

                                       27
<PAGE>

York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc., (ii) trading of any securities of the Company
shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market,
(iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in New York shall
have been declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or (iv) there
shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in
financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material
and adverse and (b) in the case of any of the events specified in clauses
8(a)(i) through 8(a)(iv), such event, singly or together with any other such
event, makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the
terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

        9.   Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters. This Agreement shall become
effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

     If, on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any
one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it
has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate
number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but
failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number
of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be
obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth
opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of
Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting
Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the
Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or
refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of
Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be
increased pursuant to this Section 9 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of
such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on
the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to
purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to
which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm
Shares to be purchased, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for
the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such
default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any
non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either you or the
Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for
longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the
Registration Statement and in the Prospectus or in any other documents or
arrangements may be effected. If, on the Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or
Underwriters shall fail or refuse to

                                       28
<PAGE>

purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with
respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate
number of Additional Shares to be purchased, the non-defaulting Underwriters
shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase
Additional Shares or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares
that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in
the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not
relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of
such Underwriter under this Agreement.

     If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them,
because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the
terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any
reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this
Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as
have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all
out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel)
reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or
the offering contemplated hereunder.

       11.   Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the
signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

       12.   Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

       13.   Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been
inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of
this Agreement.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          REPLAYTV, INC.


                                          By:
                                             --------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                      29
<PAGE>

Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
Chase Securities Inc.
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Wasserstein Perella Securities, Inc.

Acting severally on behalf of themselves
    and the several Underwriters named in
    Schedule I hereto.

By: Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated


By:
   --------------------------------------------------------
   Name:
   Title:

                                       30
<PAGE>


                                                                SCHEDULE I



               Underwriter                            Number of Firm Shares
                                                         To Be Purchased


Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.................

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc...........................

Chase Securities Inc..............................

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc......................

Wasserstein Perella Securities, Inc...............

                                                        --------------------
     Total:.......................................            8,500,000
                                                        ====================


                                       31
<PAGE>

                                                        EXHIBIT A


                             Replay Networks, Inc.

                             ----------, ---------


     Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
     1585 Broadway
     New York, NY 10036

     Dear Sirs and Mesdames:

          The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
     ("Morgan Stanley") proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the
     "Underwriting Agreement") with Replay Networks, Inc., a California
     corporation (the "Company"), providing for the public offering (the "Public
     Offering") by certain underwriters, including Morgan Stanley (the
     "Underwriters"), of an as yet undetermined number of shares (the "Shares")
     of the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the
     "Common Stock").
          To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering
     to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the
     undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan
     Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period
     commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public
     Offering (the "Prospectus") and continuing to and including the date 180
     days after the date of such final Prospectus, (1) offer, pledge, sell,
     contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any
     option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase,
     lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
     shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
     exchangeable for Common Stock (other than the Shares) or (2) enter into any
     swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part,
     any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock (other
     than the Shares), whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or
     (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other
     securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to
     transactions relating to any Shares purchased by the undersigned in the
     Public Offering or to shares of
<PAGE>

     Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after
     the completion of the Public Offering, and are not intended to prevent the
     undersigned from exercising or converting securities convertible into or
     exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (it being understood that any
     such shares of Common Stock shall be subject to the restrictions set forth
     herein). Further, the lock-up restriction described in this paragraph shall
     not apply to (a) bona fide gifts, (b) distributions of the capital stock of
     the Company to limited partners or shareholders of the undersigned, (c)
     dispositions to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the
     undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, or (d) if the
     undersigned is a corporation, transfers of the capital stock of the Company
     to any wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation; provided, however, that
                                                         --------  -------
     in any such case, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the
     transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth
     herein. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written
     consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not,
     during the period commencing on the date of the final Prospectus and
     continuing to and including 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, make
     any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of
     any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable
     or exchangeable for Common Stock.

          Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number
     of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be
     made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject
     to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

                                          Very truly yours,



                                          ----------------------------
                                          Name


                                          ----------------------------
                                          Authorized Signature

                                          Address:



                                       2

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3

                                REPLAYTV, INC.

                            1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                       (Amended as of January 21, 2000)

     1.  Purposes of the Plan.  The purposes of this 1997 Stock Option Plan are
         --------------------
to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial
responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants of
the Company and its Subsidiaries and to promote the success of the Company's
business.  Options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options (as
defined under Section 422 of the Code) or nonstatutory stock options, as
determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to
the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code, as amended, and the
regulations promulgated thereunder.

     2.   Definitions.  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
          -----------

          (a) "Administrator" means the Board or its Committee appointed
               -------------
pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

          (b)  "Applicable Laws" means the legal requirements relating to the
                ---------------
administration of stock option and restricted stock purchase plans under
applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state
securities laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the
applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options are granted
under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in
place from time to time.

          (c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
               -----

          (d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
               ----

          (e) "Committee" means one or more committees or subcommittees of the
               ---------
Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4
below.

          (f) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company.
               ------------

          (g) "Company" means ReplayTV, Inc., a California corporation.
               -------

          (h) "Consultant" means any person, including an advisor, who is
               ----------
engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render services and is
compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether
compensated for such services or not.

          (i) "Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant" means the absence
               ----------------------------------------------
of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant.
Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered
interrupted in the case of:  (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any
other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that
<PAGE>

such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless
reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or
statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from
time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company
or between the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective successors. A
change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an
Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Status as an Employee
or Consultant.

          (j) "Employee" means any person, including officers and directors,
               --------
employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, with the
status of employment determined based upon such minimum number of hours or
periods worked as shall be determined by the Administrator in its discretion,
subject to any requirements of the Code.  The payment of a director's fee to a
Director shall not be sufficient to constitute "employment" of such Director by
the Company.

          (k) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
               ------------
amended.

          (l) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the fair market value
               -----------------
of Common Stock as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis
as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants.
Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon
the closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the
applicable date.

          (m) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to qualify as an
               ----------------------
incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as
designated in the applicable written option agreement.

          (n)  "Listed Security" means any security of the Company that is
                ---------------
listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated
or approved for designation as a national market system security on an
interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc.

          (o) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to
               -------------------------
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable written
option agreement.

          (p) "Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
               ------

          (q) "Optioned Stock" means the Common Stock subject to an Option.
               --------------

          (r) "Optionee" means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.
               --------

          (s) "Parent" means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
               ------           ------------------
existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

          (t) "Participant" means any holder of one or more Options, or the
               -----------
Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such Options, under the Plan.

          (u) "Plan" means this 1997 Stock Option Plan.
               ----

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

          (v) "Reporting Person" means an officer, director, or greater than ten
               ----------------
percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the
Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the
Exchange Act.

          (w) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act,
               ----------
as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

          (x) "Share" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in
               -----
accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.

          (y) "Stock Exchange" means any stock exchange or consolidated stock
               --------------
price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any
given time.

          (z) "Subsidiary" means a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
               ----------           ----------------------
hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor
provision.

     3.  Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of
         -------------------------
the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be sold under the Plan
is 9,600,000 shares of Common Stock.  The shares may be authorized, but
unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.  If an Option should expire or become
unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the
unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have
been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.  In addition,
any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an
Option in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such Option or any
withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise shall be treated as not
issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan.  Shares repurchased by
the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall
not be available for future grant under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the above,
with respect to up to an aggregate of 7,600,000 Shares (a) subject to Options
granted under the Plan that become available for resale under the Plan as a
result of cancellations of such Options and (b) sold under the Plan that are
repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company
may have, such Shares shall not be available for resale under the Plan, but
shall be treated as though transferred to, and shall thereafter be available for
sale under, the Company's 1999 Stock Plan.

     4.   Administration of the Plan.
          --------------------------

          (a) General.  The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a
              -------
Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board.  The Plan may
be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different
classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may
authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.

          (b) Committee Composition.  If a Committee has been appointed pursuant
              ---------------------
to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated
capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.  From time to time the Board may
increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof,
remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution
therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent
permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering
the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of
the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions.

          (c)  Powers of the Administrator.  Subject to the provisions of the
               ---------------------------
Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board
to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its
discretion:

               (i)     to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock,
in accordance with Section 2(l) of the Plan;

               (ii)    to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Options
may from time to time be granted;

               (iii)   to determine whether and to what extent Options are
granted;

               (iv)    to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be
covered by each award granted;

               (v)     to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the
Plan;

               (vi)    to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent
with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder;

               (vii)   to determine whether and under what circumstances an
Option may be settled in cash under Section 9(f) instead of Common Stock;

               (viii)  to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then-
current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered
by such Option shall have declined since the date the Option was granted;

               (ix)    to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and
awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and
decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants; and

               (x)     in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without
amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options to Participants who are foreign
nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize
differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

     5.   Eligibility.
          -----------

          (a) Recipients of Grants.  Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted
              --------------------
to Employees and Consultants.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to
Employees.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

          (b) Type of Option.  Each Option shall be designated in the written
              --------------
option agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock
Option.  However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the
aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Options
designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any
Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent
or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as
Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock
Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and
the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall
be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

          (c) Employment Relationship.  The Plan shall not confer upon any
              -----------------------
Optionee any right with respect to continuation of employment or consulting
relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such
Optionee's right or the Company's right to terminate his or her employment or
consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

     6.   Term of Plan.  The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to
          ------------
occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the
shareholders of the Company as described in Section 18 of the Plan.  It shall
continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under
Section 14 of the Plan.

     7.   Term of Option.  The term of each Option shall be the term stated in
          --------------
the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten
(10) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be
provided in the Option Agreement.  However, in the case of an Incentive Stock
Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock
representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the
Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter
term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

     8.   Option Exercise Price and Consideration.
          ---------------------------------------

          (a)  The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant
to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the
Administrator and set forth in the applicable option agreement, but shall be
subject to the following:

               (i)  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is:

                     (A)  granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant
of such Incentive Stock Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent
(10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company
or any Parent or Subsidiary (a "Ten Percent Holder"), the per Share exercise
                                ------------------
price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date
of grant.
                     (B)  granted to any Employee, the per Share exercise price
shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of
grant.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>


               (ii)  In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option that is:

                     (A) granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common
Stock becomes a Listed Security to a person who is at the time of grant is a Ten
Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the
Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable
Laws and, if not so required, shall be such price as is determined by the
Administrator;
                     (B) granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common
Stock becomes a Listed Security to any person other than a Ten Percent Holder,
the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value
per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable Laws and, if not so
required, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator; or

                     (C) granted on or after the date, if any, on which the
Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to any eligible person, the per Share
exercise price shall be such price as determined by the Administrator, provided
that is such person is, at the time of the grant of the Option, a Named
Executive of the Company, the per Share Exercise Price shall be no less than
100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant if such Option is intended to
qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and
if not so intended shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator.

               (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with
a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or
other corporate transaction.

          (b)  The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon
exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by
the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be
determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash, (2)
check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares that (x) in the case of Shares
acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more
than six months on the date of surrender or such other period as may be required
to avoid a charge to the Company's earnings, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on
the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to
which such Option shall be exercised, (5) delivery of a properly executed
exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and
the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and
delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the
exercise price and any applicable income or employment taxes, (6) delivery of an
irrevocable subscription agreement for the Shares that irrevocably obligates the
option holder to take and pay for the Shares not more than twelve months after
the date of delivery of the subscription agreement, or (7) any combination of
the foregoing methods of payment.  In making its determination as to the type of
consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such
consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     9.   Exercise of Option.
          ------------------

          (a)  General.
               -------

               (i) Exercisability. Any Option granted hereunder shall be
                   --------------
exercisable such times and under such conditions as determined by the
Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option
Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with
respect to the Company and/or the Optionee; provided however that, if required
by the Applicable Laws, any Option granted prior to the date, if any, upon which
the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall become exercisable at the rate
of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted. In
the event that any of the Shares issued upon exercise of an Option (which
exercise occurs prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a
Listed Security) should be subject to a right of repurchase in the Company's
favor, such repurchase right shall, if required by the Applicable Laws, lapse at
the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is
granted. Notwithstanding the above, in the case of an Option granted to an
officer, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the
Option may become fully exercisable, or a repurchase right, if any, in favor of
the Company shall lapse, at any time or during any period established by the
Administrator.
               (ii)  Fractional Shares.  An Option may not be exercised for a
                     -----------------
fraction of a Share.

               (iii) Procedures for and Results of Exercise. An Option shall be
                     --------------------------------------
deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the
Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to
exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares
with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized
by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment
allowable under Section 8(b) of the Plan.

     Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the
number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan
and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is
exercised.

               (iv) Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance (as evidenced by
                    ---------------------
the entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of
the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other
rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock,
notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a
dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock
certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

          (b)  Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship.  Subject to
               ----------------------------------------------------
Section 9(c) and (d), in the event of termination of an Optionee's Continuous
Status as an Employee or Consultant with the Company, such Optionee may, but
only within three (3) months (or such other period of time not less than thirty
(30) days as is determined by the Administrator, with such determination in the
case of an Incentive Stock Option being made at

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

the time of grant of the Option) after the date of such termination (but in no
event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in
the Option Agreement), exercise his or her Option to the extent that the
Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the
extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such
termination, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so
entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. No
termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 9(b) shall not apply if
(i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee; or (ii) the Optionee
is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

          (c)  Disability of Optionee.  Notwithstanding Section 9(b) above,
               ----------------------

               (i) In the event of termination of an Optionee's Continuous
Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of his or her total and
permanent disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code),
Optionee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the date of such
termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such
Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent
otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent
that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of
termination, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so
entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

               (ii) In the event of termination of an Optionee's Continuous
Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of a disability which does not
fall within the meaning of total and permanent disability (as set forth in
Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may, but only within six (6) months from
the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of
the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the
Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such
termination. However, to the extent that such Optionee fails to exercise an
Option which is an Incentive Stock Option ("ISO") (within the meaning of Section
                                            ---
422 of the Code) within three (3) months of the date of such termination, the
Option will not qualify for ISO treatment under the Code. To the extent that
Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or
if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within six
months (6) from the date of termination, the Option shall terminate.

          (d)  Death of Optionee. Notwithstanding Section 9(b) above, in the
               -----------------
event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Status as an
Employee or Consultant since the date of grant of the Option, or within thirty
(30) days following termination of Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee
or Consultant, the Option may be exercised, at any time within six (6) months
following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration date of
the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by Optionee's
estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest
or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued
at the date of death or, if earlier, the date of termination of Optionee's
Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant.  To the extent that Optionee was
not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death or termination, as the
case may be, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so
entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

          (e)  Rule 16b-3.  Options granted to Reporting Persons shall comply
               ----------
with Rule 16b-3 and shall contain such additional conditions or restrictions as
may be required thereunder to qualify for the maximum exemption for Plan
transactions.

          (f) Buyout Provisions. The Administrator may at any time offer to buy
              -----------------
out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such
terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the
Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

          (g)  Extension of Exercise Period.  The Administrator shall have full
               ----------------------------
power and authority to extend the period of time for which an Option is to
remain exercisable following termination of an Optionee's Continuous Service as
an Employee or Consultant from the periods set forth in Sections 9(b), 9(c) or
9(d) above or in the applicable option agreement to such greater time as the
Administrator shall deem appropriate, provided that in no event shall an Option
be exercisable later than the date of expiration of the term of the Option as
set forth in the option agreement.

     10.  Stock Withholding to Satisfy Withholding Tax Obligations.  At the
          --------------------------------------------------------
discretion of the Administrator, Optionees may satisfy withholding obligations
as provided in this paragraph.  When an Optionee incurs tax liability in
connection with an Option, which tax liability is subject to tax withholding
under applicable tax laws, and the Optionee is obligated to pay the Company an
amount required to be withheld under applicable tax laws, the Optionee may
satisfy the withholding tax obligation by one or some combination of the
following methods:  (a) by cash payment, or (b) out of Optionee's current
compensation, (c) if permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, by
surrendering to the Company Shares that (i) in the case of Shares previously
acquired from the Company, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six
months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a fair market value on the date
of surrender equal to or less than amount required to be withheld under
applicable tax laws, or (d) by electing to have the Company withhold from the
Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option, if any, that number of Shares
having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld.  If the
Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a
Participant's tax withholding obligations under this Section 10, the
Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld or surrendered in an amount
that exceeds the Participant's minimum statutory withholding rates for federal
and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.  For this purpose, the Fair
Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that
the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the "Tax Date").
                                                           --------
     Any surrender by a Reporting Person of previously owned Shares to satisfy
tax withholding obligations arising upon exercise of this Option must comply
with the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3.

     All elections by an Optionee to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax
withholding obligations shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the
Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:

          (a)  the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date;

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

          (b)  once made, the election shall be irrevocable as to the particular
Shares of the Option as to which the election is made; and

          (c)  all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of
the Administrator.

     In the event the election to have Shares withheld is made by an Optionee
and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is
filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Optionee shall receive the full
number of Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised but such Optionee
shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper
number of Shares on the Tax Date.

     11.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
Transactions.
- ------------

          (a)  Changes in Capitalization.  Subject to any required action by the
               -------------------------
shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by
each outstanding Option, and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been
authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been
granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration
of an Option, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each
such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or
decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock
split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or
reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the
number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of
consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any
convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected
without receipt of consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the
Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and
conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of
shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of
any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with
respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

          (b)  Dissolution or Liquidation.  In the event of the proposed
               --------------------------
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board shall notify the Optionee
at least fifteen (15) days prior to such proposed action.  To the extent it has
not been previously exercised, the Option will terminate immediately prior to
the consummation of such proposed action.

          (c)  Merger or Sale of Assets.  In the event of a proposed sale of all
               ------------------------
or substantially all of the Company's assets or a merger of the Company with or
into another corporation where the successor corporation issues its securities
or other consideration to the Company's shareholders, each outstanding Option
shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such
successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation,
unless the successor corporation does not agree to assume the Option or to
substitute an equivalent option, in which case such Option shall terminate upon
the consummation of the merger or sale of assets.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

     For purposes of this Section 11(c), an Option shall be considered
assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other
consideration upon a merger or sale of assets each Optionee would be entitled to
receive upon exercise of the Option the same number and kind of shares of stock
or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have
been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder
had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of
Shares of Common Stock covered by the Option at such time (after giving effect
to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option as provided for
in this Section 11); provided that if such consideration received in the
transaction is not solely common stock of the successor corporation, the
Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for
the consideration to be received upon exercise of the award to be solely common
stock of the successor corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per
Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

          (d)  Certain Distributions.  In the event of any distribution to the
               ---------------------
Company's shareholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other
than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of
consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion,
appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each
outstanding Option to reflect the effect of such distribution.

     12.  Non-Transferability of Options.
          ------------------------------

          (a)  General.  Except as set forth in this Section 12, Options may not
               --------
be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any
manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution.  The
designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer.  An
Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of Option, only by
such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 12.

          (b)  Limited Transferability Rights.  Notwithstanding anything else in
               ------------------------------
this Section 12, prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a
Listed Security, the Administrator may in its discretion grant Nonstatutory
Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or
testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon
the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift to "Immediate Family" (as defined
below), on such terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.
Following the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security,
the Administrator may in its discretion grant transferable Nonstatutory Stock
Options pursuant to option agreements specifying the manner in which such
Nonstatutory Stock Options are transferable.  "Immediate Family" means any
                                               ----------------
child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling,
mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or
sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships.

     Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or
disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or
distribution and may be exercised or purchased during the lifetime of the
Optionee, only by the Optionee.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

     13.  Time of Granting Options.  The date of grant of an Option shall, for
          ------------------------
all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination
granting such Option, or such other date as is determined by the Board; provided
however that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be
the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination
granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the
Optionee's employment relationship with the Company.  Notice of the
determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option is
so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

     14.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan.
          -------------------------------------

          (a) Authority to Amend or Terminate. The Board may at any time amend,
              -------------------------------
alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension
or discontinuation shall be made that would impair the rights of any Optionee
under any grant theretofore made, without his or her consent. In addition, to
the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 or with Section 422
of the Code (or any other Applicable Law), the Company shall obtain shareholder
approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as
required.

          (b)  Effect of Amendment or Termination.  No amendment or termination
               ----------------------------------
of the Plan shall adversely affect Options already granted, unless mutually
agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Board, which agreement must be in
writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

     15.  Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.  Shares shall not be issued
          ----------------------------------
pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the
issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all
relevant provisions of the Applicable Laws.

     As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the
person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such
exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any
present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of
counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law.

     16.  Reservation of Shares.  The Company, during the term of this Plan,
          ---------------------
will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.  The inability of the
Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which
authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful
issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any
liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which
such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

     17.  Agreements.  Options shall be evidenced by written agreements in such
          ----------
form as the Administrator shall approve from time to time.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

     18.  Shareholder Approval.  Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to
          --------------------
approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or
after the date the Plan is adopted.  Such shareholder approval shall be obtained
in the degree and manner required under the Applicable Laws.  All Options issued
under the Plan shall become void in the event such approval is not obtained.

     19.  Information and Documents to Optionees and Purchasers.  Prior to the
          -----------------------------------------------------
date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if
required by the Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide financial statements
at least annually to each Optionee and to each individual who acquired Shares
pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or
more Options outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares
pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares.  The
Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of
Options under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection
with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

                                 REPLAYTV, INC.

                             1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                          NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
                          ----------------------------

((Optionee))


     You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock ("Common Stock")
                                                                ------------
of ReplayTV, Inc. (the "Company") as follows:
                        -------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Board Approval Date:               ((BoardApprovalDate))
     <S>                                <C>

     Date of Grant (Later of Board
     Approval Date or Commence-
     ment of Employment/Consulting):    ((GrantDate))

     Vesting Commencement Date:         ((VestingCommenceDate))

     Exercise Price per Share:          $((ExercisePrice))

     Total Number of Shares Granted:    ((NoofShares))

     Total Exercise Price:              $((TotalExercisePrice))

     Type of Option:                    ((ISOAmount)) Shares Incentive
                                          Stock Option

                                        ((NSOAmount)) Shares Nonstatutory
                                          Stock Option

     Term/Expiration Date:              ((ExpirDate))

     Vesting Schedule:                  This Option may be exercised, in whole
                                        or in part, in accordance with the
                                        following schedule:
                                        ((CliffVestAmount)) of the Shares
                                        subject to the Option shall vest on
                                        the ((CliffMonthNumber)) month
                                        anniversary of the Vesting
                                        Commencement Date and
                                        1/((TotalVestingMonths)) of the total
                                        number of Shares subject to the
                                        Option shall vest each month thereafter.

     Termination Period:                Option may be exercised for 30 days
                                        after termination of employment or
                                        consulting relationship except as
                                        set out in Sections 6 and 7 of the
                                        Stock Option Agreement (but in no
                                        event later than the Expiration Date).

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

     By your signature and the signature of the Company's representative below,
you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the
terms and conditions of the 1997 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option
Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.


((Optionee))                            REPLAYTV, INC.


- ------------------------------          By:--------------------------
Signature


- ------------------------------             --------------------------
Print Name                                 Print Name and Title

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                 REPLAYTV, INC.

                             1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------


     1.   Grant of Option.  ReplayTV, Inc., a California corporation (the
          ---------------
"Company"), hereby grants to ((Optionee)) ("Optionee"), an option (the "Option")
 -------                                    --------                    ------
to purchase a total number of shares of Common Stock (the "Shares") set forth in
                                                           ------
the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in
the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the "Exercise Price") subject to the terms,
                                       --------------
definitions and provisions of the ReplayTV, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan (the

"Plan") adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 ----
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the
same defined meanings in this Option.

          If designated an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

     2.   Exercise of Option.  This Option shall be exercisable during its Term
          ------------------
in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option
Grant and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

          (a)   Right to Exercise.
                -----------------

                (i)   This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a
share.

                (ii)  In the event of Optionee's death, disability or other
termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by
Sections 5, 6 and 7 below, subject to the limitation contained in
Section 2(a)(i).

                (iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of
expiration of the Term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Stock Option
Grant.

          (b)   Method of Exercise.  This Option shall be exercisable by
                ------------------
execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase
Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Exercise Agreement") or of any
                             ---------       ------------------
other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which
shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in
respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other
representations and agreements as to the holder's investment intent with
respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed
by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the
Secretary of the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied

                                       3
<PAGE>

by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised
upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise
Price.

          No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless
such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of
applicable law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares
may then be listed.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the
Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the
Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

     3.   Method of Payment.  Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of
          -----------------
the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

          (a)   cash;

          (b)   check;

          (c)   surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company which
(i) in the case of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Company option,
have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of
surrender, and (ii) have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to
the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

          (d)   if there is a public market for the Shares and they are
registered under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended, delivery of a
properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a
broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds
required to pay the exercise price; or

     4.   Restrictions on Exercise.  This Option may not be exercised until such
          ------------------------
time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the
issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable
federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under
Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the
Federal Reserve Board.  As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the
Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the
Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation.

     5.   Termination of Relationship.  In the event of termination of
          ---------------------------
Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, Optionee may, to
the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the
"Termination Date"), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set
 ----------------
forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  To the extent that Optionee was
not entitled to exercise this Option at such Termination Date, or if Optionee
does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period, the Option shall
terminate.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     6.   Disability of Optionee.
          ----------------------

          (a)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, in the
event of termination of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a
result of Optionee's total and permanent disability (as defined in Section
22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may, but only within twelve (12) months from
the Termination Date (but in no event later than the Expiration Date set forth
in the Notice of Stock Option Grant), exercise this Option to the extent
Optionee was entitled to exercise it as of such Termination Date.  To the
extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option as of the
Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option (to the extent
so entitled) within the time specified in this Section 6(a), the Option shall
terminate.

          (b)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, in the
event of termination of Optionee's consulting relationship or Continuous
Status as an Employee as a result of disability not constituting a total and
permanent disability (as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee
may, but only within six (6) months from the Termination Date (but in no event
later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant),
exercise the Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it as of
such Termination Date; provided, however, that if this is an Incentive Stock
Option and Optionee fails to exercise this Incentive Stock Option within three
(3) months from the Termination Date, this Option will cease to qualify as an
Incentive Stock Option (as defined in Section 422 of the Code) and Optionee
will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary
income at the time of such exercise in an amount generally measured by the
difference between the Exercise Price for the Shares and the fair market
value of the Shares on the date of exercise.  To the extent that Optionee was
not entitled to exercise the Option at the Termination Date, or if Optionee
does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time
specified in this Section 6(b), the Option shall terminate.

     7.   Death of Optionee.  In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during
          -----------------
the Term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and
having been in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of
grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee's Termination
Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following
the date of death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date set forth in
the Notice of Stock Option Grant), by Optionee's estate or by a person who
acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to
the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the Termination Date.

     8.   Non-Transferability of Option.  This Option may not be transferred in
          -----------------------------
any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and
may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her.  The terms
of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs,
successors and assigns of Optionee.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     9.   Term of Option.  This Option may be exercised only within the Term set
          --------------
forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, subject to the limitations set forth
in Section 7 of the Plan.

     10.  Tax Consequences.  Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date
          ----------------
of this Option of certain of the federal and California tax consequences of
exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect
as of the Date of Grant.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX
LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.  OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX
ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

          (a)   Exercise of Incentive Stock Option.  If this Option qualifies as
                ----------------------------------
an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal or California income
tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of
the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise
Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for
federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in
the year of exercise.

          (b)   Exercise of Nonstatutory Stock Option.  If this Option does not
                -------------------------------------
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal income tax
liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option.
Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at
ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value
of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.  If Optionee is
an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's
compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing
authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the
time of exercise.

          (c)   Disposition of Shares.  In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock
                ---------------------
Option, if Shares are held for at least one year, any gain realized on
disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal
and California income tax purposes.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option,
if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least one year
after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Date of Grant,
any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term
capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes.  If Shares
purchased under an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one-year
period or within two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such
disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income
rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser
of (i) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the
sale price of the Shares.

                                       6
<PAGE>

          (d)   Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Incentive Stock Option
                -------------------------------------------------------------
Shares.  If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an Incentive Stock Option,
- ------
and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired
pursuant to the Incentive Stock Option on or before the later of (i) the date
two years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one year after the date of
exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such
disposition.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to
income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by
Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current
earnings paid to Optionee.

     11.   Withholding Tax Obligations.  Optionee understands that, upon
           ---------------------------
exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, he or she will recognize income for tax
purposes in an amount equal to the excess of the then fair market value of the
Shares over the Exercise Price.  However, the timing of this income recognition
may be deferred for up to six months if Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").  If Optionee
                                                  ------------
is an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's
compensation, or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing
authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.
Additionally, Optionee may at some point be required to satisfy tax withholding
obligations with respect to the disqualifying disposition of an Incentive Stock
Option.  Optionee shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation arising
upon the exercise of this Option by one or some combination of the following
methods:  (a) by cash payment, (b) out of Optionee's current compensation, (c)
if permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, by surrendering to the
Company Shares which (i) in the case of Shares previously acquired from the
Company, have been owned by Optionee for more than six months on the date of
surrender, and (ii) have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to
or greater than Optionee's marginal tax rate times the ordinary income
recognized, or (d) by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to
be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of Shares having a fair market
value equal to the amount required to be withheld.  For this purpose, the fair
market value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that
the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the "Tax Date").
                                                           --------

     If Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act (an "Insider"),
                                                                   -------
any surrender of previously owned Shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations
arising upon exercise of this Option must comply with the applicable provisions
of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act ("Rule 16b-3").
                                                   ----------

     All elections by Optionee to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax
withholding obligations shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the
Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:

          (a)   the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax
Date;

                                       7
<PAGE>

          (b)   once made, the election shall be irrevocable as to the
particular Shares of the Option as to which the election is made; and

          (c)   all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of
the Administrator.

     12.   Market Standoff Agreement.  In connection with the initial public
           -------------------------
offering of the Company's securities and upon request of the Company or the
underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company's securities,
Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any
option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Shares (other than those
included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company
or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed
180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by
the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting
the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public
offering.





                            [Signature Page Follows]

                                       8
<PAGE>

     This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one
document.

                                        REPLAYTV, INC.


                                        By:--------------------------


                                           --------------------------
                                           (Print Name and Title)

     OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE
OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT THE WILL
OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR
ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER).  OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT
NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY'S STOCK OPTION PLAN WHICH IS
INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH
RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL
IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO
TERMINATE OPTIONEE'S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT
CAUSE.

     Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he
or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts
this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Optionee has
reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to
obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully
understands all provisions of the Option.  Optionee hereby agrees to accept as
binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the
Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.



Dated:------------------------          -----------------------------
                                        ((Optionee))

                                       9
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A
                                   ---------

                                 REPLAYTV, INC.

                             1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

            EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
            -------------------------------------------------------

     This Agreement ("Agreement") is made as of ________________, by and between
                      ---------
ReplayTV, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), and ((Optionee))
                                               -------
("Purchaser").  To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are
  ---------
not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 1997 Stock
Option Plan.

     1.   Exercise of Option.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,
          ------------------
Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase ____________
shares of the Common Stock (the "Shares") of the Company under and pursuant to
                                 ------
the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") and the Stock Option Agreement
                                           ----
granted ((GrantDate)), (the "Option Agreement").  The purchase price for the
                             ----------------
Shares shall be $((ExercisePrice)) per Share for a total purchase price of
$__________________.  The term "Shares" refers to the purchased Shares and all
                                ------
securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or
splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a
recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new,
substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is
entitled by reason of Purchaser's ownership of the Shares.

     2.   Time and Place of Exercise.  The purchase and sale of the Shares under
          --------------------------
this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously
with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2(b) of the Option Agreement.  On such date, the Company
will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased
by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser's name) against payment of the
exercise price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company,
(b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of
shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 3 of the
Option Agreement, or (d) by a combination of the foregoing.

     3.   Limitations on Transfer.  In addition to any other limitation on
          -----------------------
transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign,
encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the
provisions below and applicable securities laws.

          (a)   Right of First Refusal.  Before any Shares held by Purchaser or
                ----------------------
any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the

"Holder") may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or
 ------
operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first
refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this
Section 3(a) (the "Right of First Refusal").
                   ----------------------

                (i)   Notice of Proposed Transfer.  The Holder of the Shares
                      ---------------------------
shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the "Notice") stating:  (i) the
                                                    ------
Holder's bona fide

                                       10
<PAGE>

intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each
proposed purchaser or other transferee ("Proposed Transferee"); (iii) the number
                                         -------------------
of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and
conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares
at the same price (the "Offered Price") and upon the same
                        -------------
terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its
assignee(s).

                (ii)  Exercise of Right of First Refusal.  At any time within
                      ----------------------------------
thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its
assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all,
but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or
more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in
accordance with subsection (iii) below.

                (iii) Purchase Price.  The purchase price ("Purchase Price")
                      --------------                        --------------
for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section
3(a) shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration
other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall
be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

                (iv)  Payment.  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made,
                      -------
at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by
cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder
to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee),
or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in
the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

                (v)   Holder's Right to Transfer.  If all of the Shares
                      --------------------------
proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are
not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this
Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to
that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided
that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date
of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is
effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed
Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall
continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.
If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed
Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the
price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee,
a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its
assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before
any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

                (vi)  Exception for Certain Family Transfers.  Anything to the
                      --------------------------------------
contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or
all of the Shares during Purchaser's lifetime or on Purchaser's death by will or
intestacy to Purchaser's Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of
Purchaser's Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section
3(a).  "Immediate Family" as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or
        ----------------
antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.  In such case, the transferee or
other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the
provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such
Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

                                       11
<PAGE>

          (b)   Involuntary Transfer.
                --------------------

                (i)   Company's Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer.
                      -----------------------------------------------------
In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by
operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but
excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above)
of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company
shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of
the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the fair
market value of the Shares on the date of transfer.  Upon such a transfer, the
person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company
of such transfer.  The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the
Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of
written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

                (ii)  Price for Involuntary Transfer.  With respect to any
                      ------------------------------
stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share
shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will
reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and
future prospects of the Company.  The Company shall notify Purchaser or
his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days
after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed
transfer of Shares.  However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the
valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the purchaser
shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser
to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees
shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

          (c)   Assignment.  The right of the Company to purchase any part of
                ----------
the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or
shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations; provided,
                                                               --------
however, that an assignee, other than a corporation that is the parent or a
- -------
100% owned subsidiary of the Company, must pay the Company, upon assignment of
such right, cash equal to the difference between the original purchase price
and fair market value, if the original purchase price is less than the fair
market value of the Shares subject to the assignment.

          (d)   Restrictions Binding on Transferees.  All transferees of Shares
                -----------------------------------
or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to
the provisions of this Agreement.  Any sale or transfer of the Company's Shares
shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

          (e)   Termination of Rights.  The right of first refusal granted the
                ---------------------
Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the
event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall
terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general
public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act").  Upon termination of the right of first refusal
              --------------
described in Section 3(a) above, a new certificate or certificates representing
the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend
referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

                                       12
<PAGE>

     4.   Investment and Taxation Representations.  In connection with the
          ---------------------------------------
purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

          (a)   Purchaser is aware of the Company's business affairs and
financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company
to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the securities.
Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own
account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any
"distribution" thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

          (b)   Purchaser understands that the securities have not been
registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption
therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide
nature of Purchaser's investment intent as expressed herein.

          (c)   Purchaser understands that the Shares are "restricted
securities" under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that,
pursuant to these laws, Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless
they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified
by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification
requirements is available. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no
obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale.  Purchaser further
acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is
available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not
limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and
requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser's
control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to
satisfy.

          (d)   Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax
consequences as a result of Purchaser's purchase or disposition of the Shares.
Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser
deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and
that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

     5.   Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.
          --------------------------------------------

          (a)   Legends.  The certificate or certificates representing the
                -------
Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by
applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

          (i)   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
                REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN
                ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION
                WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR
                DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
                STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM
                SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT
                REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                                       13
<PAGE>

          (ii)  THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED
                ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE
                COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE
                SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

          (b)   Stop-Transfer Notices.  Purchaser agrees that, in order to
                ---------------------
ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may
issue appropriate "stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent, if any,
and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate
notations to the same effect in its own records.

          (c)   Refusal to Transfer.  The Company shall not be required (i) to
                -------------------
transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in
violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner
of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser
or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

     6.   No Employment Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any
          --------------------
manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary
of the Company, to terminate Purchaser's employment, for any reason, with or
without cause.

     7.   Market Stand-off Agreement.  In connection with the initial public
          --------------------------
offering of the Company's securities and upon request of the Company or the
underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company's securities,
Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for
the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Shares (other than those included
in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such
underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180
days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the
Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the
foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public
offering.

     8.   Miscellaneous.
          -------------

          (a)   Governing Law.  This Agreement and all acts and transactions
                -------------
pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be
governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

          (b)   Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights.  This Agreement sets
                ---------------------------------------
forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the
subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them.  No
modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights
under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties
to this Agreement.  The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this
Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

          (c)   Severability.  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are
                ------------
held to be((unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate
such provision in

                                       14
<PAGE>

good faith.  In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and
enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be
excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be
interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the
Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

          (d)   Construction.  This Agreement is the result of negotiations
                ------------
between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective
counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product
of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or
against any one of the parties hereto.

          (e)   Notices.  Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement
                -------
shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally
or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in
the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and
addressed to the party to be notified at such party's address as set forth
below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

          (f)   Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
                ------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall constitute one instrument.

          (g)   Successors and Assigns.  The rights and benefits of this
                ----------------------
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company's
successors and assigns.  The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this
Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

          (h)   California Corporate Securities Law.  THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES
                -----------------------------------
WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE
COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE
SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR
PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT
FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA
CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY
CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

                                       15
<PAGE>

     The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock
Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

                                        COMPANY:

                                        REPLAYTV, INC.


                                        By:--------------------------


                                        Name:------------------------
                                             (Print)


                                        Title:-----------------------


                                        Address:

                                        1945 Charleston Road
                                        Mountain View, CA 94043-1201

                                        PURCHASER:

                                        ((Optionee))


                                        -----------------------------
                                        (Signature)

                                        Address:

                                        -----------------------------

                                        -----------------------------

I, -----------------------, spouse of ((Optionee)), have read and hereby approve
the foregoing Agreement.  In consideration of the Company's granting my spouse
the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree
to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community
property or other such interest shall hereby by similarly bound by the
Agreement.  I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to
any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.


                                        ------------------------------
                                        Spouse of ((Optionee))

                                       16
<PAGE>

                              REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.

                             1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                          NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
                          ----------------------------

((Optionee))


     You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock ("Common Stock")
                                                                ------------
of Replay Networks, Inc. (the "Company") as follows:
                               -------

     Board Approval Date:              ((BoardApprovalDate))

     Date of Grant (Later of Board
     Approval Date or Commence-
     ment of Employment/Consulting):   ((GrantDate))

     Vesting Commencement Date:        ((VestingCommenceDate))

     Exercise Price per Share:         $((ExercisePrice))

     Total Number of Shares Granted:   ((NoofShares))

     Total Exercise Price:             $((TotalExercisePrice))

     Type of Option:                   ((ISOAmount)) Shares Incentive Stock
                                       Option

                                       ((NSOAmount)) Shares Nonstatutory Stock
                                       Option

     Term/Expiration Date:             ((ExpirDate))

     Vesting Schedule:                 This Option may be exercised, in whole or
                                       in part, in accordance with the following
                                       schedule:((CliffVestAmount)) of the
                                       Shares subject to the Option shall vest
                                       on the ((CliffMonthNumber)) month
                                       anniversary of the Vesting Commencement
                                       Date and 1/((TotalVestingMonths)) of the
                                       total number of Shares subject to the
                                       Option shall vest each month thereafter.

     Termination Period:               Option may be exercised for 30 days after
                                       termination of employment or consulting
                                       relationship except as set out in
                                       Sections 6 and 7 of the Stock Option
                                       Agreement (but in no event later than the
                                       Expiration Date).
<PAGE>

     By your signature and the signature of the Company's representative below,
you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the
terms and conditions of the 1997 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option
Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.


((Optionee))                           REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.

_____________________________          By:___________________________
Signature

_____________________________             ___________________________
Print Name                                Print Name and Title

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                              REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.

                             1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------


     1.  Grant of Option.  Replay Networks, Inc., a California corporation (the
         ---------------
"Company"), hereby grants to ((Optionee)) ("Optionee"), an option (the "Option")
 -------                                    --------                    ------
to purchase a total number of shares of Common Stock (the "Shares") set forth in
                                                           ------
the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in
the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the "Exercise Price") subject to the terms,
                                       --------------
definitions and provisions of the Replay Networks, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan
(the "Plan") adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.
      ----
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the
same defined meanings in this Option.

          If designated an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

     2.  Exercise of Option.  This Option shall be exercisable during its Term
         ------------------
in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option
Grant and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

          (a)  Right to Exercise.
               -----------------

               (i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

               (ii) In the event of Optionee's death, disability or other
termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by
Sections 5, 6 and 7 below, subject to the limitation contained in Section
2(a)(i).

               (iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of
expiration of the Term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Stock Option
Grant.

          (b) Method of Exercise.  This Option shall be exercisable by execution
              ------------------
and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement
attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Exercise Agreement") or of any other form of
                   ---------       ------------------
written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state the
election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the
Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to
the holder's investment intent with respect to such shares of Common Stock as
may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  Such
written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or
by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company.  The written notice shall be
accompanied
<PAGE>

by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised
upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise
Price.

          No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless
such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of
applicable law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares
may then be listed.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the
Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the
Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

     3.  Method of Payment.  Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of
         -----------------
the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

          (a)  cash;

          (b)  check;

          (c) surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company which (i)
in the case of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Company option,
have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of
surrender, and (ii) have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to
the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

          (d) if there is a public market for the Shares and they are registered
under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended, delivery of a properly executed
exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver
promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the
exercise price; or

          (e) a promissory note in the form attached to this Agreement as
Exhibit B, or in any other form approved by the Company.

     4.  Restrictions on Exercise.  This Option may not be exercised until such
         ------------------------
time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the
issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable
federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under
Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the
Federal Reserve Board.  As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the
Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the
Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation.

     5.  Termination of Relationship.  In the event of termination of Optionee's
         ---------------------------
Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, Optionee may, to the extent
otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the "Termination Date"),
                                                            ----------------
exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice of
Stock Option Grant.  To the extent that
<PAGE>

Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at such Termination Date, or
if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period, the
Option shall terminate.

     6.  Disability of Optionee.
         ----------------------

          (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, in the event of
termination of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of
Optionee's total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the
Code), Optionee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the Termination
Date (but in no event later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of
Stock Option Grant), exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to
exercise it as of such Termination Date.  To the extent that Optionee was not
entitled to exercise the Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does
not exercise such Option (to the extent so entitled) within the time specified
in this Section 6(a), the Option shall terminate.

          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, in the event of
termination of Optionee's consulting relationship or Continuous Status as an
Employee as a result of disability not constituting a total and permanent
disability (as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may, but
only within six (6) months from the Termination Date (but in no event later than
the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant), exercise the
Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it as of such Termination
Date; provided, however, that if this is an Incentive Stock Option and Optionee
fails to exercise this Incentive Stock Option within three (3) months from the
Termination Date, this Option will cease to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option
(as defined in Section 422 of the Code) and Optionee will be treated for federal
income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such
exercise in an amount generally measured by the difference between the Exercise
Price for the Shares and the fair market value of the Shares on the date of
exercise.  To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option
at the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the
extent so entitled within the time specified in this Section 6(b), the Option
shall terminate.

     7.  Death of Optionee.   In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during
         -----------------
the Term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and
having been in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of
grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee's Termination
Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following
the date of death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date set forth in
the Notice of Stock Option Grant), by Optionee's estate or by a person who
acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to
the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the Termination Date.

     8.  Non-Transferability of Option.  This Option may not be transferred in
         -----------------------------
any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and
may be exercised
<PAGE>

during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option
shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and
assigns of Optionee.

     9.  Term of Option.  This Option may be exercised only within the Term set
         --------------
forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, subject to the limitations set forth
in Section 7 of the Plan.

     10.  Tax Consequences.  Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date
          ----------------
of this Option of certain of the federal and California tax consequences of
exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect
as of the Date of Grant.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX
LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.  OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX
ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

          (a) Exercise of Incentive Stock Option.  If this Option qualifies as
              ----------------------------------
an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal or California income
tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of
the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise
Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for
federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in
the year of exercise.

          (b) Exercise of Nonstatutory Stock Option.  If this Option does not
              -------------------------------------
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal income tax
liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option.
Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at
ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value
of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.  If Optionee is
an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's
compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing
authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the
time of exercise.

          (c) Disposition of Shares.  In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock
              ---------------------
Option, if Shares are held for at least one year, any gain realized on
disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal
and California income tax purposes.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option,
if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least one year
after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Date of Grant,
any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term
capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes.  If Shares
purchased under an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one-year
period or within two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such
disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income
rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser
of
<PAGE>

(i) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the
sale price of the Shares.

          (d) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Incentive Stock Option
              -------------------------------------------------------------
Shares.  If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an Incentive Stock Option,
- ------
and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired
pursuant to the Incentive Stock Option on or before the later of (i) the date
two years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one year after the date of
exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such
disposition.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to
income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by
Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current
earnings paid to Optionee.

     11.  Withholding Tax Obligations.  Optionee understands that, upon
          ---------------------------
exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, he or she will recognize income for tax
purposes in an amount equal to the excess of the then fair market value of the
Shares over the Exercise Price.  However, the timing of this income recognition
may be deferred for up to six months if Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").  If Optionee
                                                  ------------
is an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's
compensation, or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing
authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.
Additionally, Optionee may at some point be required to satisfy tax withholding
obligations with respect to the disqualifying disposition of an Incentive Stock
Option.  Optionee shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation arising
upon the exercise of this Option by one or some combination of the following
methods:  (a) by cash payment, (b) out of Optionee's current compensation, (c)
if permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, by surrendering to the
Company Shares which (i) in the case of Shares previously acquired from the
Company, have been owned by Optionee for more than six months on the date of
surrender, and (ii) have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to
or greater than Optionee's marginal tax rate times the ordinary income
recognized, or (d) by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to
be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of Shares having a fair market
value equal to the amount required to be withheld.  For this purpose, the fair
market value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that
the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the "Tax Date").
                                                           --------

     If Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act (an "Insider"),
                                                                   -------
any surrender of previously owned Shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations
arising upon exercise of this Option must comply with the applicable provisions
of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act ("Rule 16b-3").
                                                   ----------

     All elections by Optionee to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax
withholding obligations shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the
Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:
<PAGE>

          (a) the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date;

          (b) once made, the election shall be irrevocable as to the particular
Shares of the Option as to which the election is made; and

          (c) all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of
the Administrator.

     12.  Market Standoff Agreement.  In connection with the initial public
          -------------------------
offering of the Company's securities and upon request of the Company or the
underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company's securities,
Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any
option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Shares (other than those
included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company
or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed
180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by
the Company or
<PAGE>

such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing
as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.


                            [Signature Page Follows]
<PAGE>

     This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one
document.

                                       REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.


                                       By:_____________________________________

                                          _____________________________________
                                          (Print name and title)

     OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE
OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT THE WILL
OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR
ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER).  OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT
NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY'S STOCK OPTION PLAN WHICH IS
INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH
RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL
IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO
TERMINATE OPTIONEE'S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT
CAUSE.

     Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he
or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts
this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Optionee has
reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to
obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully
understands all provisions of the Option.  Optionee hereby agrees to accept as
binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the
Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.



Dated:____________________________          ___________________________________
                                            ((Optionee))
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

                              REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.

                             1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

             EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
             -------------------------------------------------------

     This Agreement ("Agreement") is made as of ______________, by and between
                      ---------
Replay Networks, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), and
                                                      -------
((Optionee)) ("Purchaser").  To the extent any capitalized terms used in this
               ---------
Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the
1997 Stock Option Plan.

     1.  Exercise of Option.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,
         ------------------
Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase __________
shares of the Common Stock (the "Shares") of the Company under and pursuant to
                                 ------
the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") and the Stock Option Agreement
                                           ----
granted ((GrantDate)), (the "Option Agreement").  The purchase price for the
                             ----------------
Shares shall be $((ExercisePrice)) per Share for a total purchase price of
$_______________.  The term "Shares" refers to the purchased Shares and all
                             ------
securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or
splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a
recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new,
substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is
entitled by reason of Purchaser's ownership of the Shares.

     2.  Time and Place of Exercise.  The purchase and sale of the Shares under
         --------------------------
this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously
with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2(b) of the Option Agreement.  On such date, the Company
will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased
by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser's name) against payment of the
exercise price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company,
(b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of
shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 3 of the
Option Agreement, (d) delivery of a promissory note attached as Exhibit B. to
the Option Agreement (or in any form acceptable to the Company), or (e) by a
combination of the foregoing. If the Purchaser delivers a promissory note as
partial or full payment of the purchase price, Purchaser will also deliver a
Pledge and Security agreement in the form attached as Exhibit C to the Option
Agreement (or in any form acceptable to the Company).

     3.  Limitations on Transfer.  In addition to any other limitation on
         -----------------------
transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign,
encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the
provisions below and applicable securities laws.

          (a) Right of First Refusal.  Before any Shares held by Purchaser or
              ----------------------
any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the
"Holder") may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or
 -------
operation of law), the Company or
<PAGE>

its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on
the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the "Right of First
                                                              --------------
Refusal").
- -------

          (i) Notice of Proposed Transfer.  The Holder of the Shares shall
              ---------------------------
deliver to the Company a written notice (the "Notice") stating:  (i) the
                                              ------
Holder's bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the
name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee ("Proposed Transferee");
                                                      -------------------
(iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and
(iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer.  The Holder
shall offer the Shares at the same price (the "Offered Price") and upon the same
                                               -------------
terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its
assignee(s).

          (ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal.  At any time within thirty
               ----------------------------------
(30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may,
by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than
all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed
Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection
(iii) below.

          (iii)  Purchase Price.  The purchase price ("Purchase Price") for the
                 --------------                        --------------
Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall
be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than
cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

          (iv) Payment.  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the
               -------
option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of
all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company
(or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any
combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner
and at the times set forth in the Notice.

          (v) Holder's Right to Transfer.  If all of the Shares proposed in the
              --------------------------
Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the
Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder
may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the
Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is
consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further
that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any
applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that
the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the
hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are
not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder
proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the
Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company
and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before
any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

          (vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers.  Anything to the contrary
               --------------------------------------
contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of
the Shares during Purchaser's lifetime or on Purchaser's death by will or
intestacy to Purchaser's Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of
Purchaser's Immediate Family shall be exempt
<PAGE>

from the provisions of this Section 3(a). "Immediate Family" as used herein
                                           ----------------
shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or
sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold
the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there
shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms
of this Section 3.

          (b)  Involuntary Transfer.
               --------------------

             (i) Company's Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer. In the
                 -----------------------------------------------------
event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by
operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but
excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above)
of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company
shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of
the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the fair
market value of the Shares on the date of transfer.  Upon such a transfer, the
person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company
of such transfer.  The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the
Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of
written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

             (ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer. With respect to any stock to
                  ------------------------------
be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a price
set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value
of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company.
The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so
determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the
transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not
agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company,
the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an
independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the
Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the
Purchaser.

          (c) Assignment.  The right of the Company to purchase any part of the
              ----------
Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of
the Company or other persons or organizations; provided, however, that an
                                               --------  -------
assignee, other than a corporation that is the parent or a 100% owned subsidiary
of the Company, must pay the Company, upon assignment of such right, cash equal
to the difference between the original purchase price and fair market value, if
the original purchase price is less than the fair market value of the Shares
subject to the assignment.

          (d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees.  All transferees of Shares or
              -----------------------------------
any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to
the provisions of this Agreement.  Any sale or transfer of the Company's Shares
shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

          (e) Termination of Rights.  The right of first refusal granted the
              ---------------------
Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the
event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall
terminate upon the
<PAGE>

first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a
registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"). Upon termination of the right of first refusal
 --------------
described in Section 3(a) above, a new certificate or certificates representing
the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend
referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

     4.  Investment and Taxation Representations.  In connection with the
         ---------------------------------------
purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

          (a) Purchaser is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial
condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an
informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the securities.  Purchaser is
purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and
not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any "distribution" thereof
within the meaning of the Securities Act.

          (b) Purchaser understands that the securities have not been registered
under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which
exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser's
investment intent as expressed herein.

          (c) Purchaser understands that the Shares are "restricted securities"
under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to
these laws, Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state
authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification
requirements is available. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no
obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale.  Purchaser further
acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is
available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not
limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and
requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser's
control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to
satisfy.

          (d) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax
consequences as a result of Purchaser's purchase or disposition of the Shares.
Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser
deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and
that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

     5.  Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.
         --------------------------------------------

          (a) Legends.  The certificate or certificates representing the Shares
              -------
shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable
state and federal corporate and securities laws):

          (i)  THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
               REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN
               ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND
<PAGE>

               NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR
               DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED
               WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN
               OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT
               SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
               1933.

          (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED
               ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE
               COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE
               SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

          (b) Stop-Transfer Notices.  Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure
              ---------------------
compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue
appropriate "stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and
that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate
notations to the same effect in its own records.

          (c) Refusal to Transfer.  The Company shall not be required (i) to
              -------------------
transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in
violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner
of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser
or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

     6.  No Employment Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any
         --------------------
manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary
of the Company, to terminate Purchaser's employment, for any reason, with or
without cause.

     7.  Market Stand-off Agreement.  In connection with the initial public
         --------------------------
offering of the Company's securities and upon request of the Company or the
underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company's securities,
Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for
the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Shares (other than those included
in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such
underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180
days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the
Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the
foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public
offering.

     8.  Miscellaneous.
         -------------

          (a) Governing Law.  This Agreement and all acts and transactions
              -------------
pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be
governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
<PAGE>

          (b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights.  This Agreement sets
              ---------------------------------------
forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the
subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them.  No
modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights
under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties
to this Agreement.  The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this
Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

          (c) Severability.  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are
              ------------
held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate
such provision in good faith.  In the event that the parties cannot reach a
mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such
provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the
Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii)
the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

          (d) Construction.  This Agreement is the result of negotiations
              ------------
between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective
counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product
of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or
against any one of the parties hereto.

          (e) Notices.  Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall
              -------
be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent
by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S.
mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to
the party to be notified at such party's address as set forth below or as
subsequently modified by written notice.

          (f) Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
              ------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall constitute one instrument.

          (g) Successors and Assigns.  The rights and benefits of this Agreement
              ----------------------
shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company's successors
and assigns.  The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may
only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

          (h) California Corporate Securities Law.  THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES
              -----------------------------------
WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE
COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE
SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR
PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT
FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA
CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY
CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.
<PAGE>

     The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock
Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

                                       COMPANY:

                                       REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.


                                       By:_____________________________________


                                       Name:___________________________________
                                            (print)

                                       Title:__________________________________

                                       Address:________________________________

                                       1945 Charleston Road
                                       Mountain View, CA 94043-1201

                                       PURCHASER:

                                       ((Optionee))


                                       ________________________________________
                                       (Signature)

                                       Address:
                                       ________________________________________

                                       ________________________________________

I, ______________________, spouse of ((Optionee)), have read and hereby approve
the foregoing Agreement.  In consideration of the Company's granting my spouse
the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree
to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community
property or other such interest shall hereby by similarly bound by the
Agreement.  I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to
any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

                                       ________________________________________
                                       Spouse of ((Optionee))
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B
                                   ---------

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
                                 ---------------

$__________                                              __________, California
                                                         _______________,____

     For value received, the undersigned promises to pay Replay Networks, Inc.,
a California corporation (the "Company"), at its principal office the principal
                               -------
sum of $__________ with interest from the date hereof at a rate of _____% per
annum, compounded semiannually, on the unpaid balance of such principal sum.
Such principal and interest shall be due and payable on __________.

     If the undersigned's employment or consulting relationship with the Company
is terminated prior to payment in full of this Note, this Note shall be
immediately due and payable.

     Principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United States of
America.  AMOUNTS DUE UNDER THIS NOTE MAY BE PREPAID AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PREMIUM
OR PENALTY.

     Should suit be commenced to collect any sums due under this Note, such sum
as the Court may deem reasonable shall be added hereto as attorneys' fees.  The
makers and endorsers have severally waived presentment for payment, protest,
notice of protest and notice of nonpayment of this Note.

     This Note, which is full recourse, is secured by a pledge of certain shares
of Common Stock of the Company and is subject to the terms of a Pledge and
Security Agreement between the undersigned and the Company of even date
herewith.


                                       _____________________________
                                       ((Optionee))
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C
                                    ---------

                          PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
                          -----------------------------

     This Pledge and Security Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into this
                                              ---------
_____ day of __________________________ by and between Replay Networks, Inc., a
California corporation (the "Company") and ((Optionee)) ("Purchaser").
                             -------                      ---------

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

     In connection with Purchaser's exercise of an option to purchase certain
shares of the Company's Common Stock (the "Shares") pursuant to an Option
                                           ------
Agreement dated __________ between Purchaser and the Company, Purchaser is
delivering a promissory note of even date herewith (the "Note") in full or
                                                         ----
partial payment of the exercise price for the Shares.  The company requires that
the Note be secured by a pledge of the Shares on the terms set forth below.

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

     In consideration of the Company's acceptance of the Note as full or partial
payment of the exercise price of the Shares, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

     1.  The Note shall become payable in full upon the voluntary or involuntary
termination or cessation of employment of Purchaser with the Company, for any
reason, with or without cause (including death or disability).

     2.  Purchaser shall deliver to the Secretary of the Company, or his or her
designee (hereinafter referred to as the "Pledge Holder"), all certificates
                                          -------------
representing the Shares, together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate
in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment A executed by Purchaser and
                                          ------------
by Purchaser's spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, for use in
transferring all or a portion of the Shares to the Company if, as and when
required pursuant to this Agreement.  In addition, if Purchaser is married,
Purchaser's spouse shall execute the signature page attached to this Agreement.

     3.  As security for the payment of the Note and any renewal, extension or
modification of the Note, Purchaser hereby grants to the Company a security
interest in and pledges with and delivers to the Company Purchaser's Shares
(sometimes referred to herein as the "Collateral").
                                      ----------

     4.  In the event that Purchaser prepays all or a portion of the Note, in
accordance with the provisions thereof, Purchaser intends, unless written notice
to the contrary is delivered to the Pledge Holder, that the Shares represented
by the portion of the Note so repaid, including annual interest thereon, shall
continue to be so held by the Pledge Holder, to serve as independent collateral
for the outstanding portion of the Note for the purpose of commencing the
holding period set forth in Rule 144(d) promulgated under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
                       --------------
<PAGE>

     5.  In the event of any foreclosure of the security interest created by
this Agreement, the Company may sell the Shares at a private sale or may
repurchase the Shares itself.  The parties agree that, prior to the
establishment of a public market for the Shares of the Company, the securities
laws affecting sale of the Shares make a public sale of the Shares commercially
unreasonable.  The parties further agree that the repurchasing of such Shares by
the Company, or by any person to whom the Company may have assigned its rights
under this Agreement, is commercially reasonable if made at a price determined
by the Board of Directors in its discretion, fairly exercised, representing what
would be the Fair Market Value of the Shares reduced by any limitation on
transferability, whether due to the size of the block of shares or the
restrictions of applicable securities laws.

     6.  In the event of default in payment when due of any indebtedness under
the Note, the Company may elect then, or at any time thereafter, to exercise all
rights available to a secured party under the California Commercial Code
including the right to sell the Collateral at a private or public sale or
repurchase the Shares as provided above.  The proceeds of any sale shall be
applied in the following order:

          (a) To the extent necessary, proceeds shall be used to pay all
reasonable expenses of the Company in enforcing this Agreement and the Note,
including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and legal expenses
incurred by the Company.

          (b) To the extent necessary, proceeds shall be used to satisfy any
remaining indebtedness under Purchaser's Note.

          (c) Any remaining proceeds shall be delivered to Purchaser.

     7.  Upon full payment by Purchaser of all amounts due under the Note,
Pledge Holder shall deliver to Purchaser all Shares in Pledge Holder's
possession belonging to Purchaser, and Pledge Holder shall thereupon be
discharged of all further obligations under this Agreement.
<PAGE>

     The parties have executed this Pledge and Security Agreement as of the date
first set forth above.

                                       COMPANY:

                                       REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.


                                       By:_____________________________________


                                       Name:___________________________________
                                            (print)

                                       Title:__________________________________

                                       1945 Charleston Road
                                       Mountain View, CA 94043-1201

                                       PURCHASER:

                                       ((Optionee))


                                       ________________________________________
                                       (Signature)

                                       ________________________________________
                                       (Print Name)

                                       Address:

                                       ________________________________________

                                       ________________________________________
<PAGE>

                                  ATTACHMENT A
                                  ------------

                      ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
                      ------------------------------------

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Pledge and Security
Agreement between the undersigned ("Purchaser") and Replay Networks, Inc. the
                                    ---------
("Company") dated _____________ (the "Agreement"), Purchaser hereby sells,
  -------                             ---------
assigns and transfers unto the Company _______________________________
(________) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in Purchaser's
name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No. ____, and
hereby irrevocably appoints _____________________________ to transfer said stock
on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT.

Dated: _________________

                                       Signature:


                                       ________________________________________
                                       ((Optionee))


                                       ________________________________________
                                       Spouse of ((Optionee)) (if applicable)


Instruction:  Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.
The purpose of this assignment is to perfect the security interest of the
Company pursuant to the Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4

                                 REPLAYTV, INC.

                                1999 STOCK PLAN
                         (As Amended January 21, 2000)

     1.  Purposes of the Plan.  The purposes of this 1999 Stock Plan are to
         --------------------
attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial
responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants and
to promote the success of the Company's business.  Options granted under the
Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined
by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option and subject to the
applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated
thereunder.  Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

     2.  Definitions.  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
         -----------

         (a) "Administrator" means the Board or its Committee appointed
              -------------
pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

         (b) "Affiliate" means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined
              ---------
below) in which the Company owns an equity interest or which, together with the
Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

         (c) "Applicable Laws" means the legal requirements relating to the
              ---------------
administration of stock option and restricted stock purchase plans under
applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state
securities laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the
applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock
Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and
requirements shall be in place from time to time.

         (d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
              -----

         (e) "Change in Control" means a sale of all or substantially all of
              -----------------
the Company's assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization
of the Company with or into another corporation; provided however that a merger,
consolidation or other capital reorganization in which the holders of more than
50% of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior
to such transaction continue to hold (either by the voting securities remaining
outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving
entity) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting
securities of the Company, or such surviving entity, outstanding immediately
after such transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control.

         (f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
              ----

         (g) "Committee" means one or more committees or subcommittees of the
              ---------
Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4
below.

         (h) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company.
              ------------

                                       1
<PAGE>

          (i) "Company" means ReplayTV, Inc., a California corporation.
               -------

          (j) "Consultant" means any person, including an advisor, who is
               ----------
engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services
and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether
compensated for such services or not.

          (k) "Continuous Service Status" means the absence of any interruption
               -------------------------
or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant.  Continuous Service
Status shall not be considered interrupted in the case of:  (i) sick leave; (ii)
military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator,
provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days,
unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract
or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from
time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company
or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their
respective successors.  A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or
from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of
Continuous Service Status.

          (l) "Corporate Transaction" means a sale of all or substantially all
               ---------------------
of the Company's assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital
reorganization of the Company with or into another corporation.

          (m) "Director" means a member of the Board.
               --------

          (n) "Employee" means any person (including, if appropriate, any Named
               --------
Executive, officer or Director) employed by the Company or any Parent,
Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, with the status of employment determined
based upon such minimum number of hours or periods worked as shall be determined
by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code.
The payment by the Company of a director's fee to a Director shall not be
sufficient to constitute "employment" of such Director by the Company.

          (o) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
               ------------
amended.

          (p) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the fair market value
               -----------------
of Common Stock as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis
as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants.
Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon
the closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the
applicable date.

          (q) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to qualify as an
               ----------------------
incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as
designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

          (r) "Listed Security" means any security of the Company that is listed
               ---------------
or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or
approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer
quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

          (s) "Named Executive" means any individual who, on the last day of the
               ---------------
Company's fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is
acting in such capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of
the Company (other than the chief executive officer).  Such officer status shall
be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the
Exchange Act.

          (t) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to
               -------------------------
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option
Agreement.

          (u) "Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
               ------

          (v) "Option Agreement" means a written document, the form(s) of which
               ----------------
shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms
of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or
incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice
of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

          (w) "Option Exchange Program" means a program approved by the
               -----------------------
Administrator whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower
exercise price.

          (x) "Optioned Stock" means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a
               --------------
Stock Purchase Right.

          (y) "Optionee" means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.
               --------

          (z) "Parent" means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
               ------
existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

          (aa) "Participant" means any holder of one or more Options or Stock
                -----------
Purchase Rights, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such awards,
under the Plan.

          (bb) "Plan" means this 1999 Stock Plan.
                ----

          (cc) "Reporting Person" means an officer, Director, or greater than
                ----------------
ten percent stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under
the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under
the Exchange Act.

          (dd) "Restricted Stock" means Shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant
                ----------------
to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.

          (ee) "Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement" means a written document,
                -----------------------------------
the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator,
reflecting the terms of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan and
includes any documents attached to such agreement.

          (ff) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act,
                ----------
as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

          (gg) "Share" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in
                -----
accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

          (hh) "Stock Exchange" means any stock exchange or consolidated stock
                --------------
price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any
given time.

          (ii) "Stock Purchase Right" means the right to purchase Common Stock
                --------------------
pursuant to Section 11 below.

          (jj) "Subsidiary" means a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
                ----------
hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor
provision.

          (kk) "Ten Percent Holder" means a person who owns stock representing
                ------------------
more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

     3.  Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of
         -------------------------
the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan
is 9,700,000 Shares of Common Stock, plus (i) up to an aggregate of 7,600,000
Shares that (a) return to the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan upon cancellation
of outstanding options issued under that plan and (b) were Shares issued under
the 1997 Stock Option Plan that the Company repurchases when the holder thereof
terminates his or her service relationship with the Company, and (ii) an annual
increase on the first day of each of the Company's fiscal years beginning in
2001 through 2009 equal to the greater of  (x) 4,000,000 Shares, or (y) six
percent (6%) of the Shares outstanding on the last day of the immediately
preceding fiscal year.  Notwithstanding the above, the maximum aggregate number
of Shares that may be sold under the Plan during its term (as set forth in
Section 6 below) is 62,300,000 Shares.

     The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.  If
an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having
been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange
Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan
shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.
In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon
exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right in order to satisfy the exercise
or purchase price for such Option or Stock Purchase Right or any withholding
taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not
issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan.  Shares issued under
the Plan and later repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right
which the Company may have shall not be available for future grant under the
Plan.

     4.  Administration of the Plan.
         --------------------------

         (a) General.  The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a
              -------
Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board.  The Plan may
be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different
classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may
authorize one or more officers to grant Options or Stock Purchase Rights to
Employees and Consultants.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

          (b) Committee Composition.  If a Committee has been appointed pursuant
              ---------------------
to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated
capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.  From time to time the Board may
increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof,
remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution
therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee
and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the
Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in
accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to
the extent permitted or required by such provisions.

          (d) Powers of the Administrator.  Subject to the provisions of the
              ---------------------------
Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board
to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its
discretion:

              (i)    to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in
accordance with Section 2(p) of the Plan;

              (ii)   to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Options and
Stock Purchase Rights or any combination thereof may from time to time be
granted;

              (iii)  to determine whether and to what extent Options and Stock
Purchase Rights or any combination thereof are granted;

              (iv)   to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be
covered by each such award granted;

              (v)    to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

              (vi)   to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent
with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder, which terms and
conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the
time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may
be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of
forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option,
Optioned Stock, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock, based in each case on
such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

              (vii)  to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option
may be settled in cash under Section 10(f) instead of Common Stock;

              (viii) to implement an Option Exchange Program on such terms and
conditions as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, provided
however that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and
adversely affect the rights of any Optionee shall be made without the prior
written consent of the Optionee;

              (ix)   to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Stock
Purchase Rights and the Restricted Stock purchased by exercising such Stock
Purchase Rights;

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

              (x)    to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards
granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations, and decisions
shall be final and binding on all Participants; and

              (xi)   in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without
amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to
Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States
in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

     5.  Eligibility.
         -----------

         (a) Recipients of Grants.  Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock
             --------------------
Purchase Rights may be granted to Employees and Consultants.  Incentive Stock
Options may be granted only to Employees, provided however that Employees of
Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

         (b) Type of Option.  Each Option shall be designated in Option
             --------------
Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate
Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as
Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee
during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or
Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as
Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock
Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and
the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall
be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

         (c) No Employment Rights.  The Plan shall not confer upon any
             --------------------
Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or
consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with
such Participant's right or the Company's right to terminate his or her
employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

     6.  Term of Plan.  The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the
         ------------
Board.  It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner
terminated under Section 15 of the Plan.

     7.  Term of Option.  The term of each Option shall be the term stated in
         --------------
the Option Agreement; provided however that the term shall be no more than ten
(10) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be
provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an
Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a
Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date
of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option
Agreement.

     8.  Limitation on Grants to Employees.  Subject to adjustment as provided
         ---------------------------------
in Section 14 below, the maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Options
and Stock Purchase Rights granted to any one Employee under the Plan during a
single fiscal year of the Company shall be 5,000,000.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     9.  Option Exercise Price and Consideration.
         ---------------------------------------

         (a) Exercise Price.  The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be
             --------------
issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by
the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to
the following:

             (i)   In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

                   (A) granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten
Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the
Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

                   (B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise
price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date
of grant.

             (ii)  In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share
exercise price shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator;
provided however that in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock option granted to a
person who, at the time of the grant of such Option, is a Named Executive of the
Company, the per Share Exercise Price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair
Market Value on the date of grant if such Option is intended to qualify as
performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and if not so
intended shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator.

             (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a
per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or
other corporate transaction.

         (b) Permissible Consideration.  The consideration to be paid for the
             -------------------------
Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment,
shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock
Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of
(1) cash; (2) check; (3) delivery of Optionee's promissory note with such
recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator
determines to be appropriate (subject, if applicable, to the provisions of
Section 153 of the Delaware General Corporation Law); (4) cancellation of
indebtedness; (5) other Shares that (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon
exercise of an Option either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six
months on the date of surrender (or such other period as may be required to
avoid a charge to the Company's earnings) or were not acquired, directly or
indirectly, from the Company, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of
surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the
Option is exercised; (6) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice
together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if
applicable, shall require to effect exercise of the Option and prompt delivery
to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price
and any applicable withholding taxes; or (7) any combination of the foregoing
methods of payment.  In making its determination as to the type of consideration
to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration
may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may
refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

exercise if, in its sole discretion, acceptance of such form of consideration is
not in the best interests of the Company at such time.

     10.  Exercise of Option.
          ------------------

          (a)  General.
               -------

               (i)   Exercisability. Any Option granted hereunder shall be
                     --------------
exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the
Administrator, consistent with the terms of the Plan, and reflected in the
Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria
with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee. The Administrator shall have
the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options
shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided that in the absence
of such determination, vesting shall be tolled during an unpaid leave.

               (ii)  Fractional Shares.  An Option may not be exercised for a
                     -----------------
fraction of a Share.

               (iii) Procedures for and Results of Exercise.  An Option shall be
                     --------------------------------------
deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the
Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to
exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares
with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may, as authorized
by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment
allowable under Section 9(b) of the Plan; provided that the Administrator may
refuse to accept any form of consideration if, at the time of exercise, the
Administrator determines in its sole discretion that acceptance of such form of
consideration is not in the best interests of the Company at that time.

     Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the
number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan
and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is
exercised.

               (iv)  Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance (as evidenced by
                     ---------------------
the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized
transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive
dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the
Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will
be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the
date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the
Plan.

           (b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship.  In the
               ----------------------------------------------------
event of termination of an Optionee's Continuous Service Status, such Optionee
may, but only within three (3) months (or such other period of time as is
determined by the Administrator, with such determination in the case of an
Incentive Stock Option being made at the time of grant of the Option) after the
date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the
term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise his or her
Option to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date
of such termination.  To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to
exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if the

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time
specified herein, the Option shall terminate. No termination shall be deemed to
occur and this Section 10(b) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant
who becomes an Employee; or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a
Consultant.

          (c) Disability of Optionee.   Notwithstanding Section 10(b) above, in
              ----------------------
the event of termination of an Optionee's Continuous Service Status as a result
of his or her total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Section
22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may, but only within twelve (12) months (or such
other period of time as is determined by the Administrator, with such
determination in the case of an Incentive Stock Option made at the time of grant
of the Option) from the date of such termination (but in no event later than the
expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option
Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it
at the date of such termination.  To the extent that Optionee was not entitled
to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if Optionee does not
exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein,
the Option shall terminate.

          (d) Death of Optionee.  Notwithstanding Section 10(b) above, in the
              -----------------
event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status
since the date of grant of the Option, or within thirty (30) days following
termination of Optionee's Continuous Service Status, the Option may be
exercised, at any time within twelve (12) months (or such other period of time
as is determined by the Administrator, with such determination in the case of an
Incentive Stock Option made at the time of grant of the Option) following the
date of death (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of
such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by Optionee's estate or by a
person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance,
but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the date of
death or, if earlier, the date of termination of Optionee's Continuous Service
Status.  To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at
the date of death or termination, as the case may be, or if the person entitled
to exercise the Option does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled
within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

          (e) Extension of Exercise Period.  The Administrator shall have full
              ----------------------------
power and authority to extend the period of time for which an Option is to
remain exercisable following termination of an Optionee's Continuous Service
Status from the periods set forth in Sections 10(b), 10(c) and 10(d) above or in
the Option Agreement to such greater time as the Administrator shall deem
appropriate, provided that in no event shall such Option be exercisable later
than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the
Option Agreement.

          (f) Buyout Provisions.  The Administrator may at any time offer to buy
              -----------------
out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan
based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and
communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

     11.  Stock Purchase Rights.
          ---------------------

          (a) Rights to Purchase.  After the Administrator determines that it
              ------------------
will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in
writing of the terms,

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares
that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the
time within which such person must accept such offer. The purchase price of
Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be as determined by the
Administrator in accordance with the Applicable Laws. The offer to purchase
Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be accepted by execution of a
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

          (b) Repurchase Option.  Unless the Administrator determines otherwise,
              -----------------
the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase
option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the
purchaser's employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any
reason (including death or disability).  The purchase price for Shares
repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the
original purchase price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cash or
cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase
option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine in accordance
with the Applicable Laws.

          (c) Other Provisions.  The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall
              ----------------
contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the
Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.  In
addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the
same with respect to each purchaser.

          (d) Rights as a Stockholder.  Once the Stock Purchase Right is
              -----------------------
exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a
stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon
the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company.  No adjustment
will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to
the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 14
of the Plan.

     12.  Taxes.
          -----

          (a) As a condition of the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase
Right granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the
Participant's death, the person exercising the Option or Stock Purchase Right)
shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the
satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax
obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise of Option or Stock
Purchase Right and the issuance of Shares.  The Company shall not be required to
issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.  If the
Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a
Participant's tax withholding obligations under this Section 12 (whether
pursuant to Section 12(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall
not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory
withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

          (b) In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other
arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to
withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy
such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the
date of an exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

          (c) This Section 12(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon
which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security.  In the case of Participant
other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll
payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any
remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the
extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to
have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon
exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a
Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below)
equal to the amount required to be withheld.  For purposes of this Section 12,
the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the
date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the
Applicable Laws (the "Tax Date").
                      --------

          (d) If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a
Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations upon exercise of
an Option or Stock Purchase Right by surrendering to the Company Shares that
have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the
amount required to be withheld.  In the case of Shares previously acquired from
the Company that are surrendered under this Section 12(d), such Shares must have
been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months on the date of
surrender.

          (e) Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares
withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 12(c) or (d) above
shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is
made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator.
Any election by a Participant under Section 12(d) above must be made on or prior
to the applicable Tax Date.

          (f) In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a
Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no
election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive
the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Purchase
Right is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to
tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

     13.  Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights.  Options and
          --------------------------------------------------------
Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated,
transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of
descent or distribution; provided that the Administrator may in its discretion
and to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws grant transferable
Nonstatutory Stock Options pursuant to Option Agreements specifying (i) the
manner in which such Nonstatutory Stock Options are transferable and (ii) that
any such transfer shall be subject to the Applicable Laws.  The designation of a
beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer.  An Option or Stock
Purchase Right may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of Option or
Stock Purchase Right, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this
Section 13.

     14.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
Transactions.
- ------------

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

          (a) Changes in Capitalization.  Subject to any required action by the
              -------------------------
stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by
each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, each of the Share numbers set
forth in Sections 3 and 8 above, and the number of Shares of Common Stock that
have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or
Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or that have been returned to the
Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as
well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding
Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any
increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting
from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination,
recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase
or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without
receipt of consideration by the Company; provided however that conversion of any
convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected
without receipt of consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the
Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and
conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of
shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of
any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with
respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an Option
or Stock Purchase Right.

          (b) Dissolution or Liquidation.  In the event of the proposed
              --------------------------
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board shall notify the Optionee
at least fifteen (15) days prior to such proposed action.  To the extent it has
not been previously exercised, the Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate
immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

          (c) Corporate Transaction.  In the event of a Corporate Transaction,
              ---------------------
each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an
equivalent option or right shall be substituted by the Company's successor
corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the
"Successor Corporation"), unless the successor corporation does not agree to
- ----------------------
assume the Options or Stock Purchase Rights or to substitute an equivalent
option or right, in which case such Options or Stock Purchase Rights shall
terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

          For purposes of this Section 14(c), an Option or a Stock Purchase
Right shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of
issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction or a
Change of Control, as the case may be, each holder of an Option or Stock
Purchase Right would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the award the same
number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or
securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the
occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such
transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the
award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of
Shares covered by the Option or Stock Purchase Right as provided for in this
Section 14); provided that if such consideration received in the transaction is
not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may,
with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to
be received upon exercise of the award to be solely common stock of the
Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share
consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

          (d) Certain Distributions.  In the event of any distribution to the
              ---------------------
Company's stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other
than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of
consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion,
appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each
outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right to reflect the effect of such
distribution.

     15.  Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights.  The date of grant
          --------------------------------------------------
of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on
which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock
Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator;
provided however that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date
shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the
determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement
of the Optionee's employment relationship with the Company.  Notice of the
determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or
Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of
such grant.

     16.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan.
          -------------------------------------

          (a) Authority to Amend or Terminate.  The Board may at any time amend,
              -------------------------------
alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension
or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 14 above) shall
be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any
Participant, without his or her consent.  In addition, to the extent necessary
and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain
stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree
as required.

          (b) Effect of Amendment or Termination.  No amendment or termination
              ----------------------------------
of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Options or Stock Purchase
Rights already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant
and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the
Participant and the Company.

     17.  Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.  Notwithstanding any other
          ----------------------------------
provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to
the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for
failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or
delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined
by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel.  As a condition to the
exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the
person exercising such Option or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant
at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for
investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares
if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required
by law.

     18.  Reservation of Shares.  The Company, during the term of this Plan,
          ---------------------
will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

     19.  Agreements.  Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by
          ----------
Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, respectively, in
such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.

     20.  Stockholder Approval.  If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance
          --------------------
of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company
within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted.  Such
stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required
under the Applicable Laws.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

                                REPLAYTV, INC.

                                1999 STOCK PLAN

                         NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
                         ----------------------------

((Optionee))

     You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock "Common Stock" of
                                                               ------------
ReplayTV, Inc. (the "Company") as follows:
                     -------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    <S>                                      <C>
     Board Approval Date:                    ((BoardApprovalDate))

     Date of Grant (Later of Board
     Approval Date or Commence-
     ment of Employment/Consulting):         ((GrantDate))

     Vesting Commencement Date:              ((VestingCommenceDate))

     Exercise Price per Share:               $((ExercisePrice))

     Total Number of Shares Granted:         ((NoofShares))

     Total Exercise Price:                   $((TotalExercisePrice))

     Type of Option:                         ((ISOAmount)) Incentive Stock Option))

                                             ((NSOAmount)) Nonstatutory Stock Option))

     Term/Expiration Date:                   ((ExpirDate))

     Vesting Schedule:                       This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following
                                             schedule: ((CliffVestAmount)) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the
                                             ((CliffMonthNumber)) month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and
                                             1/((TotalVestingMonths)) of the total number of Shares subject to the Option shall vest
                                             each month thereafter.

     Termination Period:                     This Option may be exercised for 30 days after termination of employment or consulting
                                             relationship except as set out in Sections 6 and 7 of the Stock Option Agreement (but
                                             in no event later than the Expiration Date).

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

     By your signature and the signature of the Company's representative below,
you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the
terms and conditions of the 1999 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both
of which are attached and made a part of this document.


((Optionee)):                         ReplayTV, Inc.


- ---------------------------           By:
Signature                                ----------------------------


- ---------------------------              ----------------------------
Print Name                               Print Name and Title

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                                REPLAYTV, INC.

                                1999 STOCK PLAN

                            STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                            ----------------------


     1.   Grant of Option.  ReplayTV, Inc., a California corporation (the
          ---------------
"Company"), hereby grants to Optionee~ ("Optionee"), an option (the "Option") to
- -------                                  --------                    ------
purchase a total number of shares of Common Stock (the "Shares") set forth in
                                                        ------
the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in
the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the "Exercise Price") subject to the terms,
                                       --------------
definitions and provisions of the ReplayTV, Inc.1999 Stock Plan (the "Plan")
                                                                      ----
adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Unless
otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same
defined meanings in this Option.

     If designated an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify
as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

     2.   Exercise of Option.  This Option shall be exercisable during its Term
          ------------------
in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option
Grant and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

          (a)  Right to Exercise.
               -----------------

               (i)  This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

              (ii)  In the event of Optionee's death, disability or other
termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by
Sections 5, 6 and 7 below, subject to the limitation contained in Section
2(a)(i).

             (iii)  In no event may this Option be exercised after the
Expiration Date of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

          (b) Method of Exercise.  This Option shall be exercisable by execution
              ------------------
and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement
attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Exercise Agreement") or of any other form of
                   ---------       ------------------
written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state the
election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the
Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to
the holder's investment intent with respect to such shares of Common Stock as
may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  Such
written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or
by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company.  The written notice shall be
accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price.  This Option shall be deemed to be
exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the
Exercise Price.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such
issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of
applicable law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares
may then be listed.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the
Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the
Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

     3.   Method of Payment.  Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by cash,
          -----------------
check or any other method permitted under the Plan; provided however that the
Administrator may refuse to allow Optionee to tender a particular form of
payment (other than cash or check) if, in the Administrator's sole discretion,
acceptance of such form of consideration would not be in the best interests of
the Company at such time.

     4.   Restrictions on Exercise.  This Option may not be exercised until such
          ------------------------
time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the
issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable
federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under
Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the
Federal Reserve Board.  As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the
Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the
Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation.

     5.   Termination of Relationship.  In the event of termination of
          ---------------------------
Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, Optionee may, to the
extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the "Termination
                                                                   -----------
Date"), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the
- ----
Notice of Stock Option Grant.  To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to
exercise this Option at such Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise
this Option within the Termination Period, the Option shall terminate.

     6.   Disability of Optionee.
          ----------------------

          (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, in the event of
termination of Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a
result of Optionee's total and permanent disability (as defined in Section
22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the
Termination Date (but in no event later than the Expiration Date set forth in
the Notice of Stock Option Grant), exercise this Option to the extent Optionee
was entitled to exercise it as of such Termination Date.  To the extent that
Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option as of the Termination Date, or
if Optionee does not exercise such Option (to the extent so entitled) within the
time specified in this Section 6(a), the Option shall terminate.

          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, in the event of
termination of Optionee's consulting relationship or Continuous Status as an
Employee as a result of disability not constituting a total and permanent
disability (as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may, but
only within six months from the Termination Date (but in no event later than the
Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant), exercise the
Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it as of such Termination
Date;

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

provided, however, that if this is an Incentive Stock Option and Optionee fails
to exercise this Incentive Stock Option within three months from the Termination
Date, this Option will cease to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option (as defined
in Section 422 of the Code) and Optionee will be treated for federal income tax
purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such exercise in an
amount generally measured by the difference between the Exercise Price for the
Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise. To the
extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the Termination
Date, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled
within the time specified in this Section 6(b), the Option shall terminate.

     7.   Death of Optionee.   In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during
          -----------------
the Term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and
having been in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of
grant of the Option, or (b) within 30 days after Optionee's Termination Date,
the Option may be exercised at any time within six months following the date of
death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of
Stock Option Grant), by Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right
to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the
right to exercise that had accrued at the Termination Date.

     8.   Non-Transferability of Option.  This Option may not be transferred in
          -----------------------------
any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and
may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her.  The terms
of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs,
successors and assigns of Optionee.

     9.   Term of Option.  This Option may be exercised only within the Term set
          --------------
forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, subject to the limitations set forth
in Section 7 of the Plan.

     10.  Tax Consequences.  Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date
          ----------------
of this Option of certain of the federal and California tax consequences of
exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect
as of the Date of Grant.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX
LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.  OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX
ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

          (a) Exercise of Incentive Stock Option.  If this Option qualifies as
              ----------------------------------
an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal or California income
tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of
the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise
Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for
federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in
the year of exercise.

          (b) Exercise of Nonstatutory Stock Option.  If this Option does not
              -------------------------------------
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal income tax
liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option.
Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at
ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value
of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.  If Optionee is
an

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's compensation
or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount
equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

          (c) Disposition of Shares.  In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock
              ---------------------
Option, if Shares are held for more than one year, any gain realized on
disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal
and California income tax purposes.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option,
if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for more than one year
after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Date of Grant,
any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term
capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes.  In either case,
the long-term capital gain will be taxed for federal income tax and alternative
minimum tax purposes at a maximum rate of 20% if the Shares are held more than
one year after exercise.  If Shares purchased under an Incentive Stock Option
are disposed of within one year after exercise or within two years after the
Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as
compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the
difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market
Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the
Shares.

          (d) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Incentive Stock Option
              -------------------------------------------------------------
Shares.  If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an Incentive Stock Option,
- ------
and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired
pursuant to the Incentive Stock Option on or before the later of (i) the date
two years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one year after the date of
exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such
disposition.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to
income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by
Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current
earnings paid to Optionee.

     11.  Withholding Tax Obligations.
          ---------------------------

          (a) General Withholding Obligations.  As a condition to the exercise
              -------------------------------
of Option granted hereunder, Optionee shall make such arrangements as the
Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or
foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the
exercise, receipt or vesting of the Option.  The Company shall not be required
to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.
Optionee understands that, upon exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, he or
she will recognize income for tax purposes in an amount equal to the excess of
the then Fair Market Value of the Shares over the Exercise Price.  If Optionee
is an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's
compensation, or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing
authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.
Additionally, Optionee may at some point be required to satisfy tax withholding
obligations with respect to the disqualifying disposition of an Incentive Stock
Option. Optionee shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation arising
upon the exercise of this Option by one or some combination of the following
methods:  (i) by cash or check payment, (ii) out of Optionee's current
compensation, (iii) if permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, by
surrendering to the Company Shares which (A) in the case of Shares previously
acquired from the Company, have

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

been owned by Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and
(B) have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as
defined in Section 11(c) below) on the date of surrender equal to the amount
required to be withheld, or (iv) by electing to have the Company withhold from
the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of Shares having
a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount
required to be withheld.

          (b) Stock Withholding to Satisfy Withholding Tax Obligations.  In the
              --------------------------------------------------------
event the Administrator allows Optionee to satisfy his or her tax withholding
obligations as provided in Section 11(a)(iii) or (iv) above, such satisfaction
must comply with the requirements of this Section (11)(b) and all applicable
laws.  All elections by Optionee to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax
withholding obligations shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the
Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:

               (i)      the election must be made on or prior to the applicable
Tax Date (as defined in Section 11(c) below);

               (ii)     once made, the election shall be irrevocable as to the
particular Shares of the Option as to which the election is made; and

               (iii)    all elections shall be subject to the consent or
disapproval of the Administrator.

     In the event the election to have Shares withheld is made by Optionee and
the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is
filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, Optionee shall receive the full number of
Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised but Optionee shall be
unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of
Shares on the Tax Date.

          (c) Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 11, the Fair Market
              -----------
Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the
amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the applicable laws (the
"Tax Date").
 --------

     12.  Market Standoff Agreement.  In connection with the initial public
          -------------------------
offering of the Company's securities and upon request of the Company or the
underwriters managing such underwritten offering of the Company's securities,
Optionee agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for
the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other
than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of
the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time
(not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be
requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an
agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at
the time of the Company's initial public offering.

                            [Signature Page Follows]

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one
document.


                                       REPLAYTV, INC.


                                       By:
                                          -------------------------------

                                          -------------------------------
                                          (Print name and title)

     OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE
OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT THE WILL
OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR
ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER).  OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT
NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY'S STOCK OPTION PLAN WHICH IS
INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH
RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL
IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO
TERMINATE OPTIONEE'S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT
CAUSE.

     Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he
or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts
this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Optionee has
reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to
obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully
understands all provisions of the Option.  Optionee hereby agrees to accept as
binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the
Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.




Dated: ________________________     ______________________________
                                    ((Optionee))

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A
                                   ---------

                                REPLAYTV, INC.

                                1999 STOCK PLAN

            EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
            -------------------------------------------------------

     This Agreement ("Agreement") is made as of ______________, by and between
                      ---------
ReplayTV, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), and ((Optionee))
                                               -------
("Purchaser").  To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are
- -----------
not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 1999 Stock
Plan.

     1.   Exercise of Option.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,
          ------------------
Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase __________
shares of the Common Stock (the "Shares") of the Company under and pursuant to
                                 ------
the Company's 1999 Stock Plan (the "Plan") and the Stock Option Agreement dated
                                    ----
______________, (the "Option Agreement").  The purchase price for the Shares
                      ----------------
shall be ((ExercisePrice)) per Share for a total purchase price of
$_______________.  The term "Shares" refers to the purchased Shares and all
                             ------
securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or
splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a
recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new,
substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is
entitled by reason of Purchaser's ownership of the Shares.

     2.   Time and Place of Exercise. The purchase and sale of the Shares under
          --------------------------
this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously
with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2(b) of the Option Agreement.  On such date, the Company
will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased
by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser's name) against payment of the
exercise price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company,
(b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of
shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 3 of the
Option Agreement, or (d) a combination of the foregoing.

     3.   Limitations on Transfer.  In addition to any other limitation on
          -----------------------
transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign,
encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the
provisions below and applicable securities laws.

          (a) Right of First Refusal.  Before any Shares held by Purchaser or
              ----------------------
any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the

"Holder") may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or
- -------
operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first
refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this
Section 3(a) (the "Right of First Refusal").
                   ----------------------

          (i) Notice of Proposed Transfer.  The Holder of the Shares shall
              ---------------------------
deliver to the Company a written notice (the "Notice") stating: (i) the Holder's
bona fide

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the
name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee ("Proposed Transferee");
                                                      -------------------
(iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and
(iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer.  The Holder
shall offer the Shares at the same price (the "Offered Price") and upon the same
                                               -------------
terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its
assignee(s).

          (ii)   Exercise of Right of First Refusal.  At any time within 30 days
                 ----------------------------------
after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving
written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of
the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed
Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection
(iii) below.

          (iii)  Purchase Price.  The purchase price ("Purchase Price") for
                 --------------                        --------------
the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a)
shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other
than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

          (iv)   Payment.  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the
                 -------
option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of
all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company
(or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any
combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner
and at the times set forth in the Notice.

          (v)   Holder's Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the
                --------------------------
Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the
Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder
may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the
Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is
consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further
that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any
applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that
the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the
hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are
not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder
proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the
Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company
and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before
any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

          (vi)   Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the
                 --------------------------------------
contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or
all of the Shares during Purchaser's lifetime or on Purchaser's death by will or
intestacy to Purchaser's Immediate Family (as defined below) or a trust for the
benefit of Purchaser's Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of
this Section 3(a). "Immediate Family" as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal
                    ----------------
descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.  In such case, the
transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred
subject to the

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further
transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

          (b)  Involuntary Transfer.
               --------------------

               (i)   Company's Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer.  In
                     -----------------------------------------------------
the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by
operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including divorce or death, but
excluding, in the event of death, a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in
Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder
thereof, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares
transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to
this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer.
Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the
Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares
shall be provided to the Company for a period of 30 days following receipt by
the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

               (ii)  Price for Involuntary Transfer.  With respect to any stock
                     ------------------------------
to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a
price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current
value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the
Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price
so determined within 30 days after receipt by it of written notice of the
transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not
agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company,
the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an
independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the
Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the
Purchaser.

          (c) Assignment.  The right of the Company to purchase any part of the
              ----------
Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of
the Company or other persons or organizations.

          (d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees.  All transferees of Shares or
              -----------------------------------
any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to
the provisions of this Agreement.  Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be
void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

          (e) Termination of Rights.  The Right of First Refusal and the
              ---------------------
Company's right to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer
pursuant to Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common
Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement
filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
                                                   --------------

          (f) Market Standoff Agreement.  In connection with the initial public
              -------------------------
offering of the Company's securities and upon request of the Company or the
underwriters managing such underwritten offering of the Company's securities,
Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for
the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration)
without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the
case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective
date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing
underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be
requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company's initial public
offering.

     4.   Investment and Taxation Representations.  In connection with the
          ---------------------------------------
purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

          (a) Purchaser is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial
condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an
informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares.  Purchaser is
purchasing the Shares for investment for his or her own account only and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any "distribution" thereof
within the meaning of the Securities Act.

          (b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered
under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which
exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser's
investment intent as expressed herein.

          (c) Purchaser understands that the Shares are "restricted securities"
under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to
these laws, Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state
authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification
requirements is available.  Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no
obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale.  Purchaser further
acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is
available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not
limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and
requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser's
control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to
satisfy.

          (d) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax
consequences as a result of Purchaser's purchase or disposition of the Shares.
Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser
deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and
that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

     5.   Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.
          --------------------------------------------

          (a) Legends.  The certificate or certificates representing the Shares
              -------
shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable
state and federal corporate and securities laws):

              (i)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
                     REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN
                     ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

                     VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION
                     THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED
                     WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO
                     OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE
                     COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE
                     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

              (ii)   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE
                     TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN
                     AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY
                     OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

              (iii)  IT IS UNLAWFUL TO CONSUMMATE A SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS
                     SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, OR TO RECEIVE ANY
                     CONSIDERATION THEREFOR, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT
                     OF THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF
                     CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED IN THE COMMISSIONER'S
                     RULES.

     Purchaser understands that transfer of the Shares may be restricted by
Section 260.141.11 of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner, a
copy of which is attached to this Agreement.

          (b) Stop-Transfer Notices.  Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure
              ---------------------
compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue
appropriate "stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and
that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate
notations to the same effect in its own records.

          (c) Refusal to Transfer.  The Company shall not be required (i) to
              -------------------
transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in
violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner
of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser
or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

          (d) Removal of Legend.  When all of the following events have
              -----------------
occurred, the Shares then held by Purchaser will no longer be subject to the
legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii):  (i) the termination of the Right of
First Refusal; and (ii) the expiration or termination of the market standoff
provisions of Section 3(f) (and of any agreement entered pursuant to Section
3(f)).  After such time, and upon Purchaser's request, a new certificate or
certificates representing

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

the Shares not repurchased shall be issued without the legend referred to in
Section 5(a)(ii), and delivered to Purchaser.

     6.   No Employment Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any
          --------------------
manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary
of the Company, to terminate Purchaser's employment or consulting relationship,
for any reason, with or without cause.

     7.   Miscellaneous.
          -------------

          (a) Governing Law.  This Agreement and all acts and transactions
              -------------
pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be
governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

          (b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights.  This Agreement sets
              ---------------------------------------
forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the
subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them.  No
modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights
under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties
to this Agreement.  The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this
Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

          (c) Severability.  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are
              ------------
held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate
such provision in good faith.  In the event that the parties cannot reach a
mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such
provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the
Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii)
the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

          (d) Construction.  This Agreement is the result of negotiations
              ------------
between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective
counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product
of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or
against any one of the parties hereto.

          (e) Notices.  Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall
              -------
be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent
by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as
certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party
to be notified at such party's address as set forth below or as subsequently
modified by written notice.

          (f) Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
              ------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall constitute one instrument.

          (g) Successors and Assigns.  The rights and benefits of this Agreement
              ----------------------
shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company's successors
and assigns.  The rights

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the
prior written consent of the Company.

          (h) California Corporate Securities Law.  THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES
              -----------------------------------
WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE
COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE
SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR
PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT
FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA
CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY
CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.



                            [Signature Page Follows]

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

     The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock
Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

                                              COMPANY:

                                              ReplayTV, Inc.



                                              By: ________________________


                                              Name:_______________________
                                                   (print)

                                              Title:______________________


                                              1945 Charleston Road
                                              Mountain View, CA  94043-1201

                                              PURCHASER:

                                              ((OPTIONEE))


                                              ____________________________
                                              (Signature)

                                              Address:

                                              ____________________________
                                              ____________________________

I, ______________________, spouse of ((Optione)), have read and hereby approve
the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company's granting my spouse
the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree
to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community
property or similar interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be
similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-
fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the
Agreement.



                                               _________________________
                                               Spouse of ((Optionee))

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

             STATE OF CALIFORNIA - CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE
             ----------------------------------------------------
        Title 10.  Investment - Chapter 3.Commissioner of Corporations


   260.141.11:  Restriction on Transfer.
   ----------   -----------------------

   (a)  The issuer of any security upon which a restriction on transfer has been
imposed pursuant to Sections 260.102.6, 260.141.10 or 260.534 shall cause a copy
of this section to be delivered to each issuee or transferee of such security at
the time the certificate evidencing the security is delivered to the issuee or
transferee.

   (b)  It is unlawful for the holder of any such security to consummate a sale
or transfer of such security, or any interest therein, without the prior written
consent of the Commissioner (until this condition is removed pursuant to Section
260.141.12 of these rules), except:

         (1)   to the issuer;
         (2)   pursuant to the order or process of any court;
         (3)   to any person described in Subdivision (i) of Section 25102 of
the Code or Section 260.105.14 of these rules;
         (4)   to the transferor's ancestors, descendants or spouse, or any
custodian or trustee for the account of the transferor or the transferor's
ancestors, descendants, or spouse; or to a transferee by a trustee or custodian
for the account of the transferee or the transferee's ancestors, descendants or
spouse;
         (5)   to holders of securities of the same class of the same issuer;
         (6)   by way of gift or donation inter vivos or on death;
         (7)   by or through a broker-dealer licensed under the Code (either
acting as such or as a finder) to a resident of a foreign state, territory or
country who is neither domiciled in this state to the knowledge of the broker-
dealer, nor actually present in this state if the sale of such securities is not
in violation of any securities law of the foreign state, territory or country
concerned;
         (8)   to a broker-dealer licensed under the Code in a principal
transaction, or as an underwriter or member of an underwriting syndicate or
selling group;
         (9)   if the interest sold or transferred is a pledge or other lien
given by the purchaser to the seller upon a sale of the security for which the
Commissioner's written consent is obtained or under this rule not required;
         (10)  by way of a sale qualified under Sections 25111, 25112, 25113 or
25121 of the Code, of the securities to be transferred, provided that no order
under Section 25140 or Subdivision (a) of Section 25143 is in effect with
respect to such qualification;
         (11)  by a corporation to a wholly owned subsidiary of such
corporation, or by a wholly owned subsidiary of a corporation to such
corporation;
         (12)  by way of an exchange qualified under Section 25111, 25112 or
25113 of the Code, provided that no order under Section 25140 or Subdivision (a)
of Section 25143 is in effect with respect to such qualification;
         (13)  between residents of foreign states, territories or countries who
are neither domiciled nor actually present in this state;
         (14)  to the State Controller pursuant to the Unclaimed Property Law or
to the administrator of the unclaimed property law of another state;
         (15)  by the State Controller pursuant to the Unclaimed Property Law or
by the administrator of the unclaimed property law of another state if, in
either such case, such person (i) discloses to potential purchasers at the sale
that transfer of the securities is restricted under this rule, (ii) delivers to
each purchaser a copy of this rule, and (iii) advises the Commissioner of the
name of each purchaser;
         (16)  by a trustee to a successor trustee when such transfer does not
involve a change in the beneficial ownership of the securities; or
         (17)  by way of an offer and sale of outstanding securities in an
issuer transaction that is subject to the qualification requirement of Section
25110 of the Code but exempt from that qualification requirement by subdivision
(f) of Section 25102;

provided that any such transfer is on the condition that any certificate
evidencing the security issued to such transferee shall contain the legend
required by this section.

   (c) The certificates representing all such securities subject to such a
restriction on transfer, whether upon initial issuance or upon any transfer
thereof, shall bear on their face a legend, prominently stamped or printed
thereon in capital letters of not less than 10-point size, reading as follows:

          "IT IS UNLAWFUL TO CONSUMMATE A SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, OR
ANY INTEREST THEREIN, OR TO RECEIVE ANY CONSIDERATION THEREFOR, WITHOUT THE
PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF
CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED IN THE COMMISSIONER'S RULES."

                                      -17-

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5


                                REPLAYTV, INC.

                       2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
                       ---------------------------------

     The following constitute the provisions of the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan of ReplayTV, Inc.

     1.  Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the
         -------
Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common
Stock of the Company. It is the intention of the Company to have the Plan
qualify as an "Employee Stock Purchase Plan" under Section 423 of the Code. The
provisions of the Plan shall, accordingly, be construed so as to extend and
limit participation in a manner consistent with the requirements of that section
of the Code.

     2.  Definitions.
         -----------

         (a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
              -----

         (b) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
              ----

         (c) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company.
              ------------

         (d) "Company" means ReplayTV, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
              -------

         (e) "Compensation" means all regular straight time gross earnings and
              ------------
shall not include commissions or payments for overtime, shift premium, incentive
compensation, incentive payments, bonuses and other compensation.

         (f) "Continuous Status as an Employee" means the absence of any
              --------------------------------
interruption or termination of service as an Employee. Continuous Status as an
Employee shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) sick leave; (ii)
military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Company,
provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless
reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or
statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from
time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company
or between the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries.

         (g) "Contributions" means all amounts credited to the account of a
              -------------
participant pursuant to the Plan.

         (h) "Corporate Transaction" means a sale of all or substantially all
              ---------------------
of the Company's assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital
reorganization of the Company with or into another corporation.

         (i) "Designated Subsidiaries" means the Subsidiaries which have been
              -----------------------
designated by the Board from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to
participate in the Plan; provided however that the Board shall only have the
discretion to designate Subsidiaries if
<PAGE>

the issuance of options to such Subsidiary's Employees pursuant to the Plan
would not cause the Company to incur adverse accounting charges.

         (j) "Employee" means any person, including an Officer, who is
              --------
customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five
(5) months in a calendar year by the Company or one of its Designated
Subsidiaries.

         (k) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
              ------------
amended.

         (l) "Offering Date" means the first business day of each Offering
              -------------
Period of the Plan.

         (m) "Offering Period" means a period of twenty-four (24) months
              ---------------
commencing on May 1 and November 1 of each year, except for the first Offering
Period as set forth in Section 4(a).

         (n) "Officer" means a person who is an officer of the Company within
              -------
the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.

         (o) "Plan" means this Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
              ----

         (p) "Purchase Date" means the last day of each Purchase Period of the
              -------------
Plan.

         (q) "Purchase Period" means a period of six (6) months within an
              ---------------
Offering Period, except for the first Purchase Period as set forth in Section
4(b).

         (r) "Purchase Price" means with respect to a Purchase Period an amount
              --------------
equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 7(b) below) of a
Share of Common Stock on the Offering Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is
lower; provided, however, that in the event (i) of any increase in the number of
Shares available for issuance under the Plan as a result of a stockholder-
approved amendment to the Plan, and (ii) all or a portion of such additional
Shares are to be issued with respect to one or more Offering Periods that are
underway at the time of such increase ("Additional Shares"), and (iii) the Fair
                                        -----------------
Market Value of a Share of Common Stock on the date of such increase (the
"Approval Date Fair Market Value") is higher than the Fair Market Value on the
- --------------------------------
Offering Date for any such Offering Period, then in such instance the Purchase
Price with respect to Additional Shares shall be 85% of the Approval Date Fair
Market Value or the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock on the Purchase
Date, whichever is lower.

         (s) "Share" means a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance
              -----
with Section 19 of the Plan.

         (t) "Subsidiary" means a corporation, domestic or foreign, of which
              ----------
not less than 50% of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary,
whether or not such corporation now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired
by the Company or a Subsidiary.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     3.  Eligibility.
         -----------

         (a) Any person who is an Employee as of the Offering Date of a given
Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in such Offering Period under
the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5(a) and the limitations
imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code; provided that eligible Employees may not
participate in more than one Offering Period at a time.

         (b) Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no
Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan (i) if, immediately after the
grant, such Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to
such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of
the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock possessing five
percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes
of stock of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) if such
option would permit his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock
purchase plans (described in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company and its
Subsidiaries to accrue at a rate which exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars
($25,000) of the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 7(b) below) of such
stock (determined at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in
which such option is outstanding at any time.

     4.  Offering Periods and Purchase Periods.
         -------------------------------------

         (a) Offering Periods.  The Plan shall be implemented by a series of
             ----------------
Offering Periods of approximately twenty-four (24) months' duration, with new
Offering Periods commencing on or about May 1 and November 1 of each year (or at
such other time or times as may be determined by the Board of Directors). The
first Offering Period shall commence on the beginning of the effective date of
the Registration Statement on Form S-1 for the initial public offering of the
Company's Common Stock (the "IPO Date") and continue until April 30, 2002. The
                             --------
Plan shall continue until terminated in accordance with Section 20 hereof. The
Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to change the duration
and/or the frequency of Offering Periods with respect to future offerings
without stockholder approval if such change is announced at least five (5) days
prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected.

         (b) Purchase Periods.  Each Offering Period shall consist of four (4)
             ----------------
consecutive purchase periods of approximately six (6) months' duration.  The
last day of each Purchase Period shall be the "Purchase Date" for such Purchase
                                               -------------
Period. A Purchase Period commencing on May 1 shall end on the next October 31.
A Purchase Period commencing on November 1 shall end on the next April 30. The
first Purchase Period shall commence on the IPO Date and shall end on October
31, 2000. The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to change
the duration and/or frequency of Purchase Periods with respect to future
purchases without stockholder approval if such change is announced at least five
(5) days prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Purchase Period to be
affected.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     5.  Participation.
         -------------

         (a) An eligible Employee may become a participant in the Plan by
completing a subscription agreement on the form provided by the Company and
filing it with the Company's payroll office prior to the applicable Offering
Date, unless a later time for filing the subscription agreement is set by the
Board for all eligible Employees with respect to a given Offering Period. The
subscription agreement shall set forth the percentage of the participant's
Compensation (subject to Section 6(a) below) to be paid as Contributions
pursuant to the Plan.

         (b) Payroll deductions shall commence on the first payroll following
the Offering Date and shall end on the last payroll paid on or prior to the last
Purchase Period of the Offering Period to which the subscription agreement is
applicable, unless sooner terminated by the participant as provided in Section
10.

     6.  Method of Payment of Contributions.
         ----------------------------------

         (a) A participant shall elect to have payroll deductions made on each
payday during the Offering Period in an amount not less than one percent (1%)
and not more than ten percent (10%) (or such greater percentage as the Board may
establish from time to time before an Offering Date, which percentage shall not
exceed fifteen percent (15%)) of such participant's Compensation on each payday
during the Offering Period. All payroll deductions made by a participant shall
be credited to his or her account under the Plan. A participant may not make any
additional payments into such account.

         (b) A participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan
as provided in Section 10, or, on one occasion only during the Offering Period
may increase and on one occasion only during the Offering Period may decrease
the rate of his or her Contributions with respect to the Offering Period by
completing and filing with the Company a new subscription agreement authorizing
a change in the payroll deduction rate. The change in rate shall be effective as
of the beginning of the next calendar month following the date of filing of the
new subscription agreement, if the agreement is filed at least ten (10) business
days prior to such date and, if not, as of the beginning of the next succeeding
calendar month.

         (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply
with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b), a participant's payroll
deductions may be decreased by the Company to 0% at any time during a Purchase
Period. Payroll deductions shall re-commence at the rate provided in such
participant's subscription agreement at the beginning of the first Purchase
Period which is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless
terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10. In addition, a
participant's payroll deductions may be decreased by the Company to 0% at any
time during a Purchase Period in order to avoid unnecessary payroll
contributions as a result of application of the maximum share limit set forth in
Section 7(a), in which case payroll deductions shall re-commence at the rate
provided in such participant's subscription agreement at the beginning of the
next Purchase Period, unless terminated by the participant as provided in
Section 10.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     7.  Grant of Option.
         ---------------

         (a) On the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each eligible
Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted an option to
purchase on each Purchase Date a number of Shares of the Company's Common Stock
determined by dividing such Employee's Contributions accumulated prior to such
Purchase Date and retained in the participant's account as of the Purchase Date
by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that the maximum number of Shares an
Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period shall be 3,000 Shares and
provided further that such purchase shall be subject to the limitations set
forth in Sections 3(b) and 13.

         (b) The fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on a given
date (the "Fair Market Value") shall be determined by the Board in its
           -----------------
discretion based on the closing sales price of the Common Stock for such date
(or, in the event that the Common Stock is not traded on such date, on the
immediately preceding trading date), as reported by the National Association of
Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (Nasdaq) National Market or, if such
price is not reported, the mean of the bid and asked prices per share of the
Common Stock as reported by Nasdaq or, in the event the Common Stock is listed
on a stock exchange, the Fair Market Value per share shall be the closing sales
price on such exchange on such date (or, in the event that the Common Stock is
not traded on such date, on the immediately preceding trading date), as reported
in The Wall Street Journal. For purposes of the Offering Date under the first
   -----------------------
Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common
Stock of the Company shall be the Price to Public as set forth in the final
prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule
424 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     8.  Exercise of Option.  Unless a participant withdraws from the Plan as
         ------------------
provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of Shares will be
exercised automatically on each Purchase Date of an Offering Period, and the
maximum number of full Shares subject to the option will be purchased at the
applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions in his or her
account. No fractional Shares shall be issued. The Shares purchased upon
exercise of an option hereunder shall be deemed to be transferred to the
participant on the Purchase Date. During his or her lifetime, a participant's
option to purchase Shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

     9.  Delivery.  As promptly as practicable after each Purchase Date of each
         --------
Offering Period, the Company shall arrange the delivery to each participant, as
appropriate, of a certificate representing the Shares purchased upon exercise of
his or her option. Any payroll deductions accumulated in a participant's account
which are not sufficient to purchase a full Share shall be retained in the
participant's account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period,
subject to earlier withdrawal by the participant as provided in Section 10
below. Any other amounts left over in a participant's account after a Purchase
Date shall be returned to the participant.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     10.  Voluntary Withdrawal; Termination of Employment.
          -----------------------------------------------

          (a) A participant may withdraw all but not less than all the
Contributions credited to his or her account under the Plan at any time prior to
each Purchase Date by giving written notice to the Company. All of the
participant's Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to him
or her promptly after receipt of his or her notice of withdrawal and his or her
option for the current period will be automatically terminated, and no further
Contributions for the purchase of Shares will be made during the Offering
Period.

          (b) Upon termination of the participant's Continuous Status as an
Employee prior to the Purchase Date of an Offering Period for any reason,
including retirement or death, the Contributions credited to his or her account
will be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to the
person or persons entitled thereto under Section 14, and his or her option will
be automatically terminated.

          (c) In the event an Employee fails to remain in Continuous Status as
an Employee during the Offering Period in which the employee is a participant,
he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the
Contributions credited to his or her account will be returned to him or her and
his or her option terminated.

          (d) A participant's withdrawal from an offering will not have any
effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in a succeeding offering or in
any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company.

     11.  Automatic Withdrawal.  If the Fair Market Value of the Shares on any
          --------------------
Purchase Date of an Offering Period is less than the Fair Market Value of the
Shares on the Offering Date for such Offering Period, then every participant
shall automatically (i) be withdrawn from such Offering Period at the close of
such Purchase Date and after the acquisition of Shares for such Purchase Period,
and (ii) be enrolled in the Offering Period commencing on the first business day
subsequent to such Purchase Period. Participants shall automatically be
withdrawn as of April 30, 2000 from the Offering Period beginning on the IPO
Date and re-enrolled in the Offering Period beginning on May 1, 2000 if the Fair
Market Value of the Shares on the IPO Date is greater than the Fair Market Value
of the Shares on April 30, 2000, unless a participant notifies the Administrator
prior to April 30, 2000 that he or she does not wish to be withdrawn and re-
enrolled.

     12.  Interest.  No interest shall accrue on the Contributions of a
          --------
participant in the Plan.

     13.  Stock.
          -----

          (a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 19, the maximum
number of Shares which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be
1,000,000 Shares plus an annual increase on the first day of each of the
Company's fiscal years beginning in 2001 through 2009 equal to the lesser of (i)
500,000 Shares, (ii) two percent (2%) of the Shares outstanding on the last day
of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (iii) such lesser number of Shares
as is

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

determined by the Board. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or
reacquired Common Stock.

          (b) If the Board determines that, on a given Purchase Date, the number
of Shares with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the
number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on
the Offering Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of
shares available for sale under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Board may in
its sole discretion provide (x) that the Company shall make a pro rata
allocation of the Shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Offering
Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be
practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable
among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such
Purchase Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (y) that the
Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on
such Offering Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as
shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be
equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on
such Purchase Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect
pursuant to Section 20 below. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the
Shares available on the Offering Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant
to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional
Shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company's stockholders subsequent to
such Offering Date.

          (c) The participant shall have no interest or voting right in Shares
covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised.

          (d) Shares to be delivered to a participant under the Plan will be
registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant and
his or her spouse.

     14.  Administration.  The Board, or a committee named by the Board, shall
          --------------
supervise and administer the Plan and shall have full power to adopt, amend and
rescind any rules deemed desirable and appropriate for the administration of the
Plan and not inconsistent with the Plan, to construe and interpret the Plan, and
to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration
of the Plan.

     15.  Designation of Beneficiary.
          --------------------------

          (a) A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who
is to receive any Shares and cash, if any, from the participant's account under
the Plan in the event of such participant's death subsequent to the end of a
Purchase Period but prior to delivery to him or her of such Shares and cash. In
addition, a participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is
to receive any cash from the participant's account under the Plan in the event
of such participant's death prior to the Purchase Date of an Offering Period. If
a participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse,
spousal consent shall be required for such designation to be effective.

          (b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant
(and his or her spouse, if any) at any time by written notice. In the event of
the death of a participant

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is
living at the time of such participant's death, the Company shall deliver such
Shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the
participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the
knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such
Shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives
of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the
Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

     16.  Transferability.  Neither Contributions credited to a participant's
          ---------------
account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive
Shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise
disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and
distribution, or as provided in Section 15) by the participant.  Any such
attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without
effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw
funds in accordance with Section 10.

     17.  Use of Funds.  All Contributions received or held by the Company under
          ------------
the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company
shall not be obligated to segregate such Contributions.

     18.  Reports.  Individual accounts will be maintained for each participant
          -------
in the Plan.  Statements of account will be given to participating Employees at
least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions,
the per Share Purchase Price, the number of Shares purchased and the remaining
cash balance, if any.

     19.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization; Corporate Transactions.
          ------------------------------------------------------------------

          (a)  Adjustment. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of
               ----------
the Company, the number of Shares covered by each option under the Plan which
has not yet been exercised and the number of Shares which have been authorized
for issuance under the Plan but have not yet been placed under option
(collectively, the "Reserves"), as well as the maximum number of shares of
                    --------
Common Stock which may be purchased by a participant in a Purchase Period, the
number of shares of Common Stock set forth in Section 13(a)(i) above, and the
price per Share of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has
not yet been exercised, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or
decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse
stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock
(including any such change in the number of Shares of Common Stock effected in
connection with a change in domicile of the Company), or any other increase or
decrease in the number of Shares effected without receipt of consideration by
the Company; provided however that conversion of any convertible securities of
the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of
consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination
in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly
provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or
securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no
adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price
of Shares subject to an option.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

          (b)  Corporate Transactions.  In the event of a dissolution or
               ----------------------
liquidation of the Company, any Purchase Period and Offering Period then in
progress will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action,
unless otherwise provided by the Board. In the event of a Corporate Transaction,
each option outstanding under the Plan shall be assumed or an equivalent option
shall be substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or Subsidiary of
such successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation refuses
to assume or substitute for outstanding options, each Purchase Period and
Offering Period then in progress shall be shortened and a new Purchase Date
shall be set (the "New Purchase Date"), as of which date any Purchase Period and
                   -----------------
Offering Period then in progress will terminate.  The New Purchase Date shall be
on or before the date of consummation of the transaction and the Board shall
notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) days prior to the New
Purchase Date, that the Purchase Date for his or her option has been changed to
the New Purchase Date and that his or her option will be exercised automatically
on the New Purchase Date, unless prior to such date he or she has withdrawn from
the Offering Period as provided in Section 10.  For purposes of this Section 19,
an option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be assumed, without
limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon
a Corporate Transaction, each holder of an option under the Plan would be
entitled to receive upon exercise of the option the same number and kind of
shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such
holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the
transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to the transaction, the
holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the option at such
time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by
the option as provided for in this Section 19); provided however that if the
consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the
successor corporation or its parent (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code),
the Board may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the
consideration to be received upon exercise of the option to be solely common
stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in Fair Market Value to
the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the
transaction.

     The Board may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole discretion,
also make provision for adjusting the Reserves, as well as the price per Share
of Common Stock covered by each outstanding option, in the event that the
Company effects one or more reorganizations, recapitalizations, rights offerings
or other increases or reductions of Shares of its outstanding Common Stock, and
in the event of the Company's being consolidated with or merged into any other
corporation.

     20.  Amendment or Termination.
          ------------------------

          (a)  The Board may at any time and for any reason terminate or amend
the Plan.  Except as provided in Section 19, no such termination of the Plan may
affect options previously granted, provided that the Plan or an Offering Period
may be terminated by the Board on a Purchase Date or by the Board's setting a
new Purchase Date with respect to an Offering Period and Purchase Period then in
progress if the Board determines that termination of the Plan and/or the
Offering Period is in the best interests of the Company and the stockholders or
if continuation of the Plan and/or the Offering Period would cause the Company
to incur adverse

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

accounting charges as a result of a change after the effective date of the Plan
in the generally accepted accounting rules applicable to the Plan. Except as
provided in Section 19 and in this Section 20, no amendment to the Plan shall
make any change in any option previously granted which adversely affects the
rights of any participant. In addition, to the extent necessary to comply with
Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or under Section 423 of the Code (or any
successor rule or provision or any applicable law or regulation), the Company
shall obtain stockholder approval in such a manner and to such a degree as so
required.

          (b)  Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any
participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected, the Board
(or its committee) shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods and Purchase
Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld
during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts
withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in
excess of the amount designated by a participant in order to adjust for delays
or mistakes in the Company's processing of properly completed withholding
elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting
and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of
Common Stock for each participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from
the participant's Compensation, and establish such other limitations or
procedures as the Board (or its committee) determines in its sole discretion
advisable which are consistent with the Plan.

     21.  Notices.  All notices or other communications by a participant to the
          -------
Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly
given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by
the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

     22.  Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.  Shares shall not be issued with
          ----------------------------------
respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and
delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable
provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, applicable state securities laws and the requirements of
any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be
further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such
compliance.

     As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the
person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such
exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any
present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of
counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the
aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

     23.  Term of Plan; Effective Date.  The Plan shall become effective upon
          ----------------------------
the IPO Date.  It shall continue in effect for a term of twenty (20) years
unless sooner terminated under Section 20.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                                REPLAYTV, INC.

                       2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
                            SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
                            ----------------------


                                                             New Election ______
                                                       Change of Election ______


     1.   I, ________________________, hereby elect to participate in the
ReplayTV, Inc. 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") for the Offering
                                                       ----
Period ______________, ____ to _______________, ____, and subscribe to purchase
shares of the Company's Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription
Agreement and the Plan.

     2.   I elect to have Contributions in the amount of ____% of my
Compensation, as those terms are defined in the Plan, applied to this purchase.
I understand that this amount must not be less than 1% and not more than 10% of
my Compensation during the Offering Period.  (Please note that no fractional
percentages are permitted).

     3.   I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck during the
Offering Period at the rate stated in Item 2 of this Subscription Agreement.  I
understand that all payroll deductions made by me shall be credited to my
account under the Plan and that I may not make any additional payments into such
account. I understand that all payments made by me shall be accumulated for the
purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable purchase price determined
in accordance with the Plan. I further understand that, except as otherwise set
forth in the Plan, shares will be purchased for me automatically on the Purchase
Date of each Offering Period unless I otherwise withdraw from the Plan by giving
written notice to the Company for such purpose.

     4.   I understand that I may discontinue at any time prior to the Purchase
Date my participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.  I also
understand that I can increase or decrease the rate of my Contributions on one
occasion only with respect to any increase and one occasion only with respect to
any decrease during any Offering Period by completing and filing a new
Subscription Agreement with such increase or decrease taking effect as of the
beginning of the calendar month following the date of filing of the new
Subscription Agreement, if filed at least ten (10) business days prior to the
beginning of such month.  Further, I may change the rate of deductions for
future Offering Periods by filing a new Subscription Agreement, and any such
change will be effective as of the beginning of the next Offering Period.  In
addition, I acknowledge that, unless I discontinue my participation in the Plan
as provided in Section 10 of the Plan, my election will continue to be effective
for each successive Offering Period.
<PAGE>

     5.  I have received a copy of the Company's most recent description of the
Plan and a copy of the complete "ReplayTV, Inc. 2000 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan."  I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects
subject to the terms of the Plan.

     6.  Shares purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the name(s)
of (name of employee or employee and spouse only):

                                           ____________________________________

                                           ____________________________________

     7.  In the event of my death, I hereby designate the following as my
beneficiary(ies) to receive all payments and shares due to me under the Plan:


NAME: (Please print)                       _____________________________________
                                           (First)  (Middle)  (Last)

________________________                   _____________________________________
(Relationship)                             (Address)

                                           _____________________________________


     8.  I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to
the Plan within 2 years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering
Period during which I purchased such shares) or within 1 year after the Purchase
Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received
ordinary compensation income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal
to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the Purchase Date over
the price which I paid for the shares, regardless of whether I disposed of the
shares at a price less than their fair market value at the Purchase Date. The
remainder of the gain or loss, if any, recognized on such disposition will be
treated as capital gain or loss.

     I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within 30 days after the
     ------------------------------------------------------------------------
date of any such disposition, and I will make adequate provision for federal,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
disposition of the Common Stock.  The Company may, but will not be obligated to,
- -------------------------------
withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable
withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to
the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early
disposition of Common Stock by me.

     9.  If I dispose of such shares at any time after expiration of the 2-year
and 1-year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for federal
income tax purposes as having received compensation income only to the extent of
an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the excess of the fair market value of the
shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for
the shares under the option, or (2) 15% of the fair market value of the

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

shares on the Offering Date. The remainder of the gain or loss, if any,
recognized on such disposition will be treated as capital gain or loss.

     I understand that this tax summary is only a summary and is subject to
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
change.  I further understand that I should consult a tax advisor concerning the
- ------
tax implications of the purchase and sale of stock under the Plan.

     10.  In connection with the initial public offering of the Company's
securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any
underwritten offering of the Company's securities, I agree not to sell, make any
short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose
of any securities of the Company, however or whenever I acquired them, without
the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may
be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of
such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing
underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be
requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

     11.  I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness
of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate
in the Plan.


SIGNATURE: __________________________

SOCIAL SECURITY #: __________________

DATE:________________________________



SPOUSE'S SIGNATURE (necessary
if beneficiary is not spouse):


_____________________________________
(Signature)


_____________________________________
(Print name)

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                REPLAYTV, INC.

                       2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                             NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL
                             --------------------

     I, __________________________, hereby elect to withdraw my participation in
the ReplayTV, Inc. 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") for the
                                                           ----
Offering Period that began on _________ ___, _____.  This withdrawal covers all
Contributions credited to my account and is effective on the date designated
below.

     I understand that all Contributions credited to my account will be paid to
me within ten (10) business days of receipt by the Company of this Notice of
Withdrawal and that my option for the current period will automatically
terminate, and that no further Contributions for the purchase of shares can be
made by me during the Offering Period.

     The undersigned further understands and agrees that he or she shall be
eligible to participate in succeeding offering periods only by delivering to the
Company a new Subscription Agreement.


Dated:___________________                _______________________________________
                                         Signature of Employee


                                         _______________________________________
                                         Social Security Number

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.6

                                REPLAYTV, INC.

                       2000 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
                       ---------------------------------


     1.   Purposes of the Plan.  The purposes of this Directors' Stock Option
          --------------------
Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for service as
Directors of the Company, to provide additional incentive to the Outside
Directors of the Company to serve as Directors, and to encourage their continued
service on the Board.

          All options granted hereunder shall be nonstatutory stock options.

     2.   Definitions.  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
          -----------

          (a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
               -----

          (b) "Change of Control" means a sale of all or substantially all of
               -----------------
the Company's assets, or any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into
another corporation other than a merger or consolidation in which the holders of
more than 50% of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding
immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by the voting
securities remaining outstanding or by their being converted into voting
securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the total voting power
represented by the voting securities of the Company, or such surviving entity,
outstanding immediately after such transaction.

          (c) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
               ----

          (d) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company.
               ------------

          (e) "Company" means ReplayTV, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
               -------

          (f) "Continuous Status as a Director" means the absence of any
               -------------------------------
interruption or termination of service as a Director.

          (g) "Corporate Transaction" means a dissolution or liquidation of the
               ---------------------
Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, or a
merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization of the Company with or
into another corporation.

          (h) "Director" means a member of the Board.
               --------

          (i) "Employee" means any person, including any officer or Director,
               --------
employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  The payment
of a director's fee by the Company shall not be sufficient in and of itself to
constitute "employment" by the Company.

          (j) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
               ------------
amended.
<PAGE>

          (k) "Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.  All
               ------
options shall be nonstatutory stock options (i.e., options that are not intended
to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code).

          (l) "Optioned Stock" means the Common Stock subject to an Option.
               --------------

          (m) "Optionee" means an Outside Director who receives an Option.
               --------

          (n) "Outside Director" means a Director who is not an Employee.
               ----------------

          (o) "Parent" means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
               ------
existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

          (p) "Plan" means this 2000 Directors' Stock Option Plan.
               ----

          (q) "Share" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in
               -----
accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.

          (r) "Subsidiary" means a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
               ----------
hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

     3.   Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of
          -------------------------
the Plan, the number of Shares that are available to be sold under the Plan is
300,000 Shares of Common Stock.  As of January 1 of each year beginning in 2001
and ending in 2009, the aggregate number of Shares available to be sold under
the Plan shall automatically be increased by the number of Shares necessary to
cause the number of Shares then available for sale to be restored to 300,000
Shares.  Notwithstanding the above, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that
may be sold over the term of the Plan shall be 3,000,000.  The Shares may be
authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

     If an Option should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without
having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto
shall, unless the Plan has been terminated, become available for future grant
under the Plan.  In addition, any Shares of Common Stock that are retained by
the Company upon exercise of an Option in order to satisfy the exercise price
for such Option, or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise,
shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the
Plan.  If Shares that were acquired upon exercise of an Option are subsequently
repurchased by the Company, such Shares shall not in any event be returned to
the Plan and shall not become available for future grant under the Plan.

     4.   Administration of and Grants of Options under the Plan.
          ------------------------------------------------------

          (a) Administrator.  Except as otherwise required herein, the Plan
              -------------
shall be administered by the Board.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

          (b) Procedure for Grants.  All grants of Options hereunder shall be
              --------------------
automatic and nondiscretionary and shall be made strictly in accordance with the
following provisions:

              (i)   No person shall have any discretion to select which Outside
Directors shall be granted Options or to determine the number of Shares to be
covered by Options granted to Outside Directors.

              (ii)  Each Outside Director who becomes an Outside Director after
the effective date of this Plan shall be automatically granted an Option to
purchase 50,000 Shares (the "First Option") on the date on which such person
                             ------------
first becomes an Outside Director, whether through election by the stockholders
of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy.

              (iii) Each Outside Director shall thereafter be automatically
granted an Option to purchase 15,000 Shares (a "Annual Option") on the date of
                                                -------------
each Annual Meeting of the Company's stockholders immediately following which
such Outside Director is serving on the Board, provided that, on such date, he
or she shall have served on the Board for at least six (6) months prior to the
date of such Annual Meeting.

             (iv)   Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (ii) and (iii)
hereof, in the event that a grant would cause the number of Shares subject to
outstanding Options plus the number of Shares previously purchased upon exercise
of Options to exceed the Pool, then each such automatic grant shall be for that
number of Shares determined by dividing the total number of Shares remaining
available for grant by the number of Outside Directors receiving an Option on
the automatic grant date.  Any further grants shall then be deferred until such
time, if any, as additional Shares become available for grant under the Plan
through action of the stockholders to increase the number of Shares which may be
issued under the Plan or through cancellation or expiration of Options
previously granted hereunder.

              (v)   Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (ii) and (iii)
hereof, any grant of an Option made before the Company has obtained stockholder
approval of the Plan in accordance with Section 17 hereof shall be conditioned
upon obtaining such stockholder approval of the Plan in accordance with Section
17 hereof.

              (vi)  The terms of each First Option granted hereunder shall be as
follows:

                    (1) the First Option shall be exercisable only while the
Outside Director remains a Director of the Company, except as set forth in
Section 9 below;

                    (2) the exercise price per Share shall be 100% of the fair
market value per Share on the date of grant of the First Option, determined in
accordance with Section 8 hereof; and

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                    (3) the First Option shall become vested and exercisable in
installments as to one-third of the Shares subject to the First Option on each
of the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant of the Option.

              (vii) The terms of each Annual Option granted hereunder shall be
as follows:

                    (1) the Annual Option shall be exercisable only while the
Outside Director remains a Director of the Company, except as set forth in
Section 9 below;

                    (2) the exercise price per Share shall be 100% of the fair
market value per Share on the date of grant of the Annual Option, determined in
accordance with Section 8 hereof; and

                    (3) the Annual Option shall become vested and exercisable as
to 100% of the Shares subject to the Annual Option on the first anniversary of
the date of grant of the Option.

          (c) Powers of the Board.  Subject to the provisions and restrictions
              -------------------
of the Plan, the Board shall have the authority, in its discretion:  (i) to
determine, upon review of relevant information and in accordance with Section
8(b) of the Plan, the fair market value of the Common Stock; (ii) to determine
the exercise price per Share of Options to be granted, which exercise price
shall be determined in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan; (iii) to interpret
the Plan; (iv) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to
the Plan; (v) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any
instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option previously granted
hereunder; and (vi) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or
advisable for the administration of the Plan.

          (d) Effect of Board's Decision.  All decisions, determinations and
              --------------------------
interpretations of the Board shall be final and binding on all Optionees and any
other holders of any Options granted under the Plan.

          (e) Suspension or Termination of Option.  If the Chief Executive
              -----------------------------------
Officer or his or her designee reasonably believes that an Optionee has
committed an act of misconduct, such officer may suspend the Optionee's right to
exercise any option pending a determination by the Board (excluding the Outside
Director accused of such misconduct).  If the Board (excluding the Outside
Director accused of such misconduct) determines an Optionee has committed an act
of embezzlement, fraud, dishonesty, nonpayment of an obligation owed to the
Company, breach of fiduciary duty or deliberate disregard of the Company rules
resulting in loss, damage or injury to the Company, or if an Optionee makes an
unauthorized disclosure of any Company trade secret or confidential information,
engages in any conduct constituting unfair competition, induces any Company
customer to breach a contract with the Company or induces any principal for whom
the Company acts as agent to terminate such agency relationship, neither the
Optionee nor his or her estate shall be entitled to exercise any Option
whatsoever.  In making such determination, the Board of Directors (excluding the
Outside Director accused of such

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

misconduct) shall act fairly and shall give the Optionee an opportunity to
appear and present evidence on Optionee's behalf at a hearing before the Board
or a committee of the Board.

     5.   Eligibility.  Options may be granted only to Outside Directors.  All
          -----------
Options shall be automatically granted in accordance with the terms set forth in
Section 4(b) above.  An Outside Director who has been granted an Option may, if
he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Option or Options in
accordance with such provisions.

          The Plan shall not confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to
continuation of service as a Director or nomination to serve as a Director, nor
shall it interfere in any way with any rights which the Director or the Company
may have to terminate his or her directorship at any time.

     6.   Term of Plan; Effective Date.  The Plan shall become effective on the
          ----------------------------
effectiveness of the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, relating to the Company's initial public offering of securities.  It
shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated
under Section 13 of the Plan.

     7.   Term of Options.  The term of each Option shall be ten (10) years from
          ---------------
the date of grant thereof unless an Option terminates sooner pursuant to Section
9 below.

     8.   Exercise Price and Consideration.
          --------------------------------

          (a) Exercise Price.  The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be
              --------------
issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be 100% of the fair market value
per Share on the date of grant of the Option.

          (b) Fair Market Value.  The fair market value as of any date shall be
              -----------------
determined by the Board; provided however that in the event the Common Stock is
traded on the Nasdaq National Market or listed on a stock exchange, the fair
market value per Share shall be the closing sales price on such system or
exchange on the date of grant of the Option (or, in the event that the Common
Stock is not traded on such date, on the immediately preceding trading date), as
reported in The Wall Street Journal, or if there is a public market for the
            -----------------------
Common Stock but the Common Stock is not traded on the Nasdaq National Market or
listed on a stock exchange, the fair market value per Share shall be the mean of
the bid and asked prices of the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on
the date of grant, as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or, if not so
                                  ------------------------
reported, as otherwise reported by the National Association of Securities
Dealers Automated Quotation ("Nasdaq") System).

          (c) Form of Consideration.  The consideration to be paid for the
              ---------------------
Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall consist entirely of cash,
check, other Shares of Common Stock having a fair market value on the date of
surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the
Option shall be exercised (which, if acquired from the Company, shall have been
held more than six months), delivery of a properly executed exercise notice
together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if
applicable, shall require to effect exercise of the Option and prompt delivery
to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

required to pay the exercise price, or any combination of such methods of
payment.

     9.   Exercise of Option.
          ------------------

          (a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder.  Any Option
              -----------------------------------------------
granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times as are set forth in Section
4(b) above; provided however that no Options shall be exercisable prior to
stockholder approval of the Plan in accordance with Section 17 below has been
obtained.

              An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

              An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of
such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the
Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the
Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the
Company. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment
allowable under Section 8(c) of the Plan. Until the issuance (as evidenced by
the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized
transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares,
no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall
exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the
Option. A share certificate for the number of Shares so acquired shall be issued
to the Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No
adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date
is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in
Section 11 of the Plan.

              Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in
the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the
Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the
Option is exercised.

          (b) Termination of Continuous Status as a Director.  If an Outside
              ----------------------------------------------
Director ceases to serve as a Director, he or she may, but only within ninety
(90) days after the date he or she ceases to be a Director of the Company,
exercise his or her Option to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise
it at the date of such termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event
may the Option be exercised after its term set forth in Section 7 has expired.
To the extent that such Outside Director was not entitled to exercise an Option
at the date of such termination, or does not exercise such Option (to the extent
he or she was entitled to exercise) within the time specified above, the Option
shall terminate and the Shares underlying the unexercised portion of the Option
shall revert to the Plan.

          (c) Disability of Optionee.  Notwithstanding Section 9(b) above, in
              ----------------------
the event a Director is unable to continue his or her service as a Director with
the Company as a result of his or her total and permanent disability (as defined
in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), he or she may, but only within twelve (12)
months from the date of such termination, exercise his or her Option to the
extent he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may the Option be exercised after its
term set forth in Section 7 has expired.  To the extent that he or she was not
entitled to exercise the Option at the

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

date of termination, or if he or she does not exercise such Option (to the
extent he or she was entitled to exercise) within the time specified above, the
Option shall terminate and the Shares underlying the unexercised portion of the
Option shall revert to the Plan.

          (d) Death of Optionee.  In the event of the death of an Optionee (i)
              -----------------
during the term of the Option who is, at the time of his or her death, a
Director of the Company and who shall have been in Continuous Status as a
Director since the date of grant of the Option, or (ii) three (3) months after
the termination of Continuous Status as a Director, the Option may be exercised,
at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death, by the
Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option
by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that
had accrued at the date of death or the date of termination, as applicable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may the Option be exercised after its
term set forth in Section 7 has expired. To the extent that an Optionee was not
entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death or termination or if he or
she does not exercise such Option (to the extent he or she was entitled to
exercise) within the time specified above, the Option shall terminate and the
Shares underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the
Plan.

     10.  Nontransferability of Options.  The Option may not be sold, pledged,
          -----------------------------
assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than (a)
by will or by the laws of descent or distribution; (b) pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order (as defined by the Code or the rules thereunder); (c)
by gift to the Optionee's Family; or (d) by gift or in exchange for an interest
in such entity to (i) a trust in which Optionee and/or Optionee's Family have
more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, (ii) a foundation in which
Optionee and/or Optionee's Family control the management of assets, or (iii) any
other entity in which Optionee and/or Optionee's Family own more than fifty
percent of the voting interests.  For purposes of this Section 10, Optionee's
"Family" shall include any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent,
grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law,
father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law,
including adoptive relationships, and any person sharing the employee's
household (other than a tenant or employee).  The designation of a beneficiary
by an Optionee does not constitute a transfer.  An Option may be exercised
during the lifetime of an Optionee only by the Optionee or a transferee
permitted by this Section.

     11.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization; Corporate Transactions.
          ------------------------------------------------------------------

          (a) Adjustment.  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of
              ----------
the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding
Option, the number of Shares of Common Stock set forth in Sections 4(b)(ii) and
(iii) above, and the number of Shares of Common Stock which have been authorized
for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted
(including the number of Shares that may be added to the Plan each year under
Section 3 above) or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or
expiration of an Option, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered
by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any
increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting
from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or
reclassification of the Common Stock (including any such change

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

in the number of Shares of Common Stock effected in connection with a change in
domicile of the Company) or any other increase or decrease in the number of
issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the
Company; provided however that conversion of any convertible securities of the
Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of
consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination
in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly
provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or
securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no
adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price
of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

          (b) Corporate Transactions.  In the event of a Corporate Transaction,
              ----------------------
each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall be
substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of such
successor corporation, unless the successor corporation does not agree to assume
the outstanding Options or to substitute equivalent options, in which case the
Options shall terminate upon the consummation of the transaction; provided
however that in the event of any transaction that qualifies as a Change of
Control and notwithstanding whether or not outstanding Options are assumed,
substituted for or terminated in connection with the transaction, the vesting of
each outstanding Option shall accelerate in full such that each Optionee shall
have the right to exercise his or her Option as to all of the Optioned Stock,
including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable,
immediately prior to consummation of the transaction.

          For purposes of this Section 11(b), an Option shall be considered
assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other
consideration upon such Corporate Transaction, each Optionee would be entitled
to receive upon exercise of an Option the same number and kind of shares of
stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as the Optionee would
have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of such transaction if the
Optionee had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the
number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the Option at such time (after
giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option
as provided for in this Section 11); provided however that if such consideration
received in the transaction was not solely common stock of the successor
corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the
successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon
exercise of the Option to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or
its Parent equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration
received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

          (c) Certain Distributions.  In the event of any distribution to the
              ---------------------
Company's stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other
than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of
consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion,
appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each
outstanding Option to reflect the effect of such distribution.

     12.  Time of Granting Options.  The date of grant of an Option shall, for
          ------------------------
all purposes, be the date determined in accordance with Section 4(b) hereof.
Notice of the

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

determination shall be given to each Outside Director to whom an Option is so
granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

     13.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan.
          -------------------------------------

          (a) Amendment and Termination.  The Board may amend or terminate the
              -------------------------
Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable;
provided that, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3
under the Exchange Act (or any other applicable law or regulation), the Company
shall obtain approval of the stockholders of the Company to Plan amendments to
the extent and in the manner required by such law or regulation.

          (b) Effect of Amendment or Termination.  Any such amendment or
              ----------------------------------
termination of the Plan that would impair the rights of any Optionee shall not
affect Options already granted to such Optionee and such Options shall remain in
full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless
mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Board, which agreement
must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

     14.  Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.  Notwithstanding any other
          ----------------------------------
provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to
the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for
failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or
delivery would comply with the legal requirements relating to the administration
of stock option plans under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal
and applicable state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or Nasdaq
rules or regulations to which the Company may be subject and the applicable laws
of any other country or jurisdiction where Options are granted under the Plan,
as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to
time (the "Applicable Laws").  Such compliance shall be determined by the
           ---------------
Company in consultation with its legal counsel.

          As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require
the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any
such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and
without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law.

     15.  Reservation of Shares.  The Company, during the term of this Plan,
          ---------------------
will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

     16.  Option Agreement.  Options shall be evidenced by written option
          ----------------
agreements in such form as the Board shall approve.

     17.  Stockholder Approval.  If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance
          --------------------
of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company.
Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree
required under the Applicable Laws.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

                                REPLAYTV, INC.

                       2000 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN

                         NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
                         ----------------------------



((Optionee))

     You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of ReplayTV, Inc.
(the "Company") as follows:
      -------

     Date of Grant                  ((GrantDate))

     Vesting Commencement Date      ((VestingStartDate))

     Exercise Price per Share       ((ExercisePrice))

     Total Number of Shares Granted ((SharesGranted))

     Total Exercise Price           ((TotalExercisePrice))

     Expiration Date                ((ExpirDate))

     Vesting Schedule               This Option shall vest and become
                                    exercisable according to the following
                                    schedule: [for First Options: one-third of
                                    the Shares subject to the Option shall vest
                                    and become exercisable on each of the first,
                                    second and third anniversaries of the date
                                    of grant of the Option]; [for Annual
                                    Options: 100% of the Shares subject to the
                                    Option shall vest and become exercisable on
                                    the first anniversary of the date of grant
                                    of the Option.]

     Termination Period             This Option may be exercised for 90 days
                                    after termination of Optionee's Continuous
                                    Status as a Director, or such longer period
                                    as may be applicable upon death or
                                    Disability of Optionee as provided in the
                                    Plan, but in no event later than the
                                    Expiration Date as provided above.
<PAGE>

     By your signature and the signature of the Company's representative below,
you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the
terms and conditions of the 2000 Directors' Stock Option Plan and the
Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement, all of which are attached and made a part
of this document.

     In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares
underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company
over time and that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services
you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date.


OPTIONEE:                                    REPLAYTV, INC.



____________________________                 By:_______________________
((Optionee))
                                             Title:____________________

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                                REPLAYTV, INC.

                      NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                      -----------------------------------

     1.   Grant of Option.  The Board of Directors of the Company hereby grants
          ---------------
to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the "Optionee")
                                                                --------
attached to this Agreement an option (the "Option") to purchase a number of
                                           ------
Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price
per share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the "Exercise Price"'),
                                                              --------------
subject to the terms and conditions of the 2000 Directors' Stock Option Plan
(the "Plan"), which is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms not
      ----
defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.  In
the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the
terms and conditions of this Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement, the terms and
conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

     2.   Exercise of Option.
          ------------------

          (a) Right to Exercise.  This Option is exercisable during its term in
              -----------------
accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant
and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Nonstatutory Stock Option
Agreement.  In the event of Optionee's death, disability or other termination of
Optionee's service as a Director, the exercisability of the Option is governed
by the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Nonstatutory Stock Option
Agreement.

          (b) Method of Exercise.  This Option is exercisable by delivery of an
              ------------------
exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit A (the "Exercise Notice"),
                                         ---------       ---------------
which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in
respect of which the Option is being exercised (the "Exercised Shares"), and
                                                     ----------------
such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  The Exercise Notice shall be signed by
the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the
Secretary of the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment
of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares.  This Option shall
be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed
Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.

          No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option
unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law
and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation service upon which the
Shares are then listed.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the
Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the
Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

     3.   Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by
          -----------------
any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

          (a)  cash;

          (b)  check;
<PAGE>

          (c) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such
other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall
require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the
sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price; or

          (d) surrender of other Shares which (i) in the case of Shares acquired
upon exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six
(6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the
date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

     4.   Non-Transferability of Option.  This Option may not be sold, pledged,
          -----------------------------
assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than (a)
by will or by the laws of descent or distribution; (b) pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order (as defined by the Code or the rules thereunder); (c)
by gift to the Optionee's Family (as defined in Section 10 of the Plan); or (d)
by gift or in exchange for an interest in such entity to (i) a trust in which
Optionee and/or Optionee's Family have more than fifty percent of the beneficial
interest, (ii) a foundation in which Optionee and/or Optionee's Family control
the management of assets, or (iii) any other entity in which Optionee and/or
Optionee's Family own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.  An
Option may be exercised during the lifetime of an Optionee only by the Optionee
or a transferee permitted by this Section.  The terms of the Plan and this
Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors,
administrators, heirs, successors, assigns and transferees of the Optionee.

     5.   Term of Option.  This Option may be exercised only within the term set
          --------------
out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term
only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Nonstatutory Stock Option
Agreement.

     6.   Tax Consequences.  Set forth below is a brief summary of certain
          ----------------
federal and California tax consequences relating to this Option under the law in
effect as of the date of grant.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE
TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.  OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR
HER OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

          (a) Exercising the Option.  Since this Option does not qualify as an
              ---------------------
incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, the Optionee may incur
regular federal and California income tax liability upon exercise.  The Optionee
will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary
income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the
Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price.

          (b) Disposition of Shares.  If the Optionee holds the Option Shares
              ---------------------
for more than one year, gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be
treated as long-term capital gain for federal and California income tax
purposes.  Long-term capital gain will be taxed for federal income tax and
alternative minimum tax purposes at a maximum rate of 20% if the Shares are held
more than one year after exercise.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     By your signature and the signature of the Company's representative below,
you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the
terms and conditions of the Plan and this Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement.
Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement in
their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to
executing this Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement and fully understands all
provisions of the Plan and Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement.  Optionee hereby
agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or
interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and
Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement.

                                    REPLAYTV, INC.


_____________________________       By:_______________________________
((Optionee))
                                    Title:____________________________


                               CONSENT OF SPOUSE
                               -----------------

     The undersigned spouse of Optionee has read and hereby approves the terms
and conditions of the Plan and this Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement.  In
consideration of the Company's granting his or her spouse the right to purchase
Shares as set forth in the Plan and this Nonstatutory Stock  Option Agreement,
the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the terms and
conditions of the Plan and this Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement and further
agrees that any community property interest shall be similarly bound.  The
undersigned hereby appoints the undersigned's spouse as attorney-in-fact for the
undersigned with respect to any amendment or exercise of rights under the Plan
or this Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement.


                                    __________________________________
                                    Spouse of Optionee

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A
                                   ---------

                              NOTICE OF EXERCISE
                              ------------------

To:       ReplayTV, Inc.

Attn:     Stock Option Administrator

Subject:  Notice of Intention to Exercise Stock Option
          --------------------------------------------


     This is official notice that the undersigned ("Optionee") intends to
                                                    --------
exercise Optionee's option to purchase __________ shares of ReplayTV, Inc.
Common Stock, under and pursuant to the Company's 2000 Directors' Stock Option
Plan and the Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement dated _______________, as
follows:

     Grant Number:                       _________________________________

     Date of Purchase:                   _________________________________

     Number of Shares:                   _________________________________

     Purchase Price:                     _________________________________

     Method of Payment of
     Purchase Price:                     _________________________________

     Social Security No.:                _________________________________

     The shares should be issued as follows:

          Name:    _________________________________

          Address: _________________________________

                   _________________________________

                   _________________________________

          Signed:  _________________________________

          Date:    _________________________________

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.22

                                         BLDG:   Charleston 1
                LEASE AGREEMENT          OWNER:  500
                                         PROP:  11
                                         UNIT:   201
                                         TENANT:   1103

     THIS LEASE, made this 27th day of January, 1999 between JOHN ARRILLAGA,
Trustee, or his Successor Trustee, UTA dated 7/20/77 (JOHN ARRILLAGA SURVIVOR'S
TRUST) as amended, and RICHARD T. PEERY, Trustee, or his Successor Trustee, UTA
dated 7/20/77 (RICHARD T. PEERY SEPARATE PROPERTY TRUST) as amended, hereinafter
called Landlord, and REPLAY NETWORKS, INC., a California corporation,
hereinafter called Tenant.


                                  WITNESSETH:


     Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires and takes from
Landlord those certain premises (the "Premises") outlined in red on Exhibit "A",
attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference thereto more
particularly described as follows:

     A portion of that certain 61,000+ square foot, two-story building located
                                     -
at 1945 Charleston Road, Suite 201, Mountain View, California 94043, consisting
of approximately 32,078 + square feet on the first and second floors of the
                        -
building.  Said Premises is more particularly shown within the area outlined in
Red on Exhibit A attached hereto.  The entire parcel, of which the Premises is a
       ---------
part, is shown within the area outlined in Green on Exhibit A attached.  The
                                                    ---------
Premises shall be improved by Landlord as shown on Exhibit B to be attached
                                                ------------
hereto, and is leased on an "as-is" basis, in its present condition, and in the
configuration as shown in Red on Exhibit B to be attached hereto.
                                 ---------

As used herein the Complex shall mean and include all of the land outlined in
Green and described in Exhibit "A", attached hereto, and all of the buildings,
improvements, fixtures and equipment now or hereafter situated on said land.

     Said letting and hiring is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and
conditions hereinafter set forth and Tenant covenants as a material part of the
consideration for this Lease to perform and observe each and all of said terms,
covenants and conditions.  This Lease is made upon the conditions of such
performance and observance.

1.  USE Tenant shall use the Premises only in conformance with applicable
governmental laws, regulations, rules and ordinances for the purpose of general
office, light manufacturing, research and development, and storage and other
uses necessary for Tenant to conduct Tenant's business, provided that such uses
shall be in accordance with all applicable governmental laws and ordinances and
for no other purpose.  Tenant shall not do or permit to be done in or about the
Premises or the Complex nor bring or keep or permit to be brought or kept in or
about the Premises or the Complex anything which is prohibited by or will in any
way increase the existing rate of (or otherwise affect) fire or any insurance
covering the Complex or any part thereof, or any of its contents, or will cause
a cancellation of any insurance covering the Complex or any part thereof, or any
of its contents.  Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything in, on or
about the Premises or the Complex which will in any way obstruct or interfere
with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Complex or injure or annoy
them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral,
unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit
any nuisance in, on or about the Premises or the Complex.  No sale by auction
shall be permitted on the Premises.  Tenant shall not place any loads upon the
floors, walls, or ceiling, which endanger the structure, or place any harmful
<PAGE>

fluids or other materials in the drainage system of the building, or overload
existing electrical or other mechanical systems.  No waste materials or refuse
shall be dumped upon or permitted to remain up on any part of the Premises or
outside of the building in which the Premises are a part, except in trash
containers placed inside exterior enclosures designated by Landlord for that
purpose or inside of the building proper where designated by Landlord.  No
materials, supplies, equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw
materials or articles of any nature shall be stored upon or permitted to remain
outside the Premises or on any portion of common area of the Complex.  No
loudspeaker or other device, system or apparatus which can be heard outside the
Premises shall be used in or at the Premises without the prior written consent
of Landlord.  Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or
upon the Premises.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless
against any loss, expense, damage, attorneys' fees, or liability arising out of
failure of Tenant to comply with any applicable law.  Tenant shall comply with
any covenant, condition, or restriction ("CC&R's") affecting the Premises.  The
provisions of this paragraph are for the benefit of Landlord only and shall not
be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Complex.
There are no CC&R's affecting the Premises at the time of Lease execution.  In
the event CC&R's are subsequently implemented, Landlord shall provide a copy of
said CC&R's to Tenant.

2.  TERM *

A.  The term of this Lease shall be for a period of SEVEN (7) years (unless
sooner terminated as hereinafter provided) and, subject to Paragraphs 2(B) and
3, shall commence on the 1st day of March, 1999 and end on the 28th day February
of 2006.

B.  Possession of the Premises shall be deemed tendered and the term of this
    Lease shall commence when the first of the following occurs:

    (a) One day after a Certificate of Occupancy is granted by the proper
governmental agency, or, if the governmental agency having jurisdiction over the
area in which the Premises are situated does not issue certificates of
occupancy, then the same number of days after certification by Landlord's
architect or contractor that Landlord's construction work has been completed; or

    (b) Upon the occupancy of the Premises by any of Tenant's operating
personnel; or

    (c) When the Tenant Improvements have been substantially completed for
        ------------------------------------------------------------------
Tenant's use and occupancy, in accordance and compliance with Exhibit B of this
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lease Agreement; or
- ---------------- --

    (d) As otherwise agreed in writing.

3.  POSSESSION If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession
of said premises to Tenant at the commencement of the said term, as hereinbefore
specified, this Lease shall not be void or voidable; no obligation of Tenant
shall be affected thereby; nor shall Landlord or Landlord's agents be liable to
Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom: but in that event the
commencement and termination dates of the Lease, and all other dates affected
thereby shall be revised to conform to the date of Landlord's delivery of
possession, as specified in Paragraph 2(b), above.  The above is, however,
subject to the provision that the period of delay, of delivery of the premises
shall not exceed 30 days (however, in no event shall any period of delay exceed
90 days except for delays caused by Tenant) from the commencement date herein
(except those delays caused by Acts of God, strikes, war, utilities,
governmental bodies, weather, unavailable materials, and delays beyond
Landlord's control shall be excluded in calculating such period) in which
instance Tenant, at its option, may, by written notice to Landlord, terminate
this Lease.

*   It is agreed in the event said Lease commences on a date other than the
first day of the month the term of the Lease will be extended to account for the
number of days in the partial month. The Basic Rent during the resulting partial
month will be pro-rated (for the number of days in the partial month) at the
Basic Rent scheduled for the projected commencement date as shown in Paragraph
43.

                                  page 1 of 8
<PAGE>

4.   RENT

     A.   Basic Rent. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord at such place as Landlord
may designate without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, and Landlord
agrees to accept as Basic Rent for the leased Premises the total sum of EIGHT
MILLION FOUR HUNDRED EIGHTY ONE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED THIRTEEN ($ 8,481,213.60)
- -------------------------------------------------------------    ------------
Dollars in lawful money of the United States of America, payable as follows:

     SEE PARAGRAPH 43 FOR BASIC RENT SCHEDULE.



     B.   Time for Payment. In the event that the term of this Lease commences
on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, on the date of
commencement of the term hereof Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent for the
period from such date of commencement to the first day of the next succeeding
calendar month that proportion of the monthly rent hereunder which the number of
days between such date of commencement and the first day of the next succeeding
calendar month bears to thirty (30). In the event that the term of this Lease
for any reason ends on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, on
the first day of the last calendar month of the term hereof Tenant shall pay to
Landlord as rent for the period from said first day of said last calendar month
to and including the last day of the term hereof that proportion of the monthly
rent hereunder which the number of days between said first day of said last
calendar month and the last day of the term hereof bears to thirty (30).

     C.   Late Charge. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, if
Tenant is in default in the payment of rental as set forth in this Paragraph 4
when due, or any part hereof Tenant agrees to pay Landlord. in addition to the
delinquent rental due, a late charge for each rental payment in default ten (10)
days. Said late charge shall equal ten (10%) percent of each rental payment so
in default.

     D.   Additional Rent. Beginning with the commencement date of the term of
this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in addition to the Basic Rent and as
Additional Rent the following:

     (a)  Tenant's proportionate share of all Taxes relating to the Complex as
set forth in Paragraph 12, and
     (b)  Tenant's proportionate share of all insurance premiums relating to the
Complex, as set forth in Paragraph 15, and
     (c)  Tenant's proportionate share of expenses for the operation,
management, maintenance and repair of the Building (including common areas of
the Building) and Common Areas of the Complex in which the Premises are located
as set forth in Paragraph 7, and
     (d)  All charges, costs and expenses, which Tenant is required to pay
hereunder, together with all interest and penalties, costs and expenses
including attorneys' fees and legal expenses, that my accrue thereto in the
event of Tenant's failure to pay such amounts, and all damages, reasonable costs
and expenses which Landlord my incur by reason of default of Tenant or failure
on Tenant's part to comply with the terms of this Lease. In the event of
nonpayment by Tenant of Additional Rent Landlord shall have all the rights and
remedies with respect thereto as Landlord ha for nonpayment of rent.

The Additional Rent due hereunder shall be paid to Landlord or Landlord's agent
(i) within five days for taxes and insurance and within thirty days for all
other Additional Rent items after presentation of invoice from Landlord or
Landlord's agent setting forth such Additional Rent and/or (ii) at the option of
Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, in advance, Tenant's prorata
share of an amount estimated by Landlord to be Landlord's approximate average
monthly expenditure for such Additional Rent items, which estimated amount shall
be reconciled within 120 days of the end of each calendar year or more
frequently if Landlord so elects to do so at Landlord's sole and absolute
discretion as compared to Landlord's actual expenditure for said Additional Rent
items, with Tenant paying to Landlord, upon demand, any amount of actual
expenses expended by Landlord in excess of said estimated amount, or Landlord
crediting to Tenant (or if the Lease is terminated, then as a net refund to
Tenant) (providing Tenant is not in default in the performance of any of the
terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease) any amount of estimated payments
made by Tenant in excess of Landlord's actual expenditures for said Additional
Rent items. The respective obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this
paragraph shall survive the expiration or other termination of the term of this
Lease, and if the term hereof shall expire or shall otherwise terminate on a day
other than the last day of a calendar year, the actual Additional Rent incurred
for the calendar year in which the term hereof expires or otherwise terminates
shall be determined and settled on the basis of the statement of actual
Additional Rent for such calendar year and shall be prorated in the proportion
which the number of days in such calendar year preceding such expiration or
termination bears to 365.

     E.   Fixed Management Fee. Beginning with the Commencement Date of the Term
          --------------------
of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the Basic Rent and
Additional Rent, a fixed monthly management fee ("Management Fee") equal to 3%
of the Basic Rent due for each month during the Lease Term.

     F.   Place of Payment of Rent and Additional Rent. All Basic Rent hereunder
and all payments hereunder for Additional Rent shall be paid to Landlord at the
office of Landlord at Peery/Arrillaqa: File 1504, Box 60000, San Francisco, CA
                      --------------------------------------------------------
94160
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
or such other person or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time
designate in writing.

     *G.  Security Deposit. Concurrently with Tenant's execution of this Lease,
Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum of TWO HUNDRED THIRTY THOUSAND NINE
                                              --------------------------------
HUNDRED SIXTY ONE AND 60/100 ($ 230,961.60 ) Dollars. Said sum shall be held by
- ----------------------------   -----------
Landlord as a Security Deposit for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of
the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by
Tenant during the term hereof. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision
of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the
payment of rent and any of the monetary sums due herewith, Landlord may (but
shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of this Security
Deposit for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend by reason
of Tenant's default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which
Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant's default. If any portion of said
Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written
demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in the amount sufficient to restore
the Security Deposit to its original amount. Tenant's failure to do so shall be
a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep this
Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be
entitled to interest on such Deposit. If Tenant fully and faithfully performs
every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any
balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or at Landlord's option, to the
last assignee of Tenant's interest hereunder) at the expiration of the Lease
term and after Tenant has vacated the Premises. In the event of termination of
Landlord's interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer said Deposit to
Landlord's successor in interest whereupon Tenant agrees to release Landlord
from liability for the return of such Deposit or the accounting therefor.

5.   RULES AND REGULATIONS AND COMMON AREA  Subject the terms and conditions of
this Lease and such Rules and Regulations as Landlord may from time to time
prescribe, Tenant and Tenant's employees, invitees and customers shall, in
common with other occupants of the Complex in which the Premises are located,
and their respective employees, invitees and customers, and others entitled to
the use thereof, have the non-exclusive right to use the access roads, parking
areas, and facilities provided and designated by Landlord for the general use
and convenience of the occupants of the Complex in which the Premises are
located, which areas and facilities are referred to herein as "Common Area".
This right shall terminate upon the termination of this Lease. Landlord reserves
the right from time to time to make changes in the in the shape, size, location,
amount and extent of Common Area.  Landlord further reserves the right to
promulgate such reasonable rules and regulations relating to the use of the
Common Area, and any part or parts thereof, as Landlord may deem appropriate for
the best interests of the occupants of the Complex. The Rules and Regulations
shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant, and
Tenant shall abide by them and cooperate in their observance.  Such Rules and
Regulations may be amended by Landlord from time to time, with or without
advance notice, and all amendments shall be effective upon delivery of a copy to
Tenant.  Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by
any  other tenant or occupant of the Complex of any of said Rules and
Regulations.

     Landlord shall operate, manage and maintain the common Area.  The manner in
which the Common Area shall be maintained and the expenditures for such
maintenance shall be at the discretion of Landlord.

*  $115,480.80 cash due upon Lease execution
   $115,480.80 Promissory Note due February 28, 2000
<PAGE>

6.   PARKING Tenant shall have the right to use with other tenants or occupants
of the Complex 95 parking spaces in the common parking areas of the Complex.
               --
Tenant agrees, that Tenant, Tenant's employees, agents, representatives and/or
invitees shall not use parking spaces in excess of said 95 parking spaces
                                                        --
allocated to Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord's sole
discretion, to specifically designate the location of Tenant's parking spaces
within the common parking areas of the Complex in the event of a dispute among
the tenants occupying the building and/or Complex referred to herein, in which
event Tenant agrees that Tenant, Tenant's employees, agents, representatives
and/or invitees shall not use any parking spaces other than those parking spaces
specifically designated by Landlord for Tenant's use. Said parking spaces, if
specifically designated by Landlord to Tenant, may be relocated by Landlord at
any time. and From time to time. Landlord reserves the right, at Landlord's sole
discretion, to rescind any specific designation of parking spaces, thereby
returning Tenant's parking spaces to the common parking area. Landlord shall
give Tenant written notice of any change in Tenant's parking spaces. Tenant
shall not, at any time, park, or permit to be parked, any trucks or vehicles
adjacent to the loading areas so as to interfere in any way with the use of such
areas, nor shall Tenant at any time park.or permit the parking of Tenant's
trucks or other vehicles or the trucks and vehicles of Tenant's suppliers or
others, in any portion of the common area not designated by Landlord for such
use by Tenant. Tenant shall not park nor permit to be parked, any inoperative
vehicles or equipment on any portion of the common parking area or other common
areas of the Complex, Tenant agrees to assume responsibility for compliance by
its employees with the parking provision contained herein. If Tenant or its
employees park in other then such designated parking areas, then Landlord may
charge Tenant, as an additional charge, and Tenant agrees to pay, ten ($10.00)
Dollars per day for each day or partial day each such vehicle is parked in any
area other than that designated. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord at Tenant's
sole expense to tow away from the Complex any vehicle belonging to Tenant or
Tenant's employees parked in violation of these provisions, or to attach
violation stickers or notices to such vehicles. Tenant shall use the parking
areas for vehicle parking only, and shall not use the parking areas for storage.

7.   EXPENSES OF OPERATION, MANAGEMENT, AND MAINTENANCE OF THE COMMON AREAS OF
THE COMPLEX AND BUILDING IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED As Additional Rent
and in accordance with Paragraph 4 D of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
Tenant's proportionate share (calculated on a square footage or other equitable
basis as calculated by Landlord) of all expenses of operation, management,
maintenance and repair of the Common Areas of the Complex including, but not
limited to, license, permit, and inspection fees; security; utility charges
associated with exterior landscaping and lighting (including water and sewer
charges); all charges incurred in the maintenance and replacement of landscaped
areas, lakes, parking lots and paved areas (including repairs, replacement,
resealing and restriping) sidewalks, driveway's; maintenance, repair and
replacement of all fixtures and electrical, mechanical, and plumbing systems;
structural elements and exterior surfaces of the buildings; salaries and
employee benefits of personnel and payroll taxes applicable thereto; supplies,
materials, equipment and tools; the cost of capital expenditures which have the
effect of reducing operating expenses, provided, however, that in the event
Landlord makes such capital improvements, Landlord may amortize its investment
in said improvements (together with interest at the rate of fifteen (15%)
percent per annum on the unamortized balance) as an operating expense in
accordance with standard accounting practices, provided, that such amortization
is not at a rate greater than the anticipated savings in the operating expenses.
     "Additional Rent" as used herein shall not include Landlord's debt
repayments; interest on charges; expenses directly or indirectly incurred by
Landlord for the benefit of any other tenant; cost for the installation of
partitioning or any other tenant improvements; cost of attracting tenants;
depreciation, interest, or executive salaries
     As Additional Rent and in accordance with paragraph 4 D of this Lease,
Tenant shall pay its proportionate share (calculated on a square footage or
other equitable basis as calculated by Landlord) of the cost of operation
(including common utilities), management, maintenance, and repair of the
building (including common areas such as lobbies, restrooms, janitor's closets,
hallways, elevators, mechanical and telephone rooms, stairwells, entrances,
spaces above the ceilings and janitorization of said common areas) in which the
Premises are located. The maintenance items herein referred to include, but are
not limited to, all windows, window frames, plate glass, glazing,, truck doors,
main plumbing systems of the building (such as water and drain lines, sinks,
toilets, faucets, drains, showers and water fountains), main electrical systems
(such as panels and conduits), heating and airconditioning systems (such as
compressors, fans, air handlers, ducts, boilers, heaters), store fronts, roofs,
downspouts, building common area interiors (such as wall coverings, window
coverings, floor coverings and partitioning), ceilings, building exterior doors,
skylights (if any), automatic fire extinguishing systems, and elevators;
license, permit, and inspection fees; security; salaries and employee benefits
of personnel and payroll taxes applicable thereto; supplies, materials,
equipment and tools; the cost of capital expenditures which have the effect of
reducing operating expenses, provided, however, that in the event Landlord makes
such capital improvements, Landlord may amortize its investment in said
improvements (together with interest at the rate of fifteen (15%) percent per
annum on the unamortized balance) as an operating expense in accordance with
standard accounting practices, provided, that such amortization is not at a rate
greater than the anticipated savings in the operating expenses. Tenant hereby
waives all rights under, and benefits of, subsection 1 of Section 1932 and
Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and under any similar law,
statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

8.   ACCEPTANCE AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES By entry hereunder, Tenant accepts the
Premises as being in good and sanitary order, condition and repair and accepts
the building and improvements included in the Premises in their present
condition and without representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition
of such building or as to the use or Occupancy which may be made thereof. Any
exceptions to the foregoing must be by written agreement executed by Landlord
and Tenant. Tenant agrees on the last day of the Lease term, or on the sooner
termination of this Lease, to surrender the Premises promptly and peaceably to
Landlord in good condition and repair (damage by Acts of God, fire, normal wear
and tear excepted), with all interior walls painted, or cleaned so that they
appear freshly painted, and repaired and replaced, if damaged; all floors
cleaned and waxed; all carpets cleaned and shampooed; the airconditioning and
heating equipment serviced by a reputable and licensed service firm and in good
operating condition (provided the maintenance of such equipment has been
Tenant's responsibility during the term of this Lease) together with all
alterations, additions, and improvements which may have been made in, to, or on
the Premises (except for those improvements shown on Exhibit B) (except movable
trade fixtures installed at the expense of Tenant) except that Tenant shall
ascertain from Landlord within thirty (30) days before the end of the term of
this Lease whether Landlord desires to have the Premises or any part or parts
thereof restored to their condition and configuration as when the Premises were
delivered to Tenant and if Landlord shall so desire, then Tenant shall restore
said Premises or such part or parts thereof before the end of this Lease at
Tenant's sole cost and expense. Tenant, on or before the end of the term or
sooner termination of this Lease, shall remove all of Tenant's personal property
and trade fixtures from the Premises, and all property not so removed on or
before the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease shall be deemed
abandoned by Tenant and title to same shall thereupon pass to Landlord without
compensation to Tenant. Landlord may, upon termination of this Lease, remove all
moveable furniture and equipment so abandoned by Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost,
and repair any damage caused by such removal at Tenant's sole cost. If the
Premises be not surrendered at the end of the term or sooner termination of this
Lease, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against loss or liability resulting from
the delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without
limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay.
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as an extension of the term hereof
or as a consent of Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. The voluntary or
other surrender of this Lease or the Premises by Tenant or a mutual cancellation
of this Lease shall not work as a merger and, at the option of Landlord, shall
either terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies or operate as an
assignment to Landlord of all or any such subleases or subtenancies.

9.   ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS Tenant shall not make, or suffer to be made, any
alteration or addition to the Premises, or any part thereof, without the written
consent of Landlord first had and obtained by Tenant (except for those
improvements shown on Exhibit C), but at the cost of Tenant, and any addition
to, or alteration of, the Premises, except moveable furniture and trade
fixtures, shall at once become a part of the Premises and belong to Landlord.
Landlord reserves the right to approve all contractors and mechanics proposed by
Tenant to make such alterations and additions. Tenant shall retain title to all
moveable furniture and trade fixtures placed in the Premises. All heating,
lighting, electricial, airconditioning, floor to ceiling partitioning, drapery,
carpeting, and floor installations made by Tenant, together with all property
that has become an integral part of the Premises, shall not be deemed trade
fixtures. Tenant agrees that it will not proceed to make such alteration or
additions, without having obtained consent from Landlord to do so, and until
five (5) days from the receipt of such consent, in order that Landlord may post
appropriate notices to avoid any liability to contractors or material suppliers
for payment for Tenant's improvements. Tenant will at all times permit such
notices to be posted and to remain posted until the completion of work. Tenant
shall, if required by Landlord, secure at Tenant's own cost and expense, a
completion and lien indemnity bond, satisfactory to Landlord, for such work.
Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic's lien filed against the
Premises or against the Complex for work claimed to have been done for, or
materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, will be discharged by
Tenant, by bond or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the filing thereof, at
the cost and expense of Tenant. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be made in
writing and executed by both Landlord and Tenant. See Paragraph 55

10.  TENANT MAINTENANCE Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep and
maintain the Premises (including appurtenances) and every part thereof in a high
standard of maintenance and repair, and in good and sanitary condition. Tenant's
maintenance and repair responsibilities herein referred to include, but are not
limited to, janitorization, plumbing, systems within the non-common areas of the
Premises (such as water and drain lines, sinks), electrical systems within the
Premises (such as outlets, lighting fixtures, lamps, bulbs, tubes, ballasts),
heating, and airconditioning controls within the Premises (such as mixing boxes,
thermostats, time clocks, supply and return grills), all interior improvements
within the premises including but not limited to: wall coverings, window
coverings, acoustical ceilings, vinyl tile, carpeting, partitioning, doors (both
interior and exterior, including closing mechanisms, latches, locks), and all
other interior improvements of any nature whatsoever. Tenant agrees to provide
carpet shields under all rolling chairs or to otherwise be responsible for wear
and tear of the carpet caused by such rolling chairs if such wear and tear
exceeds that caused by normal foot traffic in surrounding areas. Areas of
excessive wear shall be replaced at Tenant's sole expense upon Lease
termination.
<PAGE>

11.  UTILITIES OF THE BUILDING IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED As Additional
Rent and in accordance with paragraph 4D of this Lease, Tenant shall pay its
proportionate share (calculated on a square footage or other equitable basis as
calculated by Landlord) of the cost of all utility charges such as water, gas,
electricity, telephone, telex and other electronic communications service, sewer
service, waste-pick-up and any other utilities, materials, or services furnished
directly to the building in which the Premises are located, including, without
limitation, any temporary or permanent utility surcharge or other exactions
whether or not hereinafter imposed.
     Landlord shall not be liable for and Tenant shall not be entitled to any
abatement or reduction of rent by reason of any interruption or failure of
utility services to the Premises, when such interruption or failure is caused by
accident, breakage, repair, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disturbances or
labor disputes of any nature, or by any other cause, similar or dissimilar,
beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.
     Provided that Tenant is not in default in the performance or observance of
any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease to be performed or
observed by it, Landlord shall furnish to the Premises between the hours of
8:00AM and 6:00PM. Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) and subject to
the rules and regulations of the Complex hereinbefore referred to, reasonable
quantities of water, gas and electricity suitable for the intended use of the
Premises and heat and airconditioning required in Landlord's judgement for the
comfortable use and occupation of the Premises for such purposes. Tenant may,
from time to time, have its staff and equipment operate on a twenty-four (24)
hour-a-day, seven (7) day-a-week schedule, and Tenant shall pay for any extra
utilities used by Tenant. Tenant agrees that at all times it will cooperate
fully with Landlord and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord
may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the building heating,
ventilating and airconditioning system. Whenever heat generating machines,
equipment, or any other devices (including exhaust fans) are used in the
Premises by Tenant which affect the temperature or otherwise maintained by the
airconditioning system. Landlord shall have the right to install supplementary
airconditioning units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost
of installation and the cost of operation and maintenance thereof, shall be paid
by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord. Tenant will not, without the
written consent of Landlord. use any apparatus or device in the Premises
(including. without limitation), electronic data processing machines or machines
using current in excess of 110 Volts which will in any way increase the amount
of electricity, gas. water or airconditioning usually furnished or supplied to
premises being used as general office space, or connect with electric current
(except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises), or with gas or
water pipes and apparatus or device for the purposes of using electric current,
gas, or water. If Tenant shall require water, gas, or electric current in excess
of that usually furnished or supplied to premises being used as general office
space. Tenant shall first obtain the written consent of Landlord. which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld and Landlord may cause an electric current,
gas, or water meter to be installed in the Premises in order to measure the
amount of electric current, gas or water consumed for any such excess use. The
cost of any such meter and of the installation, maintenance and repair thereof,
all charges for such excess water, gas and electric current consumed (as shown
by such meters and at the rates then charged by the furnishing public utility)
and any additional expense incurred by Landlord in keeping account of electric
current, gas or water so consumed shall be paid by Tenant. and Tenant agrees to
pay Landlord therefor promptly upon demand by Landlord.

12.  TAXES A. As Additional Rent and in accordance with Paragraph 4 D of this
Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant's proportionate share of all Real
Property Taxes, which prorata share shall be allocated to the leased Premises by
square footage or other equitable basis, as calculated by Landlord. The term
"Real Property Taxes" as used herein, shall mean (i) all taxes, assessments,
levies and other charges of any kind or nature whatsoever, general and special,
foreseen and unforeseen (including all installments of principal and interest
required to pay any general or special assessments for public improvements and
any increases resulting from reassessments caused by any change in ownership of
the Complex) now or hereafter imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental
authority or special district having the direct or indirect power to tax or levy
assessments, which are levied or assessed against, or with respect to the value,
occupancy or use of all or any portion of the Complex (as now constructed or as
may at any time hereafter be constructed, altered, or otherwise changed) or
Landlord's interest therein; any improvements located within the Complex
regardless of ownership); the fixtures, equipment and other property of
Landlord. real or personal, that are an integral part of and located in the
Complex; or parking areas, public utilities, or energy within the Complex: (ii)
all charges, levies or taxes imposed by reason of environmental regulation or
other governmental control of the Complex; and (iii) all costs and fees
(including attorneys' fees) incurred by Landlord in contesting any Real Property
Tax and in negotiating with public authorities as to any Real Property Tax. If
at any time during the term of this Lease the taxation or assessment of the
Complex prevailing as of the commencement date of this Lease shall be altered
that in lieu of or in addition to any Real Property Tax described above there
shall be levied, assessed or imposed (whether by reason of a change in the
method of taxation or assessment, creation era new tax or charge, or any other
cause) an alternate or additional tax or charge (i) on the value, use or
occupancy of the Complex or Landlord's interest therein or (ii) on or measured
by the gross receipts, income or rentals from the Complex. on Landlord's
business of leasing the Complex. or computed in any manner with respect to the
operation of the Complex. then any such tax or charge, however designated, shall
be included within the meaning of the term "Real Property Taxes" for purposes of
this Lease. If any Real Property Tax is based upon property or rents unrelated
to the Complex, then only that part of such real Property Tax that is fairly
allocable to the Complex shall be included within the meaning of the term "Real
Property Taxes". Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Real Property Taxes"
shall not include estate, inheritance, gift or franchise taxes or City or County
transfer taxes of Landlord or the federal or state net income tax imposed on
Landlord's income from all sources.

     B.   Taxes on Tenant's Property
(a) Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten days before delinquency, taxes
levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or
about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant's personal property or trade
fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord's property or if the assessed
value of the Premises is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed
upon such personal property or trade fixtures of Tenant and if Landlord. after
written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based on such increased assessment,
which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof,
but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant. Tenant shall upon demand,
as the case may be, repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord, or
the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment;
provided that in any such event Tenant shall have the right, in the name of
Landlord and with Landlord's full cooperation, to bring suit in any court of
competent jurisdiction to recover the amount of any such taxes so paid under
protest, and any amount so recovered shall belong to Tenant.
     (b) if the Tenant improvements in the Premises. whether installed, and/or
paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property
so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a
valuation higher than the valuation at which standard office improvements in
other space in the Complex are assessed, then the real property taxes and
assessments levied against Landlord or the Complex by reason of such excess
assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property
of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of 12Ba, above. If the records
of the County Assessor are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a
basis for determining whether said Tenant improvements are assessed at a higher
valuation than standard office improvements in other space in the Complex, such
records shall be binding on both the Landlord and the Tenant. If the records of
the County Assessor are not available or sufficiently detailed to serve as a
basis for making said determination, the actual cost of construction shall be
used.

13.  LIABILITY INSURANCE Tenant at Tenant's expense, agrees to keep in
force during the term of this Lease a policy of commercial general liability
insurance with a combined single limit coverage of not less than Two Million
Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence for injuries to or death of persons
occurring in, on or about the Premises or the Complex, and property damage
insurance, certificates of insurance of which shall be furnished to Landlord,
shall name Landlord as additional insurers, and shall insure any liability of
Landlord. contingent or otherwise, as respects acts or omissions of Tenant, its
agents, employees or invitees or otherwise by any conduct or transactions of any
of said persons in or about or concerning the Premises, including any failure of
Tenant to observe or perform any of its obligations hereunder; shall be issued
by an insurance company admitted to transact business in the State of
California; and shall provide that the insurance effected thereby shall not be
canceled, except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. If,
during the term of this Lease, in the considered opinion of Landlord's Lender,
insurance advisor, or counsel, the amount of insurance described in this
paragraph 13 is not adequate. Tenant agrees to increase said coverage to such
reasonable amount as Landlord's Lender, insurance advisor, or counsel shall deem
adequate,

14.  TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY INSURANCE AND WORKMAN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
Tenant shall maintain a policy or policies of fire and property damage insurance
in "all risk" form with a sprinkler leakage endorsement insuring the personal
property, inventory, trade fixtures, and leasehold improvements installed by
Tenant within the leased Premises for the full replacement value thereof. The
proceeds from any of such policies shall be used for the repair or replacement
of such items so insured.
     Tenant shall also maintain a policy or policies of workman's compensation
insurance and any other employee benefit insurance sufficient to comply with all
laws.

15.  PROPERTY INSURANCE Landlord shall purchase and keep in force and as
Additional Rent and in accordance with Paragraph 4D of this Lease. Tenant shall
pay to Landlord (or Landlord's agent if so directed by Landlord) Tenant's
proportionate share (calculated on a square footage or other equitable basis as
calculated by Landlord) of the deductibles on insurance claims and the cost of
policy or policies; of insurance covering loss or damage to the Premises and
Complex in the amount of the full replacement value thereof, providing
protection against those perils included within the classification of "all
risks" insurance and flood and/or earthquake insurance, if available, plus a
policy of rental income insurance in the amount of one hundred (100%) percent of
twelve (12) months Basic Rent, plus sums paid as Additional Rent. If such
insurance cost is increased due to Tenant's use of the Premises or the Complex.
Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the full cost of such increase. Tenant shall
have no interest in nor any right to the proceeds of any insurance procured by
Landlord for the Complex.
  Landlord and Tenant do each hereby respectively release the other, to the
extent of insurance coverage of the releasing party, from any liability for loss
or damage caused by fire or any of the extended coverage casualties included in
the releasing party's insurance policies, irrespective of the cause of such fire
or casualty; provided, however, that if the insurance policy of either releasing
party prohibits such waiver, then this waiver shall not take effect until
consent to such waiver is obtained.  If such waiver is so prohibited, the
insured party affected shall promptly notify the other party thereof.
<PAGE>

16.  INDEMNIFICATION Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby
waives all claims against Landlord for any injury to or death of any person or
damage to or destruction of property in or about the Premises or the Complex by
or from any cause whatsoever, including, without limitation, gas, fire, oil,
electricity or leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement or other
portion of the Premises or the Complex but excluding, however, the willful
misconduct or negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants, employees, invitees,
or contractors of which negligence Landlord has knowledge and reasonable time to
correct. Except as to injury to persons or damage to property to the extent
arising from the willful misconduct or the negligence of Landlord. Tenant shall
hold Landlord harmless from and defend Landlord against any and all expenses,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, in connection therewith, arising out of
any injury to or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property
occurring in, on or about the Premises, or any part thereof, from any cause
whatsoever.

17.  COMPLIANCE Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with
all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules regulations or
requirements now or hereafter in effect; with the requirements of any board of
fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted; and with
any direction or occupancy certificate issued pursuant to law by any public
officer; provided, however, that no such failure shall be deemed a breach of the
provisions if Tenant, immediately upon notification, commences to remedy or
rectify said failure. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the
admission of Tenant in any action against Tenant whether Landlord be a party
thereto or not. that Tenant has violated any such law, statute, ordinance or
governmental rule, regulation, requirement, direction or provision, shall be
conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. This paragraph shall not
be interpreted as requiring Tenant to make structural changes or improvements,
except to the extent such changes or improvements are required as a result of
Tenant's use of the Premises. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply
with any and all requirements pertaining to said Premises. of any insurance
organization or company, necessary for the maintenance or reasonable fire and
public liability insurance covering the Premises.

18.  LIENS Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Complex free from any liens
arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligation incurred by
Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10) days following the
imposition of such lien, cause the same to be released of record. Landlord shall
have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right,
but no obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall
deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums
paid by Landlord for such purpose, and all expenses incurred by it in connection
therewith, shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on demand with interest at the
prime rate of interest as quoted by the Bank of America.

19.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING Tenant's shall not assign, transfer, or
hypothecate the leasehold estate under this Lease, or any interest therein, and
shall not sublet the Premises, or any part thereof, or any right or privilege
appurtenant thereto, or suffer any other person or entity to occupy or use the
Premises, or any portion thereof, without, in each case, the prior written
consent of Landlord which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. As a
condition for granting this consent to any assignment transfer, or subletting,
Landlord shall require Tenant to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, all rents
and/or additional consideration. Tenant from its assignees, transferees, or
subtenants in excess of the Rent payable by Tenant by Tenant to Landlord
hereunder for the assigned, transferred, and/or subleased space. Tenant shall,
by thirty (30) days written notice, advise Landlord of its intent to assign or
transfer Tenant's interest in the Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion
thereof for any part of the term hereof. Within thirty (30) days after receipt
of said written notice, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, elect to terminate
this Lease as to the portion of the Premises described in Tenant's notice on the
date specified in Tenant's notice by giving written notice of such election to
terminate. If no such notice to terminate is given to Tenant within said thirty
(30) day period, Tenant may proceed to locate an acceptable sublessee, assignee,
or other transferee for presentment to Landlord for Landlord's approval, all in
accordance with the terms, covenants, and conditions of this paragraph 19. If
Tenant intends to sublet the entire Premises and Landlord elects to terminate
this Lease, this Lease shall be terminated on the date specified in Tenant's
notice. If, however, this Lease shall terminate pursuant to the foregoing with
respect to less than all the Premises, the rent, as defined and reserved
hereinabove shall be adjusted on a pro rata basis to the number of square feet
retained by Tenant, and this Lease as so amended shall continue in full force
and effect. In the event Tenant is allowed to assign, transfer or sublet the
whole or any part of the Premises, with the prior written consent of Landlord.
no assignee, transferee or subtenant shall assign or transfer this Lease, either
in whole or in part, or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises, without
also having obtained the prior written consent of Landlord. A consent of
Landlord to one assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or
use by any other person shall not release Tenant from any of Tenant's
obligations hereunder or be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent similar or
dissimilar assignment. transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use by
any other person. Any such assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting,
occupation or use without such consent shall be void and shall constitute a
breach of this Lease by tenant and shall, at the option of Landlord exercised by
written notice to Tenant, terminate this Lease. The leasehold estate under this
Lease shall not, nor shall any interest therein, be assignable for any purpose
by operation of law without the written consent of Landlord. As a condition to
its consent, Landlord shall require Tenant to pay all expenses in connection
with the assignment, and Landlord require Tenant's assignee or as a condition to
its consent, Landlord, require Tenant to transferee (or other assignees or
transferees) to assume in writing all of the obligations under this Lease and
for Tenant to remain liable to Landlord under the Lease.

20.  SUBORDINATION AND MORTGAGES In the event Landlord's title or leasehold
interest is now or hereafter encumbered by a deed of trust, upon the interest
Landlord in the land and buildings in which the demised Premises are located, to
secure a loan from a lender (hereinafter referred to as "Lender") to Landlord.
Tenant shall, at the request of Landlord or Lender, execute in writing an
agreement subordinating its rights under this Lease to the lien of such deed of
trust, or, if so requested, agreeing that the lien of Lender's deed of trust
shall be or remain subject and subordinate to the rights of Tenant under this
Lease. Notwithstanding any such subordination. Tenant's possession under this
Lease shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and as long as Tenant
shall pay all rent and observe and perform all of the provisions set forth in
this Lease.

21.  ENTRY BY LANDLORD Landlord reserves, and shall at all reasonable times
after at least 24 hours notice (except in emergencies) have, the right to enter
the Premises to inspect them; to perform any services to be provided by Landlord
hereunder: to submit the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagers or
tenants; to post notices of nonresponsibility; and to alter, improve or repair
the Premises and any portion of the Complex, all without abatement of rent; and
may erect scaffolding and other necessary structures in or through the Premises
where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed;
provided, however that the business of Tenant shall be interfered with to the
least extent that is reasonably practical. For each of the foregoing purposes,
any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or
otherwise, shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a
forcible or unlawful entry into or a detainer of the Premises or an eviction,
actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.
Landlord shall also have the right at any time to change the arrangement or
location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors,
elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the Complex and to change
the name. number or designation by which the Complex is commonly known, and none
of the foregoing shall be deemed an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant or
shall entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder.

22.  BANKRUPTCY AND DEFAULT The commencement of a bankruptcy action or
liquidation action or reorganization action or insolvency action or an
assignment of or by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or any similar action
undertaken by Tenant. or the insolvency of Tenant. shall, at Landlord's option,
constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant. If the trustee or receiver
appointed to serve during a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, insolvent)
or similar action elects to reject Tenant's unexpired Lease. the trustee or
receiver shall not (ii), Landlord in writing of its election within thirty (30)
days after an order for relief in a liquidation action or within thirty (30)
days after the commencement of any action.
     Within thirty (30) days after court approval of the assumption of this
Lease, the trustee or receiver shall cure (or provide adequate assurance to the
reasonable satisfaction of Landlord that the trustee or receiver shall cure) any
and all previous defaults under the unexpired Lease and shall compensate
Landlord for all actual pecuniary loss and shall provide adequate assurance of
future performance under said Lease to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord.
Adequate assurance of future performance, as used herein, includes, but shall
not be limited to: (i) assurance or source and payment of rent, and other
consideration due under this Lease: (ii) assurance that the assumption or
assignment of this Lease will not breach substantially any provision, such as
radius, location, use. or exclusivity provision, in any agreement relating to
the above described Premises.
     Nothing contained in this section shall affect the existing right of
Landlord to refuse to accept an assignment upon commencement of or in connection
with a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or insolvency action or an
assignment of Tenant for the benefit of creditors or other similar act. Nothing
contained in this Lease shall be construed as giving or granting or creating an
equity in the demised Premises to Tenant. In no event shall the leasehold estate
under this Lease, or any interest therein, be assigned by voluntary or
involuntary bankruptcy proceeding without the prior written consent of Landlord.
In no event shall this Lease or any rights or privileges hereunder be an asset
of Tenant under any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings.
     The failure to perform or honor any covenant, condition or representation
made under this Lease shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant upon
expiration of the appropriate grace period hereinafter provided. Tenant shall
have a period of five (5) days from the date of written notice from Landlord
within which to cure any default in the payment of rental or adjustment thereto.
Tenant shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the date of written notice
from Landlord within which to cure any other default under this Lease. Upon an
uncured default of this Lease by Tenant, Landlord shall have the following
rights and remedies in addition to any other rights or remedies available to
Landlord at lay, or in equity:
     (a) The rights and remedies provided for by California Civil Code Section
1951.2. including but not limited to, recovery of the worth at the time of award
of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the
time award exceeds the amount of rental loss for the same period that Tenant
proves could be reasonably avoided, as computed pursuant to subsection (b) of
said Section 1951.2. Any proof by Tenant under subparagraphs (2) and (3) of
Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code of the amount of rental loss that
could be reasonably avoided shall be made in the following manner; Landlord and
Tenant shall each select a licensed real estate broker in the business of
renting property of the same type and use as the Premises and in the same
geographic vicinity. Such two real estate brokers shall select a third licensed
real estate
<PAGE>

broker, and the three licensed real estate brokers so selected shall determine
the amount of the rental loss that could be reasonably avoided from the balance
of the term of this Lease after the time of award. The decision of the majority
of said licensed real estate brokers shall be final and binding upon the parties
hereto.
     (b). The rights and remedies provided by California Civil Code Section
which allows Landlord to continue the Lease in effect and to enforce all of its
rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover rent as it
becomes due, for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant's right to
possession acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises,
or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord's initiative to protect its
interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant's right
to possession.
     (c). The right to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Tenant in
accordance with applicable law.
     (d). To the extent permitted by law, the right and power, to enter the
Premises and remove therefrom all persons and property, to store such property
in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant,
and to sell such property and apply such proceeds therefrom pursuant to
applicable California law. Landlord, may from time to time sublet the Premises
or any part thereof for such term or terms (which may extend beyond the term of
this Lease) and at such rent and such other terms as Landlord in its sole
discretion may deem advisable, with the right to make alterations and repairs to
the Premises. Upon each subletting, (i) Tenant shall be immediately liable to
pay Landlord, in addition to indebtedness other than rent due hereunder, the
cost of such subletting, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys'
fees, and any real estate commissions actually paid, and the cost of such
alterations and repairs incurred by Landlord and the amount, if any, by which
the rent hereunder for the period of such subletting (to the extent such period
does not exceed the term hereof) exceeds the amount to be paid as rent for the
Premises for such period or (ii) at the option of Landlord, rents received from
such subletting shall be applied first to payment of indebtedness other than
rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs
of such subletting and of such alterations and repairs; third to payment of rent
due and unpaid hereunder; anti the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord
and applied in payment of future rent as the same becomes due hereunder. If
Tenant has been credited with any rent to be received by such subletting under
option (i) and such rent shall not be promptly paid to Landlord by the
subtenant(s), or if such rentals received from such subletting under option (ii)
during any month be less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant
hereunder. Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency
shall be calculated and paid monthly. For all purposes set forth in this
subparagraph d. No taking possession of the Premises by Landlord, shall be
construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease unless a written
notice of such intention be given to Tenant. Notwithstanding any such subletting
without termination. Landlord may at any time hereafter elect to terminate this
Lease for such previous breach.
     (e). The right to have a receiver appointed for Tenant upon application by
Landlord, to take possession of the Premises and to apply any rental collected
from the Premises and to exercise all other rights and remedies granted to
Landlord pursuant to subparagraph d, above.
See Paragraph 50
23.  ABANDONMENT Tenant shall not vacate or abandon the Premises at any time
during the term of this Lease and is Tenant shall abandon, vacate or surrender
said Premises, or be dispossessed by the process of law, or otherwise, any
personal Property belonging to Tenant and left on the Premises shall be deemed
to be abandoned, at the option of Landlord, except such property as may be
mortgaged to Landlord.      See Paragraph 51

24.  DESTRUCTION In the event the Premises are destroyed in whole or in part
from any cause, except for routine maintenance and repairs and incidental damage
and destruction caused from vandalism and accidents for which Tenant is
responsible for under Paragraph 10. Landlord may, at its option:
     (a)  Rebuild or restore the Premises to their condition prior to the damage
or destruction, or
     (b)  Terminate this Lease. (providing that the Premises is damaged to the
extent of 33 1/3% of the replacement cost)
     If Landlord does not give Tenant notice in writing within thirty (30) days
from the destruction of the Premises of its election to either rebuild and
restore them, or to terminate this Lease. Landlord shall be deemed to have
elected to rebuild or restore them, in which event Landlord agrees, at its
expense, promptly to rebuild or restore the Premises to their original condition
prior to the damage or destruction. Tenant shall be entitled to a reduction in
rent while such repair is being made in the proportion that the area of the
Premises rendered untenantable by such damage bears to the total area of the
Premises. If Landlord initially estimates that the rebuilding or restoration
will exceed 180 days or if Landlord does not complete the rebuilding or
restoration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of
destruction (such period of time to be extended for delays caused by the fault
or neglect of Tenant or because of Acts of God, acts of public agencies, labor
disputes, strikes, fires, freight embargoes, rainy or stormy weather, inability
to obtain materials, supplies or fuels, acts of contractors or subcontractors,
or delay of the contractors or subcontractors due to such causes or other
contingencies beyond the control of Landlord), then Tenant shall have the right
to terminate this Lease by giving fifteen (15) days prior written notice to
Landlord. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord's obligation
to rebuild or restore shall be limited to the building and interior improvements
constructed by Landlord as they existed as of the commencement date of the Lease
and shall not include restoration of Tenant's trade fixtures, equipment,
merchandise, or any improvements, alterations or additions made by Tenant to the
Premises, which Tenant shall forthwith replace or fully repair at Tenant's sole
cost and expense provided this Lease is not cancelled according to the
provisions above.
     Unless this Lease is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions, this
Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Tenant hereby expressly waives the
provisions of Section 1932, Subdivision 2. in Section 1933, Subdivision 4 of the
California Civil Code.
     In the event that the building in which the Premises are situated is
damaged or destroyed to the extent of not less than 33 1/3% of the replacement
cost thereof, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease whether the Premises be
injures or not. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord may
terminate this Lease in the event of an uninsured event to if insurance proceeds
are insufficient to cover 100% of the rebuilding costs net of the deductible;
provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to elect, in its discretion. To
contribute such excess funds (within 10 days of Tenant's receipt of an invoice
from Landlord) to permit Landlord to repair the Premises.

25.  EMINENT DOMAIN If all or any part of the Premises shall be taken by any
public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance
in lieu thereof, this Lease shall terminate as to any portion of the Premises so
taken or conveyed on the date when title vests in the condemner, and Landlord
shall be entitled to any and all payment, income, rent, award, or any interest
therein whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with such taking or
conveyance, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or otherwise for the
value of any unexpired term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing
paragraph, any compensation specifically awarded Tenant for loss of business,
Tenant's personal property, moving cost or loss of goodwill, shall be and remain
the property of Tenant.
     If (i) any action or proceeding is commenced for such taking of the
Premises or any part thereof, or if Landlord is advised in writing by any entity
or body having the right or power of condemnation of its intention to condemn
the premises or any portion thereof, or (ii) any of the foregoing events occur
with respect to the taking of any space in the Complex not leased hereby, or if
any such spaces so taken or conveyed in lieu of such taking and Landlord shall
decide to discontinue the use and operation of the Complex, or decide to
demolish, alter or rebuild the Complex, then, in any of such events Landlord
shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice
thereof within sixty (60) days of the date of receipt of said written advice, or
commencement of said action or proceeding, or taking conveyance, which
termination shall take place as of the first to occur of the last day of the
calendar month next following the month in which such notice is given or the
date on which title to the Premises shall vest in the condemnor.
     In the event of such a partial taking or conveyance of the Premises, if the
portion of the Premises taken or conveyed is so substantial that the Tenant can
no longer reasonably conduct its business, Tenant shall have the privilege of
terminating this Lease within sixty (60) days from the date of such taking or
conveyance, upon written notice to Landlord of its intention so to do, and upon
giving of such notice this Lease shall terminate on the last day of the calendar
month next following the month in which such notice is given, upon payment by
Tenant of the rent from the date of such taking or conveyance to the date of
termination.
     If a portion of the Premises be taken by condemnation or conveyance in lieu
thereof and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall terminate this Lease as provided
herein, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as to the part of the
Premises not so taken or conveyed, and the rent herein shall be apportioned as
of the date of such taking or conveyance so that thereafter the rent to be paid
by Tenant shall be in the ratio that the area of the portion of the Premises not
so taken or conveyed bears to the total area of the Premises prior to such
taking.

26.  SALE OR CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD In the event of a sale or conveyance of the
Complex or any interest therein, by any owner of the reversion then constituting
Landlord, the transferor shall thereby be released from any further liability
upon any of the terms, covenants or conditions (express or implied) herein
contained in favor of Tenant, and in such event, insofar as such transfer is
concerned, Tenant agrees to look  solely to the responsibility of the successor
in interest of such transferor in and to the Complex and this Lease. This Lease
shall not be affected by any such sale or conveyance, and Tenant agrees to
attorn to the successor in interest of such transferor.
See Paragraph 53
27.  ATTORNMENT TO LENDER OR THIRD PARTY In the event the interest of Landlord
in the land and buildings in whi.ch the leased Premises are located (whether
such interest of Landlord is a fee title interest or a leasehold interest ) is
encumbered by deed of trust, and such interest is acquired by the lender or any
third party through judicial foreclosure or by exercise era power of sale at
private trustee's foreclosure sale, Tenant hereby agrees to attorn to the
purchaser at any such foreclosure sale and to recognize such purchaser as the
Landlord under this Lease. In the event the lien of the deed of trust securing
the loan from a Lender to Landlord is prior and paramount to the Lease, this
Lease shall nonetheless continue in full force and effect for the remainder of
the unexpired term hereof, at the same rental herein reserved and upon all the
other terms, conditions and covenants herein contained.

28.  HOLDING OVER Any holding over by Tenant after expiration or other
termination of the term of this Lease with the written consent of Landlord
delivered to Tenant shall not constitute a renewal or extension of the Lease or
give Tenant any rights in or to the leased Premises except as expressly provided
in this Lease. Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of the
term of this Lease, with the consent of Landlord. shall be construed to be a
tenancy from month to month on the same terms and conditions herein specified
insofar as applicable except that the monthly Basic Rent shall be increased to
an amount equal to on hundred fifty (150%) percent of the monthly Basic Rent
required during the last month of the Lease term.
<PAGE>

29.  CERTIFICATE OF ESTOPPEL Tenant shall at any time upon not less than ten
(10) days' prior written notice from Landlord execute, acknowledge and deliver
to Landlord a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified
and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such
modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force
and effect and the date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance,
if any, and (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant's knowledge, any
uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults,
if any, are claimed. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any
prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises. Tenant's failure to
deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that
this Lease is in full three and effect, without modification except as may be
represented by Landlord; that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord's
performance, and that not more than one month's rent has been paid in advance.

30.  CONSTRUCTION CHANGES It is understood that the description of the Premises
and the location of ductwork, plumbing and other facilities therein are subject
to such minor changes as Landlord or Landlord's architect determines to be
desirable in the course of construction of the Premises, and no such changes, or
any changes in plans for any other portions of the Complex shall affect this
Lease or entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder or result in any
liability of Landlord to Tenant. Landlord does not guarantee the accuracy of any
drawings supplied to Tenant and verification of the accuracy of such drawings
rests with Tenant.

31.  RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM All terms covenants and conditions of this
Lease to be Performed or observed by Tenant shall be performed or observed by
Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any reduction of rent. If
Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, or other rent, required to be paid by
it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other term or covenant hereunder on
its part to be performed, and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days
after written notice thereof by Landlord, Landlord, without waiving or releasing
Tenant from any obligation of Tenant hereunder, may. but shall not be obligated
to, make any such payment or perform any such other term or covenant on Tenant's
part to be performed. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary costs of
such performance by Landlord together with interest thereon at the rate of the
prime rate of interest per annum as quoted by the Bank of America from the date
of such payment or performance by Landlord. shall be paid tend Tenant covenants
to make such payment) to Landlord on demand by Landlord, and Landlord shall have
(in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord l the same rights and
remedies in the event of nonpayment by Tenant as in the case of failure by
Tenant in the payment of rent hereunder.

32.  ATTORNEYS' FEES
     (A)  In the event that Landlord should bring suit for the possession of the
Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease. or because of the
breach of any provision of this Lease, or for any other relief against the other
party hereunder, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys'
fees incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party,
which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued
on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether
or not the action is prosecuted to judgement.
     (B)  Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against
Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant's occupancy hereunder. Tenant
shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including a
reasonable attorney's fee.

33.  WAIVER The waiver by either party of the other party's failure to perform
or observe any term, covenant or condition herein contained to be performed or
observed by such waiving party shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term.
covenant or condition or of any subsequent failure of the party failing to
perform or observe the same or any other such term, covenant or condition
therein contained, and no custom or practice which may develop between the
parties hereto during the term hereof shall be deemed a waiver of, or in any way
affect, the right of either party to insist upon performance and observance by
the other party in strict accordance with the terms hereof.

34.  NOTICES All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations which may
be or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be
in writing. All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations by Landlord
to Tenant shall be sufficiently given, made or delivered if personally served on
Tenant by leaving the same at the Premises or if sent by United States certified
or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Tenant at the Premises. All
notices demands, requests, advices or designations by Tenant to Landlord shall
be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to Landlord at its offices at Peery/Arrillaga, 2560 Mission College
                                        -------------------------------------
Blvd., Suite 101, Santa Clara, CA 95054.  Each notice, request, demand, advice
- ---------------------------------------
or designation referred to in this paragraph shall be deemed received on the
date or the personal service for mailing thereof in the manner herein provided,
as the case may be.

35.  EXAMINATION OF LEASE Submission of this instrument for examination or
signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease,
and this instrument is not effective as a lease or otherwise until its execution
and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

36.  DEFAULT BY LANDLORD Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails
to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no
event earlier than thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord
and to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises
whose name and address shall have heretofore been furnished to Tenant in
writing, specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligations;
provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord's obligations is such that
more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Landlord shall not
be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day
period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

37.  CORPORATE AUTHORITY If Tenant is a corporation. (or a partnership) each
individual executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation (or partnership)
represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this
Lease on behalf of said corporation (or partnership) in accordance with the by-
laws of said corporation (or partnership in accordance with the partnership
agreement) and that this Lease is binding upon said corporation (or partnership)
in accordance with its terms. If Tenant is a corporation, Tenant shall, within
thirty (30) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord a certified
copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation authorizing
or ratifying the execution of this Lease.

39.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY In consideration of the benefits accruing
hereunder, Tenant and all successors and assigns covenant and agree that, in the
event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord:
     (i)    the sole and exclusive remedy shall be against Landlord's interest
in the Premises leased herein;
     (ii)   no partner of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit
or action (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership)
     (iii)  no service of process shall be made against any partner of Landlord
(except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership)
     (iv)   no partner of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise
plead to any service of process;
     (v)    no judgment will be taken against any partner of Landlord;
     (vi)   any judgment taken against any partner of Landlord may be vacated
and set aside at any time without hearing;
     (vii)  no writ of execution will ever be levied against the assets of any
partner of Landlord;
     (viii) these covenants and agreements are enforceable both by Landlord and
also by any partner of Landlord,
     Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall be
applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease
or imposed by statute or at common law.
<PAGE>

40.  MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
     a. Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use the name
of the building for any purpose other than as the address of the business
conducted by Tenant in the Premises.

     b. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any provision of this
Lease shall be invalid, unenforceable or ineffective for any reason whatsoever,
all other provisions hereof shall be and remain in full force and effect.

     c. The term "Premises" includes the space leased hereby and any
improvements now or hereafter installed therein or attached thereto. The term
"Landlord" or any pronoun used in place thereof includes the plural as well as
the singular and the successors and assigns of Landlord. The term "Tenant" or
any pronoun used in place thereof includes the plural as well as the singular
and individuals, firms, associations, partnerships and corporations, and their
and each of their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and
permitted assigns, according to the context hereof, and the provisions of this
Lease shall inure to the benefit of and bind such heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and permitted assigns.
     The term "person" includes the plural as well as the singular and
individuals, firms, associations, partnerships and corporations. Words used in
any gender include other genders. If there be more than one Tenant the
obligations of Tenant hereunder are joint and several. The paragraph headings of
this Lease are for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect upon
the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof.

     d. Time is of the essence of this Lease and of each and all of its
provisions.

     e. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall
execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord. within ten (10) days after written
demand from Landlord to Tenant. any quitclaim deed or other document required by
any reputable title company, licensed to operate in the State of California, to
remove the cloud or encumbrance created by this Lease from the real property of
which Tenant's Premises are a part.

     f. This instrument along with any exhibits and attachments hereto
constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant relative to the
Premises and this agreement and the exhibits and attachments may be altered,
amended or revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and
Tenant. Landlord and Tenant agree hereby that all prior or contemporaneous oral
agreements between and among themselves and their agents or representatives
relative to the leasing of the Premises are merged in or revoked by this
agreement.

     g. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease or a short form
memorandum hereof without the consent of the other.

     h. Tenant further agrees to execute any amendments required by a lender to
enable Landlord to obtain financing, so long as Tenant's rights hereunder are
not substantially affected.

     i. Paragraphs 43 through 56 are added hereto and are included as a part or
                  ----       ----
this lease.

     j. Clauses, plats and riders, if any, signed by Landlord and Tenant and
endorsed on or affixed to this Lease are a part hereof.

     k. Tenant covenants and agrees that no diminution or shutting off of light,
air or view by any structure which may be hereafter erected (whether or not by
Landlord) shall in any way affect his Lease, entitle Tenant to any reduction of
rent hereunder or result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant.

41.  BROKERS Tenant warrants that it had dealings with only the following real
estate brokers or agents in connection with the negotiation of this Lease: none
                                                                           ----

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a
commission in connection with this Lease.

42.  SIGNS No sign. placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be
inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside of
the Premises or any exterior windows of the Premises without the written consent
of Landlord first had and obtained and Landlord shall have the right to remove
any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice without notice to
and at the expense of Tenant. If Tenant is allowed to print or affix or in any
way place a sign in, on, or about the Premises. upon expiration or other sooner
termination of this Lease, Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense shall both
remove such sign and repair all damage in such a manner as to restore all
aspects of the appearance of the Premises to the condition prior to the
placement of said sign.

     All approved signs or lettering on outside doors shall be printed, painted,
affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person approved of by
Landlord.
     Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the
glass of any window door partition or wall which may appear unsightly from
outside the Premises.
          See Paragraph 54
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF. Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this
Lease as of the day and year last written below.

LANDLORD:                                  TENANT:
JOHN ARRILLAGA SURVIVOR'S TRUST            REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.
                                           a California corporation



By   /s/ John Arrillaga                     By /s/
     ---------------------------              ---------------------------------
         John Arrillaga, Trustee
Date:    2/24/99
       --------------------------
                                            Title  Director of Finance
                                                   ----------------------------


RICHARD T. PERRY SEPARATE PROPERTY TRUST    Type or Print Name  M?? Smith
                                                                ----------------

                                              Date: 2/23/99
                                                    ----------------------------

By /s/ Richard Perry
   ------------------
       Richard T. Perry
Date:  2/24/99
      ------------------
<PAGE>


                                                                     AMENDMENT 1

                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                   TO LEASE


     THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 is made and entered into this 16/th/ day of August,
1999, by and between JOHN ARRILLAGA, Trustee, or his Successor Trustee UTA dated
7/20/77 (JOHN ARRILLAGA SURVIVOR'S TRUST) as amended, and RICHARD T. PEERY,
Trustee, or his Successor Trustee UTA dated 7/20/77 (RICHARD T. PEERY SEPARATE
PROPERTY TRUST) as amended, collectively as LANDLORD, and REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.,
a California corporation, as TENANT.

                                    RECITALS

     A. WHEREAS, by Lease Agreement dated January 27, 1999 Landlord leased to
Tenant approximately 32,078+ square feet of that certain 61,000+ square foot
                           -                                   -
building located at 1945 Charleston Road, Mountain View, California, the details
of which are more particularly set forth in said  January 27, 1999 Lease
Agreement, and

     B. WHEREAS, said Lease was amended by the Commencement Letter dated March
18, 1999 which changed the Commencement Date of the Lease from March 1, 1999 to
March 15, 1999, and changed the Termination Date from February 28, 2006 to March
31, 2006, and,

     B. WHEREAS, it is now the desire of the parties hereto to amend the Lease
by: (i) correcting the size of the Leased Premises and the total size of the
building in which the Leased Premises is a part; (ii) increasing the Leased
Premises by 14,768 square feet effective September 1, 1999, (iii) amending the
Basic Rent Schedule and Aggregate Rent; (iv) increasing the Security Deposit and
(v) increasing Tenant's non-exclusive parking spaces under said Lease Agreement
as hereinafter set forth.

                                   AGREEMENT

     NOW THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, and in consideration of the hereinafter mutual promises, the
parties hereto do agree as follows:

     1. SIZE OF LEASED PREMISES AND BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE:  It is agreed
        ---------------------------------------------------
between the parties that the size of the Leased Premises was understated in the
Lease by 4,073+ square feet and shall be changed from approximately 32,078+
              -                                                           -
square feet to approximately 36,151+ square feet and that the total size of the
                                   -
building of which the Leased Premises is a part was incorrectly stated as a
certain 61,000+ square foot building and shall now be correctly stated as a
              -
certain 61,728+ square foot building.
              -

     2. INCREASED PREMISES:  Subject to Paragraph 3 below, effective September
        ------------------
1, 1999, the size of the Leased Premises will be increased by 14,768+ square
                                                                    -
feet, or from 36,151+ square feet to 50,919+ square feet of space. Total said
                    -                      -
Premises are more particularly shown within the area outlined in Red on Exhibit
                                                                        -------
A.  The entire parcel, of which the Leased Premises is a part, is shown within
- -
the area outlined in Green on Exhibit A.  The additional 14,768+ square feet of
                              ---------                        -
space is leased on an "as-is" basis, in its present condition and configuration,
as set forth in Blue on Exhibit B attached hereto ("Scenix Space"), with the
                        ---------
entire interior leased Premises shown in Red on Exhibit B.  Tenant may within
                                                ---------
thirty days of execution of this Amendment No. 1, at Tenant's sole cost and
expense, have the Premises remeasured by Vance Brown, Inc. or Landlord's
architect, Habitec Associates, and if the remeasured square footage leased
herein is 50 square feet more or less than the square footage referenced herein,
the Lease shall be further amended to correct the total square feet leased
herein.

     3. AMENDMENT SUBJECT TO LANDLORD'S OBTAINING TERMINATION AGREEMENT WITH
        --------------------------------------------------------------------
CURRENT TENANT FOR CURRENT TENANT'S SPACE:  This Amendment is subject to
- -----------------------------------------
Landlord obtaining from Scenix Semiconductor, Inc. ("Scenix"), the current
tenant occupying the Premises leased hereunder, a Termination Agreement
satisfactory to Landlord on or before August 31, 1999.  In the event Landlord is
unable to obtain said satisfactory Agreement on or before August 31, 1999,
and/or in the event Scenix fails to timely vacate the Premises and surrender
same to Landlord free and clear of its occupancy, Paragraph 2 of this Amendment
shall, at Landlord's option: a) be rescinded, or b)

                                                              Initial:__________
<PAGE>

the Commencement Date of the increased Premises related to the Scenix Space
hereof shall be modified to reflect the date Landlord so obtains said
satisfactory Termination Agreement and receives possession of the Increased
Premises free and clear of Scenix's occupancy; provided, however, that said
period of delay caused by Scenix shall not extend beyond September 30, 1999. In
the event Landlord cannot deliver said Increased Premises by October 1, 1999,
Paragraph 2 of this Amendment No. 1, as related to the Scenix Space shall be
automatically rescinded, and the Basic Rent Schedule shall be further amended to
reflect the Basic Rent due absent the increased Premises related to the Scenix
Space.


     4. BASIC RENT SCHEDULE:  Because of the increase in the square footage of
        -------------------
the Leased Premises, the Basic Monthly Rent Schedule and the Aggregate Basic
Rent as shown in Paragraphs 4A and 43 of the Lease shall be changed as follows:


     On September 1, 1999, the sum of ONE HUNDRED SIX THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED
FOUR AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($106,304.00) shall be due, and a like sum due on the
first day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1, 2000.

     On April 1, 2000, the sum of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY SEVEN THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED
FORTY EIGHT AND 90/100 DOLLARS ($157,848.90) shall be due, and a like sum due on
the first day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1, 2001.

     On April 1, 2001, the sum of ONE HUNDRED SIXTY TWO THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED
FORTY AND 80/100 DOLLARS ($162,940.80) shall be due, and a like sum due on the
first day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1, 2002.

     On April 1, 2002, the sum of ONE HUNDRED SIXTY EIGHT THOUSAND THIRTY TWO
AND 70/100 DOLLARS ($168,032.70) shall be due, and a like sum due on the first
day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1, 2003.

     On April 1, 2003, the sum of ONE HUNDRED SEVENTY THREE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED
TWENTY FOUR AND 60/100 DOLLARS ($173,124.60) shall be due, and a like sum due on
the first day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1, 2004.

     On April 1, 2004, the sum of ONE HUNDRED SEVENTY EIGHT THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED
SIXTEEN AND 50/100 DOLLARS ($178,216.50) shall be due, and a like sum due on the
first day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1, 2005.

     On April 1, 2005, the sum of ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY THREE THOUSAND THREE
HUNDRED EIGHT AND 40/100 DOLLARS ($183,308.40) shall be due, and a like sum due
on the first day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1, 2006.

     As a result of the change in square footage, the Aggregate Rental shall be
increased by $4,854,577.20, or from $8,515,213.60 to $13,369,790.80.

     5. SECURITY DEPOSIT:  Tenant's Security Deposit shall be increased by
        ----------------
$135,655.20, or from $230,961.60 to $366,616.80, payable upon Tenant's execution
of this Amendment No. 1.

     6. INCREASED PARKING:  Tenant's nonexclusive parking spaces shall be
        -----------------
increased by 53 spaces or from 95 spaces to 148 spaces.

     EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN, all other terms, covenants, and conditions of
said January 27, 1999 Lease Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment No. 1
to Lease

                                                            Initial:____________
<PAGE>

as of the day and year last written below.


LANDLORD:                                    TENANT:

JOHN ARRILLAGA SURVIVOR'S TRUST              REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.
                                             a California corporation

By /s/ John Arrillaga                        By    /s/ Marcus Smith
   --------------------------------            -------------------------------
 John Arrillaga, Trustee
                                                   Marcus Smith
Date: 9/14/99                                ---------------------------------
    -------------------------------          Print or Type Name

RICHARD T. PEERY SEPARATE                    Title:   Director of Finance
PROPERTY TRUST                                     ---------------------------

By /s/ Richard Peery                         Date:    8/31/99
   --------------------------------               ----------------------------
 Richard T. Peery, Trustee

Date:    9/15/99
    --------------------------------


                                                        Initial:________________
<PAGE>

                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                   TO LEASE

     THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 is made and entered into this 25th day of October,
1999, by and between JOHN ARRILLAGA, Trustee, or his Successor Trustee UTA dated
7/20/77 (JOHN ARRILLAGA SURVIVOR'S TRUST) as amended, and RICHARD T. PEERY,
Trustee, or his Successor Trustee UTA dated 7/20/77 (RICHARD T. PEERY SEPARATE
PROPERTY TRUST) as amended, collectively as LANDLORD, and REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.,
a California corporation, as TENANT.

                                    RECITALS

     A.  WHEREAS, by Lease Agreement dated January 27, 1999 Landlord leased to
Tenant approximately 32,078+ square feet of that certain 61,000+ square foot
                           -                                   -
building located at 1945 Charleston Road, Mountain View, California, the details
of which are more particularly set forth in said  January 27, 1999 Lease
Agreement, and

     B.  WHEREAS, said Lease was amended by the Commencement Letter dated March
18, 1999 which changed the Commencement Date of the Lease from March 1, 1999 to
March 15, 1999, and changed the Termination Date from February 28, 2006 to March
31, 2006, and,

     C.  WHEREAS, said Lease was amended by Amendment No. 1 dated August 16,
1999 which amended the Lease by: (i) correcting the size of the Leased Premises
and the total size of the building in which the Leased Premises is a part; (ii)
increasing the Leased Premises by 14,768 square feet effective September 1,
1999, (iii) amending the Basic Rent Schedule and Aggregate Rent; (iv) increasing
the Security Deposit and (v) increasing Tenant's non-exclusive parking spaces
under said Lease Agreement accordingly, and

     D.  WHEREAS, it is now the desire of the parties hereto to amend the Lease
by: (i) increasing the Leased Premises by 10,809 square feet effective November
1, 1999 (one hundred percent of the Building), (iii) amending the Basic Rent
Schedule and Aggregate Rent; (iv) increasing the Security Deposit (v) increasing
Tenant's non-exclusive parking spaces, and (vi) replacing Lease Paragraphs 7
("Expenses of Operation, Management, and Maintenance of the Common Areas of the
Complex and Building in Which the Premises are Located"), 10 ("Tenant
Maintenance"), and 11 ("Utilities of the Building in Which the Premises are
Located") of said Lease Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

                                   AGREEMENT

     NOW THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, and in consideration of the hereinafter mutual promises, the
parties hereto do agree as follows:


     1. INCREASED PREMISES:  Effective November 1, 1999, the size of the Leased
        ------------------
Premises will be increased by 10,809+ square feet, or from 50,919+ square feet
                                    -                            -
to 61,728+ square feet of space, or one hundred percent of the Building in which
         -
the Premises are located.  Total said Premises are more particularly shown
within the area outlined in Red on Exhibit A.  The entire parcel, of which the
                                   ---------
Leased Premises is a part, is shown within the area outlined in Green on Exhibit
                                                                         -------
A.  The additional 10,809+ square feet of space is leased on an "as-is" basis,
- -                        -
in its present condition and configuration, as set forth in Blue on Exhibit B
                                                                    ---------
attached hereto, with the entire interior leased Premises shown in Red on
Exhibit B.
- ---------

     2. BASIC RENT SCHEDULE:  The Basic Monthly Rent Schedule and the Aggregate
        -------------------
Basic Rent as shown in Paragraphs 4A and 43 of the Lease shall be adjusted as
follows:

     On November 1, 1999, the sum of ONE HUNDRED FORTY FOUR THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED
THIRTY FIVE AND 50/100 DOLLARS ($144,135.50) shall be due, and a like sum due on
the first day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1, 2000.

 On April 1, 2000, the sum of ONE HUNDRED NINETY FIVE THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED

                                                               Initial:_________
<PAGE>

EIGHTY AND 40/100 DOLLARS ($195,680.40) shall be due, and a like sum due on the
first day of each month thereafter, through and including October 1, 2000.

     On November 1, 2000, the sum of ONE HUNDRED NINETY SIX THOUSAND SEVEN
HUNDRED SIXTY ONE AND 30/100 DOLLARS ($196,761.30) shall be due, and a like sum
due on the first day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1,
2001.

     On April 1, 2001, the sum of TWO HUNDRED ONE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTY
THREE AND 20/100 DOLLARS ($201,853.20) shall be due, and a like sum due on the
first day of each month thereafter, through and including October 1, 2001.

     On November 1, 2001, the sum of TWO HUNDRED TWO THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED
THIRTY FOUR AND 10/100 DOLLARS ($202,934.10) shall be due, and a like sum due on
the first day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1, 2002.

     On April 1, 2002, the sum of TWO HUNDRED EIGHT THOUSAND TWENTY SIX AND
NO/100 DOLLARS ($208,026.00) shall be due, and a like sum due on the first day
of each month thereafter, through and including October 1, 2002.

     On November 1, 2002, the sum of TWO HUNDRED NINE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED SIX
AND 90/100 DOLLARS ($209,106.90) shall be due, and a like sum due on the first
day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1, 2003.

     On April 1, 2003, the sum of TWO HUNDRED FOURTEEN THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED
NINETY EIGHT AND 80/100 DOLLARS ($214,198.80) shall be due, and a like sum due
on the first day of each month thereafter, through and including October 1,
2003.

     On November 1, 2003, the sum of TWO HUNDRED FIFTEEN THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED
SEVENTY NINE AND 70/100 DOLLARS ($215,279.70) shall be due, and a like sum due
on the first day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1, 2004.

     On April 1, 2004, the sum of TWO HUNDRED TWENTY THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED
SEVENTY ONE AND 60/100 DOLLARS ($220,371.60) shall be due, and a like sum due on
the first day of each month thereafter, through and including October 1, 2004.

     On November 1, 2004, the sum of TWO HUNDRED TWENTY ONE THOUSAND FOUR
HUNDRED FIFTY TWO AND 50/100 DOLLARS ($221,452.50) shall be due, and a like sum
due on the first day of each month thereafter, through and including March 1,
2005.

     On April 1, 2005, the sum of TWO HUNDRED TWENTY SIX THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED
FORTY FOUR AND 40/100 DOLLARS ($226,544.40) shall be due, and a like sum due on
the first day of each month thereafter, through and including October 1, 2005.

     On November 1, 2005, the sum of TWO HUNDRED TWENTY SEVEN THOUSAND SIX
HUNDRED TWENTY FIVE AND 30/100 DOLLARS ($227,625.30) shall be due, and a like
sum due on the first day of each month thereafter, through and including March
1, 2006.

     The Aggregate Rental shall be increased by $3,140,014.50, or from
$13,369,790.80 to $16,509,805.30.

     3. SECURITY DEPOSIT:  Tenant's Security Deposit shall be increased by
        ----------------
$88,633.80, or from $366,616.80 to $455,250.60, payable upon Tenant's execution
of this Amendment No. 2.

     4. INCREASED PARKING:  Tenant's nonexclusive parking spaces shall be
        -----------------
increased by 32 spaces or from 148 spaces to 180 spaces.

     5. EXPENSES OF OPERATION, MANAGEMENT, AND MAINTENANCE OF THE COMMON AREAS
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
OF THE COMPLEX AND BUILDING IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED: Effective
- -------------------------------------------------------------
November 1, 1999, Tenant shall occupy one hundred percent (100%) of the Building
in which the Premises are located, and as a result, Lease Paragraph 7 shall be
deleted in its

                                                               Initial:_________
<PAGE>

entirety and replaced with the following:

          "7. EXPENSES OF OPERATION, MANAGEMENT, AND MAINTENANCE OF THE COMMON
     AREAS OF THE COMPLEX:  As Additional Rent and in accordance with Paragraph
     4D of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant's proportionate share
     (calculated on a square footage or other equitable basis as calculated by
     Landlord) of all expenses of operation, management, maintenance and repair
     of the Common Areas of the Complex including, but not limited to, license,
     permit, and inspection fees; security; utility charges associated with
     exterior landscaping and lighting (including water and sewer charges); all
     charges incurred in the maintenance and replacement of landscaped areas,
     lakes, parking lots and paved areas (including repair, replacement,
     resealing and restriping), sidewalks, driveways; maintenance, repair, and
     replacement of all fixtures and electrical, mechanical and plumbing
     systems; structural elements and exterior surfaces of the buildings;
     salaries and employees benefits of personnel and payroll taxes applicable
     thereto; supplies, materials, equipment and tools; the cost of capital
     expenditures which have the effect of reducing operating expenses,
     provided, however, that in the event Landlord makes such capital
     improvements, Landlord may amortize its investment in said improvements
     (together with interest at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum on
     the unamortized balance) as an operating expense in accordance with
     standard accounting practices, provided, that such amortization is not at a
     rate greater than the anticipated savings in the operating expenses.

          "Additional Rent" as used herein shall not include Landlord's debt
     repayments, interest on charges; expenses directly or indirectly incurred
     by Landlord for the benefit of any other tenant; cost for the installation
     of partitioning or any other tenant improvements; cost of attracting
     tenants; depreciation; interest, or executive salaries."

     6. TENANT MAINTENANCE:  Effective November 1, 1999, Tenant shall occupy
        ------------------
one hundred percent (100%) of the Building in which the Premises are located,
and as a result, Lease Paragraph 10 shall be deleted in its entirety and
replaced with the following:

          "10.  TENANT MAINTENANCE.  Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense,
     keep and maintain the Premises (including appurtenances) and every part
     thereof in a high standard of maintenance and repair, or replacement, and
     in good and sanitary condition.  Tenant's maintenance and repair
     responsibilities herein referred to include, but are not limited to,
     janitorization, all windows (interior and exterior), window frames, plate
     glass and glazing (destroyed by accident or act of third parties), truck
     doors, plumbing systems (such as water and drain lines, sinks, toilets,
     faucets, drains, showers and water fountains), electrical systems (such as
     panels, conduits, outlets, lighting fixtures, lamps, bulbs, tubes and
     ballasts), heating and air conditioning systems (such as compressors, fans,
     air handlers, ducts, mixing boxes, thermostats, time clocks, boilers,
     heaters, supply and return grills), structural elements and exterior
     surfaces of the building, store fronts, roofs, downspouts, all interior
     improvements within the Premises including but not limited to wall
     coverings, window coverings, carpet, floor coverings, partitioning,
     ceilings, doors (both interior and exterior), including closing mechanisms,
     latches, locks, skylights (if any), automatic fire extinguishing systems,
     and elevators and all other interior improvements of any nature whatsoever.
     Tenant agrees to provide carpet shields under all rolling chairs or to
     otherwise be responsible for wear and tear of the carpet caused by such
     rolling chairs if such wear and tear exceeds that caused by normal foot
     traffic in surrounding areas.  Areas of excessive wear shall be replaced at
     Tenant's sole expense upon Lease termination.  Tenant hereby waives all
     rights under, and benefits of, Subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Section
     1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and under any similar law,
     statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.  In the event any of the
     above maintenance responsibilities apply to any other tenant(s) of Landlord
     where there is common usage with other tenant(s), such maintenance
     responsibilities and charges shall be allocated to the Leased Premises by
     square footage or other equitable basis as calculated and determined by
     Landlord."

     7. UTILITIES OF THE BUILDING IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED:  Effective
        -----------------------------------------------------------
November 1, 1999, Tenant shall occupy one hundred percent (100%) of the Building
in which

                                                                Initial:________
<PAGE>

the Premises are located, and as a result, Lease Paragraph 11 shall be deleted
in its entirety and replaced with the following:

          "11.  UTILITIES. Tenant shall have all utilities servicing the
     Premises transferred into Tenant's name effective November 1, 1999. Tenant
     shall pay promptly, as the same become due, all charges for water, gas,
     electricity, telephone, telex and other electronic communication service,
     sewer service, waste pick-up and any other utilities, materials or services
     furnished directly to or used by Tenant on or about the Premises during the
     Term of this Lease, including, without limitation, any temporary or
     permanent utility surcharge or other exactions whether or not hereinafter
     imposed.  In the event the above charges apply to any other tenant(s) of
     Landlord where there is common usage with other tenant(s), such charges
     shall be allocated to the Leased Premises by square footage or other
     equitable basis as calculated and determined by Landlord.

          Landlord shall not be liable for and Tenant shall not be entitled to
     any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason of any interruption or failure
     of utility services to the Premises when such interruption or failure is
     caused by accident, breakage, repair, strikes, lockouts, or other labor
     disturbances or labor disputes of any nature, or by any other cause,
     similar or dissimilar, beyond the reasonable control of Landlord."

     EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN, all other terms, covenants, and conditions of
said January 27, 1999 Lease Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment No. 2
to Lease as of the day and year last written below.


LANDLORD:                                    TENANT:

JOHN ARRILLAGA SURVIVOR'S TRUST              REPLAY NETWORKS, INC.
                                             a California corporation

By     /s/ John Arrillaga                    By    /s/ Marcus Smith
  -----------------------------                ----------------------------
 John Arrillaga, Trustee
                                                    Marcus Smith
                                             ------------------------------
Date:   11/30/99                             Print or Type Name
     --------------------------

RICHARD T. PEERY SEPARATE                    Title:    VP Finance
                                                   ------------------------
PROPERTY TRUST

By   /s/ Richard Peery                       Date:     11/99
  -----------------------------                   -------------------------
 Richard T. Peery, Trustee

Date:   11/30/99
     --------------------------
                                                             Initial:___________

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1

                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

   We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of
our report dated February 22, 2000 relating to the financial statements of
ReplayTV, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent
to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration
Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 3, 2000

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN FORM S-1 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE
TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                  12-MOS                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999             DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1999             JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1999             DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                          11,731                     686
<SECURITIES>                                    24,419                      25
<RECEIVABLES>                                    1,477                       0
<ALLOWANCES>                                        13                       0
<INVENTORY>                                      1,700                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 1,043                     225
<PP&E>                                           3,051                     157
<DEPRECIATION>                                     300                      25
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  43,449                   1,068
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            6,751                   1,328
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                         26                       8
<COMMON>                                             6                       4
<OTHER-SE>                                      36,666                   (272)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    43,449                   1,068
<SALES>                                              0                       0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     0                       0
<CGS>                                                0                       0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   36,710                   3,256
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               (960)                      28
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (35,750)                 (3,284)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (35,750)                 (3,284)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (35,750)                 (3,284)
<EPS-BASIC>                                     (4.73)                  (0.48)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (4.73)                  (0.48)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission